Revision tags: OPENBSD_7_5_BASE
|
#
1.114 |
|
06-Mar-2024 |
nicm |
Check for the right flag to fix split-window -p, from Bryan Childs.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_7_2_BASE OPENBSD_7_3_BASE OPENBSD_7_4_BASE
|
#
1.113 |
|
07-Jun-2022 |
nicm |
Expand arguments to some commands where it makes sense, GitHub issue 3204 from Anindya Mukherjee.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_7_1_BASE
|
#
1.112 |
|
08-Mar-2022 |
nicm |
With -f use percentages of window size not pane size, GitHub issue 2866.
|
#
1.111 |
|
07-Oct-2021 |
nicm |
Handle splitw -I correctly when used from an attached client, GitHub issue 2917.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_7_0_BASE
|
#
1.110 |
|
27-Aug-2021 |
nicm |
Replace %% in command lists (by copying them) for template arguments , this means they can be used with {} as well. Also make argument processing from an existing vector preserve commands. GitHub issue 2858.
|
#
1.109 |
|
21-Aug-2021 |
nicm |
Rename a member to match what it will be in future.
|
#
1.108 |
|
21-Aug-2021 |
nicm |
Add args parsing callback for some future work, currently unused.
|
#
1.107 |
|
20-Aug-2021 |
nicm |
Hide struct args behind a couple of accessor functions.
|
#
1.106 |
|
20-Aug-2021 |
nicm |
Expose args_value struct (will be needed soon) and add some missing frees.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_9_BASE
|
#
1.105 |
|
11-Mar-2021 |
nicm |
Add split-window -Z to start the pane zoomed, GitHub issue 2591.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_8_BASE
|
#
1.104 |
|
16-May-2020 |
nicm |
Add a client flag 'active-pane' which stores the active pane in the client and allows it to be changed independently from the real active pane stored in the window. This is can be used with session groups which allow an independent current window (although it would be nice to have a flag for this too and remove session groups). The client active pane is only really useful interactively, many things (hooks, window-style, zooming) still use the window active pane.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_7_BASE
|
#
1.103 |
|
13-Apr-2020 |
nicm |
Make client -c and -t handling common in cmd-queue.c and try to be clearer about whether the client is the target client (must have a session) or not.
|
#
1.102 |
|
13-Apr-2020 |
nicm |
Move cmdq_state into cmd-queue.c.
|
#
1.101 |
|
13-Apr-2020 |
nicm |
Rename cmdq_shared to cmdq_state which will better reflect what it is (going to be) used for.
|
#
1.100 |
|
13-Apr-2020 |
nicm |
Also move cmdq_item and cmdq_list into cmd-queue.c (this is to make its use more clearly defined and preparation for some future work).
|
#
1.99 |
|
13-Apr-2020 |
nicm |
Make struct cmd local to cmd.c and move it out of tmux.h.
|
#
1.98 |
|
31-Mar-2020 |
nicm |
Add a way to mark environment variables as "hidden" so they can be used by tmux but are not passed into the environment of new panes.
|
#
1.97 |
|
16-Mar-2020 |
nicm |
Do not attempt to close a NULL pane when failing to create a new one.
|
#
1.96 |
|
15-Oct-2019 |
nicm |
Add support for percentage sizes for resize-pane ("-x 10%"). Also change split-window and join-pane -l to accept similar percentages and deprecate -p. From Anindya Mukherjee.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_6_BASE
|
#
1.95 |
|
03-May-2019 |
nicm |
Allow panes to be empty (no command), output can be piped to them with split-window or display-message -I.
|
#
1.94 |
|
28-Apr-2019 |
nicm |
Support multiple occurances of the same argument. Use this for a new flag -e to new-window, split-window, respawn-window, respawn-pane to pass environment variables into the newly created process. From Steffen Christgau in GitHub issue 1697.
|
#
1.93 |
|
26-Apr-2019 |
nicm |
Merge hooks into options and make each one an array option. This allows multiple commands to be easily bound to one hook. set-hook and show-hooks remain but they are now variants of set-option and show-options. show-options now has a -H flag to show hooks (by default they are not shown).
|
#
1.92 |
|
17-Apr-2019 |
nicm |
Break new window and pane creation common code from various commands and window.c into a separate file spawn.c.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_5_BASE
|
#
1.91 |
|
18-Oct-2018 |
nicm |
Support for windows larger than visible on the attached client. This has been a limitation for a long time.
There are two new options, window-size and default-size, and a new command, resize-window. The force-width and force-height options and the session_width and session_height formats have been removed.
The new window-size option tells tmux how to work out the size of windows: largest means it picks the size of the largest session, smallest the smallest session (similar to the old behaviour) and manual means that it does not automatically resize windows. The default is currently largest but this may change. aggressive-resize modifies the choice of session for largest and smallest as it did before.
If a window is in a session attached to a client that is too small, only part of the window is shown. tmux attempts to keep the cursor visible, so the part of the window displayed is changed as the cursor moves (with a small delay, to try and avoid excess redrawing when applications redraw status lines or similar that are not currently visible). The offset of the visible portion of the window is shown in status-right.
Drawing windows which are larger than the client is not as efficient as those which fit, particularly when the cursor moves, so it is recommended to avoid using this on slow machines or networks (set window-size to smallest or manual).
The resize-window command can be used to resize a window manually. If it is used, the window-size option is automatically set to manual for the window (undo this with "setw -u window-size"). resize-window works in a similar way to resize-pane (-U -D -L -R -x -y flags) but also has -a and -A flags. -a sets the window to the size of the smallest client (what it would be if window-size was smallest) and -A the largest.
For the same behaviour as force-width or force-height, use resize-window -x or -y, and "setw -u window-size" to revert to automatic sizing..
If the global window-size option is set to manual, the default-size option is used for new windows. If -x or -y is used with new-session, that sets the default-size option for the new session.
The maximum size of a window is 10000x10000. But expect applications to complain and much higher memory use if making a window excessively big. The minimum size is the size required for the current layout including borders.
The refresh-client command can be used to pan around a window, -U -D -L -R moves up, down, left or right and -c returns to automatic cursor tracking. The position is reset when the current window is changed.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_4_BASE
|
#
1.90 |
|
24-May-2018 |
nicm |
Make server_client_get_cwd used (almost) everywhere we need to work out the cwd, and do not fall back to "." as it is pretty useless. GitHub issue 1331.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_3_BASE
|
#
1.89 |
|
16-Mar-2018 |
nicm |
Insert full size panes at the right position, from KOIE Hidetaka in GitHub issue 1284.
|
#
1.88 |
|
01-Mar-2018 |
nicm |
Expand formats in window and session names.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_2_BASE
|
#
1.87 |
|
30-Aug-2017 |
nicm |
Pass flags into cmd_find_from_* to fix prefer-unattached, reported by Thomas Sattler.
|
#
1.86 |
|
21-Jul-2017 |
nicm |
Add -c for respawn-pane and respawn-window, from J Raynor.
|
#
1.85 |
|
30-May-2017 |
nicm |
Rewrite of choose mode, both to simplify and tidy the code and to add some modern features.
Now the common code is in mode-tree.c, which provides an API used by the three modes now separated into window-{buffer,client,tree}.c. Buffer mode shows buffers, client mode clients and tree mode a tree of sessions, windows and panes.
Each mode has a common set of key bindings plus a few that are specific to the mode. Other changes are:
- each mode has a preview pane: for buffers this is the buffer content (very useful), for others it is a preview of the pane;
- items may be sorted in different ways ('O' key);
- multiple items may be tagged and an operation applied to all of them (for example, to delete multiple buffers at once);
- in tree mode a command may be run on the selected item (session, window, pane) or on tagged items (key ':');
- displayed items may be filtered in tree mode by using a format (this is used to implement find-window) (key 'f');
- the custom format (-F) for the display is no longer available;
- shortcut keys change from 0-9, a-z, A-Z which was always a bit weird with keys used for other uses to 0-9, M-a to M-z.
Now that the code is simpler, other improvements will come later.
Primary key bindings for each mode are documented under the commands in the man page (choose-buffer, choose-client, choose-tree).
Parts written by Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.84 |
|
25-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Do not update TERM into config file parsing has finished.
|
#
1.83 |
|
22-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Get rid of the extra layer of flags and cmd_prepare() and just store the CMD_FIND_* flags in the cmd_entry and call it for the command. Commands with special requirements call it themselves and update the target for hooks to use.
|
#
1.82 |
|
22-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Mouse bindings and hooks set up an initial current state when running a command. This is used for the session, window and pane for all commands in the command sequence if there is no -t or -s.
However, using it for all commands in the command sequence means that if the active pane or current session is changed, subsequent commands still use the previous state. So make commands which explicitly change the current state (such as neww and selectp) update it themselves for later commands. Commands which may invalidate the state (like killp) are already OK because an invalid state will be ignored.
Also fill in the current state for all key bindings rather than just the mouse, so that any omissions are easier to spot.
|
#
1.81 |
|
21-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Add cmd_find_from_winlink_pane and use it in a couple of places, and make functions that can't fail void.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_1_BASE
|
#
1.80 |
|
09-Mar-2017 |
nicm |
Move server_fill_environ into environ.c and move some other common code into it.
|
#
1.79 |
|
08-Mar-2017 |
nicm |
Add a helper function for the most common format_create/defaults/expand pattern.
|
#
1.78 |
|
27-Feb-2017 |
nicm |
If splitw -b is used, insert the new pane before the current one in the pane list. This means the numbering is in order (for example for display-panes) and fixes a problem with redrawing the active pane borders.
|
#
1.77 |
|
03-Feb-2017 |
nicm |
Add a window or pane id "tag" to each format tree and use it to separate jobs, this means that if the same job is used for different windows or panes (for example in pane-border-format), it will be run separately for each pane.
|
#
1.76 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Use the notify name string instead of going via an enum and change existing hooks to use notifys instead.
|
#
1.75 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Mass rename struct cmd_q to struct cmdq_item and related.
|
#
1.74 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Rewrite command queue handling. Each client still has a command queue, but there is also now a global command queue. Instead of command queues being dispatched on demand from wherever the command happens to be added, they are now all dispatched from the top level server loop. Command queues may now also include callbacks as well as commands, and items may be inserted after the current command as well as at the end.
This all makes command queues significantly more predictable and easier to use, and avoids the complex multiple nested command queues used by source-file, if-shell and friends.
A mass rename of struct cmdq to a better name (cmdq_item probably) is coming.
|
#
1.73 |
|
13-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Trying to do hooks generically is way too complicated and unreliable and confusing, particularly trying to automatically figure out what target hooks should be using. So simplify it:
- drop before hooks entirely, they don't seem to be very useful;
- commands with special requirements now fire their own after hook (for example, if they change session or window, or if they have -t and -s and need to choose which one the hook uses as current target);
- commands with no special requirements can have the CMD_AFTERHOOK flag added and they will use the -t state.
At the moment new-session, new-window, split-window fire their own hook, and display-message uses the flag. The remaining commands still need to be looked at.
|
#
1.72 |
|
13-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Some improvements and bug fixes for hooks:
- Prepare the state again before the "after" hooks are run, because the command may have killed or moved windows.
- Use the hooks list from the newly prepared target, not the old hooks list (only matters for new-session really).
- Correctly detect an invalid current state and ignore it in cmd_find_target ("killw; swapw").
- Change neww, new, killp, killw, splitw, swapp, swapw to update the current state (used if no explicit target is given) to something more useful after they have finished. For example, neww changes it to the newly created window.
Hooks are still relatively new and primitive so there are likely to be more changes to come.
Parts based on bug reports from Uwe Werler and Iblis Lin.
|
#
1.71 |
|
10-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Add static in cmd-* and fix a few other nits.
|
#
1.70 |
|
04-Sep-2016 |
nicm |
Add support for performing a full width split (with splitw -f), rather than splitting the current cell. From Stephen Kent.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_0_BASE
|
#
1.69 |
|
06-Jun-2016 |
nicm |
Insert new panes after the pane being split in the list rather than always after the active pane. This is more sensible when doing it with commands rather than keys.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_9_BASE
|
#
1.68 |
|
19-Jan-2016 |
nicm |
I no longer use my SourceForge address so replace it.
|
#
1.67 |
|
14-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Instead of combined flags for -c, -s, -t, split into different sets using an enum and simplify the parsing code.
|
#
1.66 |
|
13-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Use member names in cmd_entry definitions so I stop getting confused about the order.
|
#
1.65 |
|
13-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Instead of every command resolving the target (-t or -s) itself, prepare the state (client, session, winlink, pane) for it it before entering the command. Each command provides some flags that tell the prepare step what it is expecting.
This is a requirement for having hooks on commands (for example, if you hook "select-window -t1:2", the hook command should to operate on window 1:2 not whatever it thinks is the current window), and should allow some other target improvements.
The old cmd_find_* functions remain for the moment but that layer will be dropped later.
Joint work with Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.64 |
|
11-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Add cmdq as an argument to format_create and add a format for the command name (will also be used for more later).
|
#
1.63 |
|
08-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Remove format_create_flags and just pass flags to format_create.
|
#
1.62 |
|
31-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Fall back silently to ~ or / rather than checking -c with access(), this was the old behaviour.
|
#
1.61 |
|
31-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Because pledge(2) does not allow us to pass directory file descriptors around, we can't use file descriptors for the working directory because we will be unable to pass it to a privileged process to tell it where to read or write files or spawn children. So move tmux back to using strings for the current working directory. We try to check it exists with access() when it is set but ultimately fall back to ~ if it fails at time of use (or / if that fails too).
|
#
1.60 |
|
28-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Like options, move the environ struct into environ.c.
|
#
1.59 |
|
27-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Move struct options into options.c.
|
#
1.58 |
|
23-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Remove some unnecessary checks before free().
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_8_BASE
|
#
1.57 |
|
26-Apr-2015 |
nicm |
Remove panes from layout if spawning them fails, reported by Anthony J Bentley.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_7_BASE
|
#
1.56 |
|
05-Feb-2015 |
nicm |
Remove a couple of now-unused variables.
|
#
1.55 |
|
05-Feb-2015 |
nicm |
Wrap all the individual format_* calls in a single format_defaults functions.
|
#
1.54 |
|
12-Nov-2014 |
nicm |
Add -b to splitw like joinw, from Felix Rosencrantz.
|
#
1.53 |
|
20-Oct-2014 |
nicm |
Move template defines back into .c files.
|
#
1.52 |
|
20-Oct-2014 |
nicm |
Instead of setting up the default keys by building the key struct directly with a helper function in the cmd_entry, include a table of bind-key commands and pass them through the command parser and a temporary cmd_q.
As well as being smaller, this will allow default bindings to be command sequences which will probably be needed soon.
|
#
1.51 |
|
01-Sep-2014 |
nicm |
Various minor style and spacing nits.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_6_BASE
|
#
1.50 |
|
13-May-2014 |
nicm |
If multiple arguments are given to new-session, new-window, split-window, respawn-window or respawn-pane, pass them directly to execvp() to help avoid quoting problems. One argument still goes to "sh -c" like before. Requested by many over the years. Patch from J Raynor.
|
#
1.49 |
|
17-Apr-2014 |
nicm |
Set PATH explicitly, either from client or session environment. Previously it came from the session environment. From J Raynor.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_5_BASE
|
#
1.48 |
|
22-Nov-2013 |
nicm |
Handle empty current directory more gracefully.
|
#
1.47 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Don't boke when figuring out working directory from configuration file.
|
#
1.46 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Alter how tmux handles the working directory to internally use file descriptors rather than strings.
- Each session still has a current working directory.
- New sessions still get their working directory from the client that created them or its attached session if any.
- New windows are created by default in the session working directory.
- The -c flag to new, neww, splitw allows the working directory to be overridden.
- The -c flag to attach let's the session working directory be changed.
- The default-path option has been removed.
To get the equivalent to default-path '.', do:
bind c neww -c $PWD
To get the equivalent of default-path '~', do:
bind c neww -c ~
This also changes the client identify protocol to be a set of messages rather than one as well as some other changes that should make it easier to make backwards-compatible protocol changes in future.
|
#
1.45 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Support -c for new-session, based on code from J Raynor.
|
#
1.44 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Restore missing key binding for %, from Chris Johnsen.
|
#
1.43 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Remove the barely-used and unnecessary command check() function.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_4_BASE
|
#
1.42 |
|
25-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Revert the command-prefix change which breaks sequences of commands.
|
#
1.41 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add resize-pane -Z to temporary zoom the active pane to occupy the full window or unzoom (restored to the normal layout) if it already zoomed, bound to C-b z by default. The pane is unzoomed on pretty much any excuse whatsoever.
We considered making this a new layout but the requirements are quite different from layouts so decided it is better as a special case. Each current layout cell is saved, a temporary one-cell layout generated and all except the active pane set to NULL.
Prompted by suggestions and scripts from several. Thanks to Aaron Jensen and Thiago Padilha for testing an earlier version.
|
#
1.40 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add a command queue to standardize and simplify commands that call other commands and allow a command to block execution of subsequent commands. This allows run-shell and if-shell to be synchronous which has been much requested.
Each client has a default command queue and commands are consumed one at a time from it. A command may suspend execution from the queue by returning CMD_RETURN_WAIT and then resume it by calling cmd_continue() - for example run-shell does this from the callback that is fired after the job is freed.
When the command queue becomes empty, command clients are automatically exited (unless attaching). A callback is also fired - this is used for nested commands in, for example, if-shell which can block execution of the client's cmdq until a new cmdq becomes empty.
Also merge all the old error/info/print functions together and lose the old curclient/cmdclient distinction - a cmdq is bound to one client (or none if in the configuration file), this is a command client if c->session is NULL otherwise an attached client.
|
#
1.39 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Fix error reporting for client commands by adding a flag to cmd_find_client to tell it whether or not to show errors, sometimes it's needed and sometimes not.
|
#
1.38 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add option command-prefix which is automatically prepended to any command (apart from a naked default-shell). The default is "exec ".
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_3_BASE
|
#
1.37 |
|
09-Dec-2012 |
nicm |
Use the CMD_*_USAGE defines consistently, from Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.36 |
|
14-Aug-2012 |
nicm |
Use a separate define for each default format template and strip clutter from the choose-tree defaults.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_2_BASE
|
#
1.35 |
|
11-Jul-2012 |
nicm |
Make command exec functions return an enum rather than -1/0/1 values and add a new value to mean "leave client running but don't attach" to fix problems with using some commands in a command sequence. Most of the work by Thomas Adam, problem reported by "jspenguin" on SF bug 3535531.
|
#
1.34 |
|
10-Jul-2012 |
nicm |
xfree is not particularly helpful, remove it. From Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.33 |
|
22-May-2012 |
nicm |
Switch all of the various choose- and list- commands over to the format infrastructure, from Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.32 |
|
17-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add notify hooks for various events, the functions are currently empty stubs but will be filled in for control mode later. From George Nachman.
|
#
1.31 |
|
04-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
free -> xfree.
|
#
1.30 |
|
04-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add -F format to new-window and split-window to use with the -P flag, from George Nachman.
|
#
1.29 |
|
03-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add move-pane command (like join-pane but allows the same window). Also -b flag to join-pane and move-pane to place the pane to the left or above. From George Nachman.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_1_BASE
|
#
1.28 |
|
31-Jan-2012 |
nicm |
Provide defined ways to set the various default-path possibilities: ~ for home directory, . for server start directory, - for session start directory and empty for the pane's working directory (the default). All can also be used as part of a relative path (eg -/foo). Also provide -c flags to neww and splitw to override default-path setting.
Based on a diff from sthen. ok sthen
|
#
1.27 |
|
20-Jan-2012 |
nicm |
Add some const and fix a warning.
|
#
1.26 |
|
09-Dec-2011 |
nicm |
Change the way the working directory for new processes is discovered. If default-path isn't empty, it is used. Otherwise:
1) If tmux neww is run from the command line, the working directory of the client is used.
2) Otherwise sysctl KERN_PROC_CWD is used to retrieve the current working directory of the process in the active pane.
3) If that fails, the directory where the session was created is used.
Support code by Romain Francois, OpenBSD specific bits by me.
Note this requires a recent userland and kernel with KERN_PROC_CWD.
|
#
1.25 |
|
15-Nov-2011 |
nicm |
Make window_pane_index work the same as window_index, from Ben Boeckel.
|
#
1.24 |
|
30-Aug-2011 |
nicm |
Plug memory leak, from Tiago Cunha.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_9_BASE OPENBSD_5_0_BASE
|
#
1.23 |
|
10-Feb-2011 |
nicm |
Size on split-window is -l not -s. Doh.
|
#
1.22 |
|
04-Jan-2011 |
nicm |
Clean up and simplify tmux command argument parsing.
Originally, tmux commands were parsed in the client process into a struct with the command data which was then serialised and sent to the server to be executed. The parsing was later moved into the server (an argv was sent from the client), but the parse step and intermediate struct was kept.
This change removes that struct and the separate parse step. Argument parsing and printing is now common to all commands (in arguments.c) with each command left with just an optional check function (to validate the arguments at parse time), the exec function and a function to set up any key bindings (renamed from the old init function).
This is overall more simple and consistent.
There should be no changes to any commands behaviour or syntax although as this touches every command please watch for any unexpected changes.
|
#
1.21 |
|
01-Jan-2011 |
nicm |
Add a -P option to new-window and split-window to print the new window or pane index in target form (useful to pass it into other commands).
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_8_BASE
|
#
1.20 |
|
27-Jun-2010 |
nicm |
Store the current working directory in the session, change the default-path option to default to empty and make that mean that the stored session CWD is used.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_7_BASE
|
#
1.19 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
New command, join-pane, to split and move an existing pane into the space (like splitw then movep, or the reverse of breakp).
|
#
1.18 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
Use the specified pane for size calculations. Doh.
|
#
1.17 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
Change split-window to accept a pane target (it should be split-pane but renaming the command would be annoying).
|
#
1.16 |
|
03-Dec-2009 |
nicm |
Massive spaces->tabs and trailing whitespace cleanup, hopefully for the last time now I've configured emacs to make them displayed in really annoying colours...
|
#
1.15 |
|
20-Nov-2009 |
nicm |
When -h and -p are given to split-window, calculate the percentage size using the width instead of the height.
|
#
1.14 |
|
13-Nov-2009 |
nicm |
Get rid of the ugly CMD_CHFLAG macro and use a const string (eg "dDU") in the command entry structs and a couple of functions to check/set the flags.
|
#
1.13 |
|
21-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
Use KEYC_NONE constant instead of 0 on init.
|
#
1.12 |
|
16-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
Rather than constructing an entire termios struct from ttydefaults.h, just let forkpty do it and then alter the bits that should be changed after fork. A little neater and more portable.
|
#
1.11 |
|
01-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
When using tmux as a login shell, there is currently no way to specify a shell to be used as a login shell inside tmux, so add a default-shell session option. This sets the shell invoked as a login shell when the default-command option is empty.
The default option value is whichever of $SHELL, getpwuid(getuid())'s pw_shell or /bin/sh is valid first.
Based on a diff from martynas@, changed by me to be a session option rather than a window option.
|
#
1.10 |
|
25-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
Print -l and -p when showing command, pointed out by Tiago Cunha.
|
#
1.9 |
|
13-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
When creating a new session from the command-line where there is an external terminal, copy the termios(4) special characters and use them for new windows created in the new session. Suggested by Theo.
|
#
1.8 |
|
08-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
Infrastructure and commands to manage the environment for processes started within tmux.
There is a global environment, copied from the external environment when the server is started and each sesssion has an (initially empty) session environment which overrides it.
New commands set-environment and show-environment manipulate or display the environments.
A new session option, update-environment, is a space-separated list of variables which are updated from the external environment into the session environment every time a new session is created - the default is DISPLAY.
|
#
1.7 |
|
26-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Make all messages sent between the client and server fixed size.
This is the first of two changes to make the protocol more resilient and less sensitive to other changes in the code, particularly with commands. The client now packs argv into a buffer and sends it to the server for parsing, rather than doing it itself and sending the parsed command data.
As a side-effect this also removes a lot of now-unused command marshalling code.
Mixing a server without this change and a client with or vice versa will cause tmux to hang or crash, please ensure that tmux is entirely killed before upgrading.
|
#
1.6 |
|
22-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
window_add_pane cannot fail, so remove the unused cause argument and don't bother to check for a NULL return.
|
#
1.5 |
|
19-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Improved layout code.
Each window now has a tree of layout cells associated with it. In this tree, each node is either a horizontal or vertical cell containing a list of other cells running from left-to-right or top-to-bottom, or a leaf cell which is associated with a pane.
The major functional changes are:
- panes may now be split arbitrarily both horizontally (splitw -h, C-b %) and vertically (splitw -v, C-b "); - panes may be resized both horizontally and vertically (resizep -L/-R/-U/-D, bound to C-b left/right/up/down and C-b M-left/right/up/down); - layouts are now applied and then may be modified by resizing or splitting panes, rather than being fixed and reapplied when the window is resized or panes are added; - manual-vertical layout is no longer necessary, and active-only layout is gone (but may return in future); - the main-pane layouts now reduce the size of the main pane to fit all panes if possible.
Thanks to all who tested.
|
#
1.4 |
|
13-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Having fixed flags for single-character getopt options is a bit hard to maintain and is only going to get worse as more are used. So instead, add a new uint64_t member to cmd_entry which is a bitmask of upper and lowercase options accepted by the command.
This means new single character options can be used without the need to add it explicitly to the list.
|
#
1.3 |
|
07-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
The fix for default-path (use target session options instead of global options) is required here as well, doh.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_6_BASE
|
#
1.2 |
|
25-Jun-2009 |
nicm |
lines variable can be -1 (to be ignored), so should be signed. Found by lint.
|
#
1.1 |
|
01-Jun-2009 |
nicm |
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another.
ok deraadt pirofti
|
#
1.113 |
|
07-Jun-2022 |
nicm |
Expand arguments to some commands where it makes sense, GitHub issue 3204 from Anindya Mukherjee.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_7_1_BASE
|
#
1.112 |
|
08-Mar-2022 |
nicm |
With -f use percentages of window size not pane size, GitHub issue 2866.
|
#
1.111 |
|
07-Oct-2021 |
nicm |
Handle splitw -I correctly when used from an attached client, GitHub issue 2917.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_7_0_BASE
|
#
1.110 |
|
27-Aug-2021 |
nicm |
Replace %% in command lists (by copying them) for template arguments , this means they can be used with {} as well. Also make argument processing from an existing vector preserve commands. GitHub issue 2858.
|
#
1.109 |
|
21-Aug-2021 |
nicm |
Rename a member to match what it will be in future.
|
#
1.108 |
|
21-Aug-2021 |
nicm |
Add args parsing callback for some future work, currently unused.
|
#
1.107 |
|
20-Aug-2021 |
nicm |
Hide struct args behind a couple of accessor functions.
|
#
1.106 |
|
20-Aug-2021 |
nicm |
Expose args_value struct (will be needed soon) and add some missing frees.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_9_BASE
|
#
1.105 |
|
11-Mar-2021 |
nicm |
Add split-window -Z to start the pane zoomed, GitHub issue 2591.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_8_BASE
|
#
1.104 |
|
16-May-2020 |
nicm |
Add a client flag 'active-pane' which stores the active pane in the client and allows it to be changed independently from the real active pane stored in the window. This is can be used with session groups which allow an independent current window (although it would be nice to have a flag for this too and remove session groups). The client active pane is only really useful interactively, many things (hooks, window-style, zooming) still use the window active pane.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_7_BASE
|
#
1.103 |
|
13-Apr-2020 |
nicm |
Make client -c and -t handling common in cmd-queue.c and try to be clearer about whether the client is the target client (must have a session) or not.
|
#
1.102 |
|
13-Apr-2020 |
nicm |
Move cmdq_state into cmd-queue.c.
|
#
1.101 |
|
13-Apr-2020 |
nicm |
Rename cmdq_shared to cmdq_state which will better reflect what it is (going to be) used for.
|
#
1.100 |
|
13-Apr-2020 |
nicm |
Also move cmdq_item and cmdq_list into cmd-queue.c (this is to make its use more clearly defined and preparation for some future work).
|
#
1.99 |
|
13-Apr-2020 |
nicm |
Make struct cmd local to cmd.c and move it out of tmux.h.
|
#
1.98 |
|
31-Mar-2020 |
nicm |
Add a way to mark environment variables as "hidden" so they can be used by tmux but are not passed into the environment of new panes.
|
#
1.97 |
|
16-Mar-2020 |
nicm |
Do not attempt to close a NULL pane when failing to create a new one.
|
#
1.96 |
|
15-Oct-2019 |
nicm |
Add support for percentage sizes for resize-pane ("-x 10%"). Also change split-window and join-pane -l to accept similar percentages and deprecate -p. From Anindya Mukherjee.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_6_BASE
|
#
1.95 |
|
03-May-2019 |
nicm |
Allow panes to be empty (no command), output can be piped to them with split-window or display-message -I.
|
#
1.94 |
|
28-Apr-2019 |
nicm |
Support multiple occurances of the same argument. Use this for a new flag -e to new-window, split-window, respawn-window, respawn-pane to pass environment variables into the newly created process. From Steffen Christgau in GitHub issue 1697.
|
#
1.93 |
|
26-Apr-2019 |
nicm |
Merge hooks into options and make each one an array option. This allows multiple commands to be easily bound to one hook. set-hook and show-hooks remain but they are now variants of set-option and show-options. show-options now has a -H flag to show hooks (by default they are not shown).
|
#
1.92 |
|
17-Apr-2019 |
nicm |
Break new window and pane creation common code from various commands and window.c into a separate file spawn.c.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_5_BASE
|
#
1.91 |
|
18-Oct-2018 |
nicm |
Support for windows larger than visible on the attached client. This has been a limitation for a long time.
There are two new options, window-size and default-size, and a new command, resize-window. The force-width and force-height options and the session_width and session_height formats have been removed.
The new window-size option tells tmux how to work out the size of windows: largest means it picks the size of the largest session, smallest the smallest session (similar to the old behaviour) and manual means that it does not automatically resize windows. The default is currently largest but this may change. aggressive-resize modifies the choice of session for largest and smallest as it did before.
If a window is in a session attached to a client that is too small, only part of the window is shown. tmux attempts to keep the cursor visible, so the part of the window displayed is changed as the cursor moves (with a small delay, to try and avoid excess redrawing when applications redraw status lines or similar that are not currently visible). The offset of the visible portion of the window is shown in status-right.
Drawing windows which are larger than the client is not as efficient as those which fit, particularly when the cursor moves, so it is recommended to avoid using this on slow machines or networks (set window-size to smallest or manual).
The resize-window command can be used to resize a window manually. If it is used, the window-size option is automatically set to manual for the window (undo this with "setw -u window-size"). resize-window works in a similar way to resize-pane (-U -D -L -R -x -y flags) but also has -a and -A flags. -a sets the window to the size of the smallest client (what it would be if window-size was smallest) and -A the largest.
For the same behaviour as force-width or force-height, use resize-window -x or -y, and "setw -u window-size" to revert to automatic sizing..
If the global window-size option is set to manual, the default-size option is used for new windows. If -x or -y is used with new-session, that sets the default-size option for the new session.
The maximum size of a window is 10000x10000. But expect applications to complain and much higher memory use if making a window excessively big. The minimum size is the size required for the current layout including borders.
The refresh-client command can be used to pan around a window, -U -D -L -R moves up, down, left or right and -c returns to automatic cursor tracking. The position is reset when the current window is changed.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_4_BASE
|
#
1.90 |
|
24-May-2018 |
nicm |
Make server_client_get_cwd used (almost) everywhere we need to work out the cwd, and do not fall back to "." as it is pretty useless. GitHub issue 1331.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_3_BASE
|
#
1.89 |
|
16-Mar-2018 |
nicm |
Insert full size panes at the right position, from KOIE Hidetaka in GitHub issue 1284.
|
#
1.88 |
|
01-Mar-2018 |
nicm |
Expand formats in window and session names.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_2_BASE
|
#
1.87 |
|
30-Aug-2017 |
nicm |
Pass flags into cmd_find_from_* to fix prefer-unattached, reported by Thomas Sattler.
|
#
1.86 |
|
21-Jul-2017 |
nicm |
Add -c for respawn-pane and respawn-window, from J Raynor.
|
#
1.85 |
|
30-May-2017 |
nicm |
Rewrite of choose mode, both to simplify and tidy the code and to add some modern features.
Now the common code is in mode-tree.c, which provides an API used by the three modes now separated into window-{buffer,client,tree}.c. Buffer mode shows buffers, client mode clients and tree mode a tree of sessions, windows and panes.
Each mode has a common set of key bindings plus a few that are specific to the mode. Other changes are:
- each mode has a preview pane: for buffers this is the buffer content (very useful), for others it is a preview of the pane;
- items may be sorted in different ways ('O' key);
- multiple items may be tagged and an operation applied to all of them (for example, to delete multiple buffers at once);
- in tree mode a command may be run on the selected item (session, window, pane) or on tagged items (key ':');
- displayed items may be filtered in tree mode by using a format (this is used to implement find-window) (key 'f');
- the custom format (-F) for the display is no longer available;
- shortcut keys change from 0-9, a-z, A-Z which was always a bit weird with keys used for other uses to 0-9, M-a to M-z.
Now that the code is simpler, other improvements will come later.
Primary key bindings for each mode are documented under the commands in the man page (choose-buffer, choose-client, choose-tree).
Parts written by Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.84 |
|
25-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Do not update TERM into config file parsing has finished.
|
#
1.83 |
|
22-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Get rid of the extra layer of flags and cmd_prepare() and just store the CMD_FIND_* flags in the cmd_entry and call it for the command. Commands with special requirements call it themselves and update the target for hooks to use.
|
#
1.82 |
|
22-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Mouse bindings and hooks set up an initial current state when running a command. This is used for the session, window and pane for all commands in the command sequence if there is no -t or -s.
However, using it for all commands in the command sequence means that if the active pane or current session is changed, subsequent commands still use the previous state. So make commands which explicitly change the current state (such as neww and selectp) update it themselves for later commands. Commands which may invalidate the state (like killp) are already OK because an invalid state will be ignored.
Also fill in the current state for all key bindings rather than just the mouse, so that any omissions are easier to spot.
|
#
1.81 |
|
21-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Add cmd_find_from_winlink_pane and use it in a couple of places, and make functions that can't fail void.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_1_BASE
|
#
1.80 |
|
09-Mar-2017 |
nicm |
Move server_fill_environ into environ.c and move some other common code into it.
|
#
1.79 |
|
08-Mar-2017 |
nicm |
Add a helper function for the most common format_create/defaults/expand pattern.
|
#
1.78 |
|
27-Feb-2017 |
nicm |
If splitw -b is used, insert the new pane before the current one in the pane list. This means the numbering is in order (for example for display-panes) and fixes a problem with redrawing the active pane borders.
|
#
1.77 |
|
03-Feb-2017 |
nicm |
Add a window or pane id "tag" to each format tree and use it to separate jobs, this means that if the same job is used for different windows or panes (for example in pane-border-format), it will be run separately for each pane.
|
#
1.76 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Use the notify name string instead of going via an enum and change existing hooks to use notifys instead.
|
#
1.75 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Mass rename struct cmd_q to struct cmdq_item and related.
|
#
1.74 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Rewrite command queue handling. Each client still has a command queue, but there is also now a global command queue. Instead of command queues being dispatched on demand from wherever the command happens to be added, they are now all dispatched from the top level server loop. Command queues may now also include callbacks as well as commands, and items may be inserted after the current command as well as at the end.
This all makes command queues significantly more predictable and easier to use, and avoids the complex multiple nested command queues used by source-file, if-shell and friends.
A mass rename of struct cmdq to a better name (cmdq_item probably) is coming.
|
#
1.73 |
|
13-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Trying to do hooks generically is way too complicated and unreliable and confusing, particularly trying to automatically figure out what target hooks should be using. So simplify it:
- drop before hooks entirely, they don't seem to be very useful;
- commands with special requirements now fire their own after hook (for example, if they change session or window, or if they have -t and -s and need to choose which one the hook uses as current target);
- commands with no special requirements can have the CMD_AFTERHOOK flag added and they will use the -t state.
At the moment new-session, new-window, split-window fire their own hook, and display-message uses the flag. The remaining commands still need to be looked at.
|
#
1.72 |
|
13-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Some improvements and bug fixes for hooks:
- Prepare the state again before the "after" hooks are run, because the command may have killed or moved windows.
- Use the hooks list from the newly prepared target, not the old hooks list (only matters for new-session really).
- Correctly detect an invalid current state and ignore it in cmd_find_target ("killw; swapw").
- Change neww, new, killp, killw, splitw, swapp, swapw to update the current state (used if no explicit target is given) to something more useful after they have finished. For example, neww changes it to the newly created window.
Hooks are still relatively new and primitive so there are likely to be more changes to come.
Parts based on bug reports from Uwe Werler and Iblis Lin.
|
#
1.71 |
|
10-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Add static in cmd-* and fix a few other nits.
|
#
1.70 |
|
04-Sep-2016 |
nicm |
Add support for performing a full width split (with splitw -f), rather than splitting the current cell. From Stephen Kent.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_0_BASE
|
#
1.69 |
|
06-Jun-2016 |
nicm |
Insert new panes after the pane being split in the list rather than always after the active pane. This is more sensible when doing it with commands rather than keys.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_9_BASE
|
#
1.68 |
|
19-Jan-2016 |
nicm |
I no longer use my SourceForge address so replace it.
|
#
1.67 |
|
14-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Instead of combined flags for -c, -s, -t, split into different sets using an enum and simplify the parsing code.
|
#
1.66 |
|
13-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Use member names in cmd_entry definitions so I stop getting confused about the order.
|
#
1.65 |
|
13-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Instead of every command resolving the target (-t or -s) itself, prepare the state (client, session, winlink, pane) for it it before entering the command. Each command provides some flags that tell the prepare step what it is expecting.
This is a requirement for having hooks on commands (for example, if you hook "select-window -t1:2", the hook command should to operate on window 1:2 not whatever it thinks is the current window), and should allow some other target improvements.
The old cmd_find_* functions remain for the moment but that layer will be dropped later.
Joint work with Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.64 |
|
11-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Add cmdq as an argument to format_create and add a format for the command name (will also be used for more later).
|
#
1.63 |
|
08-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Remove format_create_flags and just pass flags to format_create.
|
#
1.62 |
|
31-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Fall back silently to ~ or / rather than checking -c with access(), this was the old behaviour.
|
#
1.61 |
|
31-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Because pledge(2) does not allow us to pass directory file descriptors around, we can't use file descriptors for the working directory because we will be unable to pass it to a privileged process to tell it where to read or write files or spawn children. So move tmux back to using strings for the current working directory. We try to check it exists with access() when it is set but ultimately fall back to ~ if it fails at time of use (or / if that fails too).
|
#
1.60 |
|
28-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Like options, move the environ struct into environ.c.
|
#
1.59 |
|
27-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Move struct options into options.c.
|
#
1.58 |
|
23-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Remove some unnecessary checks before free().
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_8_BASE
|
#
1.57 |
|
26-Apr-2015 |
nicm |
Remove panes from layout if spawning them fails, reported by Anthony J Bentley.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_7_BASE
|
#
1.56 |
|
05-Feb-2015 |
nicm |
Remove a couple of now-unused variables.
|
#
1.55 |
|
05-Feb-2015 |
nicm |
Wrap all the individual format_* calls in a single format_defaults functions.
|
#
1.54 |
|
12-Nov-2014 |
nicm |
Add -b to splitw like joinw, from Felix Rosencrantz.
|
#
1.53 |
|
20-Oct-2014 |
nicm |
Move template defines back into .c files.
|
#
1.52 |
|
20-Oct-2014 |
nicm |
Instead of setting up the default keys by building the key struct directly with a helper function in the cmd_entry, include a table of bind-key commands and pass them through the command parser and a temporary cmd_q.
As well as being smaller, this will allow default bindings to be command sequences which will probably be needed soon.
|
#
1.51 |
|
01-Sep-2014 |
nicm |
Various minor style and spacing nits.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_6_BASE
|
#
1.50 |
|
13-May-2014 |
nicm |
If multiple arguments are given to new-session, new-window, split-window, respawn-window or respawn-pane, pass them directly to execvp() to help avoid quoting problems. One argument still goes to "sh -c" like before. Requested by many over the years. Patch from J Raynor.
|
#
1.49 |
|
17-Apr-2014 |
nicm |
Set PATH explicitly, either from client or session environment. Previously it came from the session environment. From J Raynor.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_5_BASE
|
#
1.48 |
|
22-Nov-2013 |
nicm |
Handle empty current directory more gracefully.
|
#
1.47 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Don't boke when figuring out working directory from configuration file.
|
#
1.46 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Alter how tmux handles the working directory to internally use file descriptors rather than strings.
- Each session still has a current working directory.
- New sessions still get their working directory from the client that created them or its attached session if any.
- New windows are created by default in the session working directory.
- The -c flag to new, neww, splitw allows the working directory to be overridden.
- The -c flag to attach let's the session working directory be changed.
- The default-path option has been removed.
To get the equivalent to default-path '.', do:
bind c neww -c $PWD
To get the equivalent of default-path '~', do:
bind c neww -c ~
This also changes the client identify protocol to be a set of messages rather than one as well as some other changes that should make it easier to make backwards-compatible protocol changes in future.
|
#
1.45 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Support -c for new-session, based on code from J Raynor.
|
#
1.44 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Restore missing key binding for %, from Chris Johnsen.
|
#
1.43 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Remove the barely-used and unnecessary command check() function.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_4_BASE
|
#
1.42 |
|
25-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Revert the command-prefix change which breaks sequences of commands.
|
#
1.41 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add resize-pane -Z to temporary zoom the active pane to occupy the full window or unzoom (restored to the normal layout) if it already zoomed, bound to C-b z by default. The pane is unzoomed on pretty much any excuse whatsoever.
We considered making this a new layout but the requirements are quite different from layouts so decided it is better as a special case. Each current layout cell is saved, a temporary one-cell layout generated and all except the active pane set to NULL.
Prompted by suggestions and scripts from several. Thanks to Aaron Jensen and Thiago Padilha for testing an earlier version.
|
#
1.40 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add a command queue to standardize and simplify commands that call other commands and allow a command to block execution of subsequent commands. This allows run-shell and if-shell to be synchronous which has been much requested.
Each client has a default command queue and commands are consumed one at a time from it. A command may suspend execution from the queue by returning CMD_RETURN_WAIT and then resume it by calling cmd_continue() - for example run-shell does this from the callback that is fired after the job is freed.
When the command queue becomes empty, command clients are automatically exited (unless attaching). A callback is also fired - this is used for nested commands in, for example, if-shell which can block execution of the client's cmdq until a new cmdq becomes empty.
Also merge all the old error/info/print functions together and lose the old curclient/cmdclient distinction - a cmdq is bound to one client (or none if in the configuration file), this is a command client if c->session is NULL otherwise an attached client.
|
#
1.39 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Fix error reporting for client commands by adding a flag to cmd_find_client to tell it whether or not to show errors, sometimes it's needed and sometimes not.
|
#
1.38 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add option command-prefix which is automatically prepended to any command (apart from a naked default-shell). The default is "exec ".
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_3_BASE
|
#
1.37 |
|
09-Dec-2012 |
nicm |
Use the CMD_*_USAGE defines consistently, from Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.36 |
|
14-Aug-2012 |
nicm |
Use a separate define for each default format template and strip clutter from the choose-tree defaults.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_2_BASE
|
#
1.35 |
|
11-Jul-2012 |
nicm |
Make command exec functions return an enum rather than -1/0/1 values and add a new value to mean "leave client running but don't attach" to fix problems with using some commands in a command sequence. Most of the work by Thomas Adam, problem reported by "jspenguin" on SF bug 3535531.
|
#
1.34 |
|
10-Jul-2012 |
nicm |
xfree is not particularly helpful, remove it. From Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.33 |
|
22-May-2012 |
nicm |
Switch all of the various choose- and list- commands over to the format infrastructure, from Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.32 |
|
17-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add notify hooks for various events, the functions are currently empty stubs but will be filled in for control mode later. From George Nachman.
|
#
1.31 |
|
04-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
free -> xfree.
|
#
1.30 |
|
04-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add -F format to new-window and split-window to use with the -P flag, from George Nachman.
|
#
1.29 |
|
03-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add move-pane command (like join-pane but allows the same window). Also -b flag to join-pane and move-pane to place the pane to the left or above. From George Nachman.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_1_BASE
|
#
1.28 |
|
31-Jan-2012 |
nicm |
Provide defined ways to set the various default-path possibilities: ~ for home directory, . for server start directory, - for session start directory and empty for the pane's working directory (the default). All can also be used as part of a relative path (eg -/foo). Also provide -c flags to neww and splitw to override default-path setting.
Based on a diff from sthen. ok sthen
|
#
1.27 |
|
20-Jan-2012 |
nicm |
Add some const and fix a warning.
|
#
1.26 |
|
09-Dec-2011 |
nicm |
Change the way the working directory for new processes is discovered. If default-path isn't empty, it is used. Otherwise:
1) If tmux neww is run from the command line, the working directory of the client is used.
2) Otherwise sysctl KERN_PROC_CWD is used to retrieve the current working directory of the process in the active pane.
3) If that fails, the directory where the session was created is used.
Support code by Romain Francois, OpenBSD specific bits by me.
Note this requires a recent userland and kernel with KERN_PROC_CWD.
|
#
1.25 |
|
15-Nov-2011 |
nicm |
Make window_pane_index work the same as window_index, from Ben Boeckel.
|
#
1.24 |
|
30-Aug-2011 |
nicm |
Plug memory leak, from Tiago Cunha.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_9_BASE OPENBSD_5_0_BASE
|
#
1.23 |
|
10-Feb-2011 |
nicm |
Size on split-window is -l not -s. Doh.
|
#
1.22 |
|
04-Jan-2011 |
nicm |
Clean up and simplify tmux command argument parsing.
Originally, tmux commands were parsed in the client process into a struct with the command data which was then serialised and sent to the server to be executed. The parsing was later moved into the server (an argv was sent from the client), but the parse step and intermediate struct was kept.
This change removes that struct and the separate parse step. Argument parsing and printing is now common to all commands (in arguments.c) with each command left with just an optional check function (to validate the arguments at parse time), the exec function and a function to set up any key bindings (renamed from the old init function).
This is overall more simple and consistent.
There should be no changes to any commands behaviour or syntax although as this touches every command please watch for any unexpected changes.
|
#
1.21 |
|
01-Jan-2011 |
nicm |
Add a -P option to new-window and split-window to print the new window or pane index in target form (useful to pass it into other commands).
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_8_BASE
|
#
1.20 |
|
27-Jun-2010 |
nicm |
Store the current working directory in the session, change the default-path option to default to empty and make that mean that the stored session CWD is used.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_7_BASE
|
#
1.19 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
New command, join-pane, to split and move an existing pane into the space (like splitw then movep, or the reverse of breakp).
|
#
1.18 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
Use the specified pane for size calculations. Doh.
|
#
1.17 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
Change split-window to accept a pane target (it should be split-pane but renaming the command would be annoying).
|
#
1.16 |
|
03-Dec-2009 |
nicm |
Massive spaces->tabs and trailing whitespace cleanup, hopefully for the last time now I've configured emacs to make them displayed in really annoying colours...
|
#
1.15 |
|
20-Nov-2009 |
nicm |
When -h and -p are given to split-window, calculate the percentage size using the width instead of the height.
|
#
1.14 |
|
13-Nov-2009 |
nicm |
Get rid of the ugly CMD_CHFLAG macro and use a const string (eg "dDU") in the command entry structs and a couple of functions to check/set the flags.
|
#
1.13 |
|
21-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
Use KEYC_NONE constant instead of 0 on init.
|
#
1.12 |
|
16-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
Rather than constructing an entire termios struct from ttydefaults.h, just let forkpty do it and then alter the bits that should be changed after fork. A little neater and more portable.
|
#
1.11 |
|
01-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
When using tmux as a login shell, there is currently no way to specify a shell to be used as a login shell inside tmux, so add a default-shell session option. This sets the shell invoked as a login shell when the default-command option is empty.
The default option value is whichever of $SHELL, getpwuid(getuid())'s pw_shell or /bin/sh is valid first.
Based on a diff from martynas@, changed by me to be a session option rather than a window option.
|
#
1.10 |
|
25-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
Print -l and -p when showing command, pointed out by Tiago Cunha.
|
#
1.9 |
|
13-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
When creating a new session from the command-line where there is an external terminal, copy the termios(4) special characters and use them for new windows created in the new session. Suggested by Theo.
|
#
1.8 |
|
08-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
Infrastructure and commands to manage the environment for processes started within tmux.
There is a global environment, copied from the external environment when the server is started and each sesssion has an (initially empty) session environment which overrides it.
New commands set-environment and show-environment manipulate or display the environments.
A new session option, update-environment, is a space-separated list of variables which are updated from the external environment into the session environment every time a new session is created - the default is DISPLAY.
|
#
1.7 |
|
26-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Make all messages sent between the client and server fixed size.
This is the first of two changes to make the protocol more resilient and less sensitive to other changes in the code, particularly with commands. The client now packs argv into a buffer and sends it to the server for parsing, rather than doing it itself and sending the parsed command data.
As a side-effect this also removes a lot of now-unused command marshalling code.
Mixing a server without this change and a client with or vice versa will cause tmux to hang or crash, please ensure that tmux is entirely killed before upgrading.
|
#
1.6 |
|
22-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
window_add_pane cannot fail, so remove the unused cause argument and don't bother to check for a NULL return.
|
#
1.5 |
|
19-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Improved layout code.
Each window now has a tree of layout cells associated with it. In this tree, each node is either a horizontal or vertical cell containing a list of other cells running from left-to-right or top-to-bottom, or a leaf cell which is associated with a pane.
The major functional changes are:
- panes may now be split arbitrarily both horizontally (splitw -h, C-b %) and vertically (splitw -v, C-b "); - panes may be resized both horizontally and vertically (resizep -L/-R/-U/-D, bound to C-b left/right/up/down and C-b M-left/right/up/down); - layouts are now applied and then may be modified by resizing or splitting panes, rather than being fixed and reapplied when the window is resized or panes are added; - manual-vertical layout is no longer necessary, and active-only layout is gone (but may return in future); - the main-pane layouts now reduce the size of the main pane to fit all panes if possible.
Thanks to all who tested.
|
#
1.4 |
|
13-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Having fixed flags for single-character getopt options is a bit hard to maintain and is only going to get worse as more are used. So instead, add a new uint64_t member to cmd_entry which is a bitmask of upper and lowercase options accepted by the command.
This means new single character options can be used without the need to add it explicitly to the list.
|
#
1.3 |
|
07-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
The fix for default-path (use target session options instead of global options) is required here as well, doh.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_6_BASE
|
#
1.2 |
|
25-Jun-2009 |
nicm |
lines variable can be -1 (to be ignored), so should be signed. Found by lint.
|
#
1.1 |
|
01-Jun-2009 |
nicm |
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another.
ok deraadt pirofti
|
#
1.112 |
|
08-Mar-2022 |
nicm |
With -f use percentages of window size not pane size, GitHub issue 2866.
|
#
1.111 |
|
07-Oct-2021 |
nicm |
Handle splitw -I correctly when used from an attached client, GitHub issue 2917.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_7_0_BASE
|
#
1.110 |
|
27-Aug-2021 |
nicm |
Replace %% in command lists (by copying them) for template arguments , this means they can be used with {} as well. Also make argument processing from an existing vector preserve commands. GitHub issue 2858.
|
#
1.109 |
|
21-Aug-2021 |
nicm |
Rename a member to match what it will be in future.
|
#
1.108 |
|
21-Aug-2021 |
nicm |
Add args parsing callback for some future work, currently unused.
|
#
1.107 |
|
20-Aug-2021 |
nicm |
Hide struct args behind a couple of accessor functions.
|
#
1.106 |
|
20-Aug-2021 |
nicm |
Expose args_value struct (will be needed soon) and add some missing frees.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_9_BASE
|
#
1.105 |
|
11-Mar-2021 |
nicm |
Add split-window -Z to start the pane zoomed, GitHub issue 2591.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_8_BASE
|
#
1.104 |
|
16-May-2020 |
nicm |
Add a client flag 'active-pane' which stores the active pane in the client and allows it to be changed independently from the real active pane stored in the window. This is can be used with session groups which allow an independent current window (although it would be nice to have a flag for this too and remove session groups). The client active pane is only really useful interactively, many things (hooks, window-style, zooming) still use the window active pane.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_7_BASE
|
#
1.103 |
|
13-Apr-2020 |
nicm |
Make client -c and -t handling common in cmd-queue.c and try to be clearer about whether the client is the target client (must have a session) or not.
|
#
1.102 |
|
13-Apr-2020 |
nicm |
Move cmdq_state into cmd-queue.c.
|
#
1.101 |
|
13-Apr-2020 |
nicm |
Rename cmdq_shared to cmdq_state which will better reflect what it is (going to be) used for.
|
#
1.100 |
|
13-Apr-2020 |
nicm |
Also move cmdq_item and cmdq_list into cmd-queue.c (this is to make its use more clearly defined and preparation for some future work).
|
#
1.99 |
|
13-Apr-2020 |
nicm |
Make struct cmd local to cmd.c and move it out of tmux.h.
|
#
1.98 |
|
31-Mar-2020 |
nicm |
Add a way to mark environment variables as "hidden" so they can be used by tmux but are not passed into the environment of new panes.
|
#
1.97 |
|
16-Mar-2020 |
nicm |
Do not attempt to close a NULL pane when failing to create a new one.
|
#
1.96 |
|
15-Oct-2019 |
nicm |
Add support for percentage sizes for resize-pane ("-x 10%"). Also change split-window and join-pane -l to accept similar percentages and deprecate -p. From Anindya Mukherjee.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_6_BASE
|
#
1.95 |
|
03-May-2019 |
nicm |
Allow panes to be empty (no command), output can be piped to them with split-window or display-message -I.
|
#
1.94 |
|
28-Apr-2019 |
nicm |
Support multiple occurances of the same argument. Use this for a new flag -e to new-window, split-window, respawn-window, respawn-pane to pass environment variables into the newly created process. From Steffen Christgau in GitHub issue 1697.
|
#
1.93 |
|
26-Apr-2019 |
nicm |
Merge hooks into options and make each one an array option. This allows multiple commands to be easily bound to one hook. set-hook and show-hooks remain but they are now variants of set-option and show-options. show-options now has a -H flag to show hooks (by default they are not shown).
|
#
1.92 |
|
17-Apr-2019 |
nicm |
Break new window and pane creation common code from various commands and window.c into a separate file spawn.c.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_5_BASE
|
#
1.91 |
|
18-Oct-2018 |
nicm |
Support for windows larger than visible on the attached client. This has been a limitation for a long time.
There are two new options, window-size and default-size, and a new command, resize-window. The force-width and force-height options and the session_width and session_height formats have been removed.
The new window-size option tells tmux how to work out the size of windows: largest means it picks the size of the largest session, smallest the smallest session (similar to the old behaviour) and manual means that it does not automatically resize windows. The default is currently largest but this may change. aggressive-resize modifies the choice of session for largest and smallest as it did before.
If a window is in a session attached to a client that is too small, only part of the window is shown. tmux attempts to keep the cursor visible, so the part of the window displayed is changed as the cursor moves (with a small delay, to try and avoid excess redrawing when applications redraw status lines or similar that are not currently visible). The offset of the visible portion of the window is shown in status-right.
Drawing windows which are larger than the client is not as efficient as those which fit, particularly when the cursor moves, so it is recommended to avoid using this on slow machines or networks (set window-size to smallest or manual).
The resize-window command can be used to resize a window manually. If it is used, the window-size option is automatically set to manual for the window (undo this with "setw -u window-size"). resize-window works in a similar way to resize-pane (-U -D -L -R -x -y flags) but also has -a and -A flags. -a sets the window to the size of the smallest client (what it would be if window-size was smallest) and -A the largest.
For the same behaviour as force-width or force-height, use resize-window -x or -y, and "setw -u window-size" to revert to automatic sizing..
If the global window-size option is set to manual, the default-size option is used for new windows. If -x or -y is used with new-session, that sets the default-size option for the new session.
The maximum size of a window is 10000x10000. But expect applications to complain and much higher memory use if making a window excessively big. The minimum size is the size required for the current layout including borders.
The refresh-client command can be used to pan around a window, -U -D -L -R moves up, down, left or right and -c returns to automatic cursor tracking. The position is reset when the current window is changed.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_4_BASE
|
#
1.90 |
|
24-May-2018 |
nicm |
Make server_client_get_cwd used (almost) everywhere we need to work out the cwd, and do not fall back to "." as it is pretty useless. GitHub issue 1331.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_3_BASE
|
#
1.89 |
|
16-Mar-2018 |
nicm |
Insert full size panes at the right position, from KOIE Hidetaka in GitHub issue 1284.
|
#
1.88 |
|
01-Mar-2018 |
nicm |
Expand formats in window and session names.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_2_BASE
|
#
1.87 |
|
30-Aug-2017 |
nicm |
Pass flags into cmd_find_from_* to fix prefer-unattached, reported by Thomas Sattler.
|
#
1.86 |
|
21-Jul-2017 |
nicm |
Add -c for respawn-pane and respawn-window, from J Raynor.
|
#
1.85 |
|
30-May-2017 |
nicm |
Rewrite of choose mode, both to simplify and tidy the code and to add some modern features.
Now the common code is in mode-tree.c, which provides an API used by the three modes now separated into window-{buffer,client,tree}.c. Buffer mode shows buffers, client mode clients and tree mode a tree of sessions, windows and panes.
Each mode has a common set of key bindings plus a few that are specific to the mode. Other changes are:
- each mode has a preview pane: for buffers this is the buffer content (very useful), for others it is a preview of the pane;
- items may be sorted in different ways ('O' key);
- multiple items may be tagged and an operation applied to all of them (for example, to delete multiple buffers at once);
- in tree mode a command may be run on the selected item (session, window, pane) or on tagged items (key ':');
- displayed items may be filtered in tree mode by using a format (this is used to implement find-window) (key 'f');
- the custom format (-F) for the display is no longer available;
- shortcut keys change from 0-9, a-z, A-Z which was always a bit weird with keys used for other uses to 0-9, M-a to M-z.
Now that the code is simpler, other improvements will come later.
Primary key bindings for each mode are documented under the commands in the man page (choose-buffer, choose-client, choose-tree).
Parts written by Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.84 |
|
25-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Do not update TERM into config file parsing has finished.
|
#
1.83 |
|
22-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Get rid of the extra layer of flags and cmd_prepare() and just store the CMD_FIND_* flags in the cmd_entry and call it for the command. Commands with special requirements call it themselves and update the target for hooks to use.
|
#
1.82 |
|
22-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Mouse bindings and hooks set up an initial current state when running a command. This is used for the session, window and pane for all commands in the command sequence if there is no -t or -s.
However, using it for all commands in the command sequence means that if the active pane or current session is changed, subsequent commands still use the previous state. So make commands which explicitly change the current state (such as neww and selectp) update it themselves for later commands. Commands which may invalidate the state (like killp) are already OK because an invalid state will be ignored.
Also fill in the current state for all key bindings rather than just the mouse, so that any omissions are easier to spot.
|
#
1.81 |
|
21-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Add cmd_find_from_winlink_pane and use it in a couple of places, and make functions that can't fail void.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_1_BASE
|
#
1.80 |
|
09-Mar-2017 |
nicm |
Move server_fill_environ into environ.c and move some other common code into it.
|
#
1.79 |
|
08-Mar-2017 |
nicm |
Add a helper function for the most common format_create/defaults/expand pattern.
|
#
1.78 |
|
27-Feb-2017 |
nicm |
If splitw -b is used, insert the new pane before the current one in the pane list. This means the numbering is in order (for example for display-panes) and fixes a problem with redrawing the active pane borders.
|
#
1.77 |
|
03-Feb-2017 |
nicm |
Add a window or pane id "tag" to each format tree and use it to separate jobs, this means that if the same job is used for different windows or panes (for example in pane-border-format), it will be run separately for each pane.
|
#
1.76 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Use the notify name string instead of going via an enum and change existing hooks to use notifys instead.
|
#
1.75 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Mass rename struct cmd_q to struct cmdq_item and related.
|
#
1.74 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Rewrite command queue handling. Each client still has a command queue, but there is also now a global command queue. Instead of command queues being dispatched on demand from wherever the command happens to be added, they are now all dispatched from the top level server loop. Command queues may now also include callbacks as well as commands, and items may be inserted after the current command as well as at the end.
This all makes command queues significantly more predictable and easier to use, and avoids the complex multiple nested command queues used by source-file, if-shell and friends.
A mass rename of struct cmdq to a better name (cmdq_item probably) is coming.
|
#
1.73 |
|
13-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Trying to do hooks generically is way too complicated and unreliable and confusing, particularly trying to automatically figure out what target hooks should be using. So simplify it:
- drop before hooks entirely, they don't seem to be very useful;
- commands with special requirements now fire their own after hook (for example, if they change session or window, or if they have -t and -s and need to choose which one the hook uses as current target);
- commands with no special requirements can have the CMD_AFTERHOOK flag added and they will use the -t state.
At the moment new-session, new-window, split-window fire their own hook, and display-message uses the flag. The remaining commands still need to be looked at.
|
#
1.72 |
|
13-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Some improvements and bug fixes for hooks:
- Prepare the state again before the "after" hooks are run, because the command may have killed or moved windows.
- Use the hooks list from the newly prepared target, not the old hooks list (only matters for new-session really).
- Correctly detect an invalid current state and ignore it in cmd_find_target ("killw; swapw").
- Change neww, new, killp, killw, splitw, swapp, swapw to update the current state (used if no explicit target is given) to something more useful after they have finished. For example, neww changes it to the newly created window.
Hooks are still relatively new and primitive so there are likely to be more changes to come.
Parts based on bug reports from Uwe Werler and Iblis Lin.
|
#
1.71 |
|
10-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Add static in cmd-* and fix a few other nits.
|
#
1.70 |
|
04-Sep-2016 |
nicm |
Add support for performing a full width split (with splitw -f), rather than splitting the current cell. From Stephen Kent.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_0_BASE
|
#
1.69 |
|
06-Jun-2016 |
nicm |
Insert new panes after the pane being split in the list rather than always after the active pane. This is more sensible when doing it with commands rather than keys.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_9_BASE
|
#
1.68 |
|
19-Jan-2016 |
nicm |
I no longer use my SourceForge address so replace it.
|
#
1.67 |
|
14-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Instead of combined flags for -c, -s, -t, split into different sets using an enum and simplify the parsing code.
|
#
1.66 |
|
13-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Use member names in cmd_entry definitions so I stop getting confused about the order.
|
#
1.65 |
|
13-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Instead of every command resolving the target (-t or -s) itself, prepare the state (client, session, winlink, pane) for it it before entering the command. Each command provides some flags that tell the prepare step what it is expecting.
This is a requirement for having hooks on commands (for example, if you hook "select-window -t1:2", the hook command should to operate on window 1:2 not whatever it thinks is the current window), and should allow some other target improvements.
The old cmd_find_* functions remain for the moment but that layer will be dropped later.
Joint work with Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.64 |
|
11-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Add cmdq as an argument to format_create and add a format for the command name (will also be used for more later).
|
#
1.63 |
|
08-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Remove format_create_flags and just pass flags to format_create.
|
#
1.62 |
|
31-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Fall back silently to ~ or / rather than checking -c with access(), this was the old behaviour.
|
#
1.61 |
|
31-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Because pledge(2) does not allow us to pass directory file descriptors around, we can't use file descriptors for the working directory because we will be unable to pass it to a privileged process to tell it where to read or write files or spawn children. So move tmux back to using strings for the current working directory. We try to check it exists with access() when it is set but ultimately fall back to ~ if it fails at time of use (or / if that fails too).
|
#
1.60 |
|
28-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Like options, move the environ struct into environ.c.
|
#
1.59 |
|
27-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Move struct options into options.c.
|
#
1.58 |
|
23-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Remove some unnecessary checks before free().
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_8_BASE
|
#
1.57 |
|
26-Apr-2015 |
nicm |
Remove panes from layout if spawning them fails, reported by Anthony J Bentley.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_7_BASE
|
#
1.56 |
|
05-Feb-2015 |
nicm |
Remove a couple of now-unused variables.
|
#
1.55 |
|
05-Feb-2015 |
nicm |
Wrap all the individual format_* calls in a single format_defaults functions.
|
#
1.54 |
|
12-Nov-2014 |
nicm |
Add -b to splitw like joinw, from Felix Rosencrantz.
|
#
1.53 |
|
20-Oct-2014 |
nicm |
Move template defines back into .c files.
|
#
1.52 |
|
20-Oct-2014 |
nicm |
Instead of setting up the default keys by building the key struct directly with a helper function in the cmd_entry, include a table of bind-key commands and pass them through the command parser and a temporary cmd_q.
As well as being smaller, this will allow default bindings to be command sequences which will probably be needed soon.
|
#
1.51 |
|
01-Sep-2014 |
nicm |
Various minor style and spacing nits.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_6_BASE
|
#
1.50 |
|
13-May-2014 |
nicm |
If multiple arguments are given to new-session, new-window, split-window, respawn-window or respawn-pane, pass them directly to execvp() to help avoid quoting problems. One argument still goes to "sh -c" like before. Requested by many over the years. Patch from J Raynor.
|
#
1.49 |
|
17-Apr-2014 |
nicm |
Set PATH explicitly, either from client or session environment. Previously it came from the session environment. From J Raynor.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_5_BASE
|
#
1.48 |
|
22-Nov-2013 |
nicm |
Handle empty current directory more gracefully.
|
#
1.47 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Don't boke when figuring out working directory from configuration file.
|
#
1.46 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Alter how tmux handles the working directory to internally use file descriptors rather than strings.
- Each session still has a current working directory.
- New sessions still get their working directory from the client that created them or its attached session if any.
- New windows are created by default in the session working directory.
- The -c flag to new, neww, splitw allows the working directory to be overridden.
- The -c flag to attach let's the session working directory be changed.
- The default-path option has been removed.
To get the equivalent to default-path '.', do:
bind c neww -c $PWD
To get the equivalent of default-path '~', do:
bind c neww -c ~
This also changes the client identify protocol to be a set of messages rather than one as well as some other changes that should make it easier to make backwards-compatible protocol changes in future.
|
#
1.45 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Support -c for new-session, based on code from J Raynor.
|
#
1.44 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Restore missing key binding for %, from Chris Johnsen.
|
#
1.43 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Remove the barely-used and unnecessary command check() function.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_4_BASE
|
#
1.42 |
|
25-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Revert the command-prefix change which breaks sequences of commands.
|
#
1.41 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add resize-pane -Z to temporary zoom the active pane to occupy the full window or unzoom (restored to the normal layout) if it already zoomed, bound to C-b z by default. The pane is unzoomed on pretty much any excuse whatsoever.
We considered making this a new layout but the requirements are quite different from layouts so decided it is better as a special case. Each current layout cell is saved, a temporary one-cell layout generated and all except the active pane set to NULL.
Prompted by suggestions and scripts from several. Thanks to Aaron Jensen and Thiago Padilha for testing an earlier version.
|
#
1.40 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add a command queue to standardize and simplify commands that call other commands and allow a command to block execution of subsequent commands. This allows run-shell and if-shell to be synchronous which has been much requested.
Each client has a default command queue and commands are consumed one at a time from it. A command may suspend execution from the queue by returning CMD_RETURN_WAIT and then resume it by calling cmd_continue() - for example run-shell does this from the callback that is fired after the job is freed.
When the command queue becomes empty, command clients are automatically exited (unless attaching). A callback is also fired - this is used for nested commands in, for example, if-shell which can block execution of the client's cmdq until a new cmdq becomes empty.
Also merge all the old error/info/print functions together and lose the old curclient/cmdclient distinction - a cmdq is bound to one client (or none if in the configuration file), this is a command client if c->session is NULL otherwise an attached client.
|
#
1.39 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Fix error reporting for client commands by adding a flag to cmd_find_client to tell it whether or not to show errors, sometimes it's needed and sometimes not.
|
#
1.38 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add option command-prefix which is automatically prepended to any command (apart from a naked default-shell). The default is "exec ".
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_3_BASE
|
#
1.37 |
|
09-Dec-2012 |
nicm |
Use the CMD_*_USAGE defines consistently, from Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.36 |
|
14-Aug-2012 |
nicm |
Use a separate define for each default format template and strip clutter from the choose-tree defaults.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_2_BASE
|
#
1.35 |
|
11-Jul-2012 |
nicm |
Make command exec functions return an enum rather than -1/0/1 values and add a new value to mean "leave client running but don't attach" to fix problems with using some commands in a command sequence. Most of the work by Thomas Adam, problem reported by "jspenguin" on SF bug 3535531.
|
#
1.34 |
|
10-Jul-2012 |
nicm |
xfree is not particularly helpful, remove it. From Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.33 |
|
22-May-2012 |
nicm |
Switch all of the various choose- and list- commands over to the format infrastructure, from Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.32 |
|
17-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add notify hooks for various events, the functions are currently empty stubs but will be filled in for control mode later. From George Nachman.
|
#
1.31 |
|
04-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
free -> xfree.
|
#
1.30 |
|
04-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add -F format to new-window and split-window to use with the -P flag, from George Nachman.
|
#
1.29 |
|
03-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add move-pane command (like join-pane but allows the same window). Also -b flag to join-pane and move-pane to place the pane to the left or above. From George Nachman.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_1_BASE
|
#
1.28 |
|
31-Jan-2012 |
nicm |
Provide defined ways to set the various default-path possibilities: ~ for home directory, . for server start directory, - for session start directory and empty for the pane's working directory (the default). All can also be used as part of a relative path (eg -/foo). Also provide -c flags to neww and splitw to override default-path setting.
Based on a diff from sthen. ok sthen
|
#
1.27 |
|
20-Jan-2012 |
nicm |
Add some const and fix a warning.
|
#
1.26 |
|
09-Dec-2011 |
nicm |
Change the way the working directory for new processes is discovered. If default-path isn't empty, it is used. Otherwise:
1) If tmux neww is run from the command line, the working directory of the client is used.
2) Otherwise sysctl KERN_PROC_CWD is used to retrieve the current working directory of the process in the active pane.
3) If that fails, the directory where the session was created is used.
Support code by Romain Francois, OpenBSD specific bits by me.
Note this requires a recent userland and kernel with KERN_PROC_CWD.
|
#
1.25 |
|
15-Nov-2011 |
nicm |
Make window_pane_index work the same as window_index, from Ben Boeckel.
|
#
1.24 |
|
30-Aug-2011 |
nicm |
Plug memory leak, from Tiago Cunha.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_9_BASE OPENBSD_5_0_BASE
|
#
1.23 |
|
10-Feb-2011 |
nicm |
Size on split-window is -l not -s. Doh.
|
#
1.22 |
|
04-Jan-2011 |
nicm |
Clean up and simplify tmux command argument parsing.
Originally, tmux commands were parsed in the client process into a struct with the command data which was then serialised and sent to the server to be executed. The parsing was later moved into the server (an argv was sent from the client), but the parse step and intermediate struct was kept.
This change removes that struct and the separate parse step. Argument parsing and printing is now common to all commands (in arguments.c) with each command left with just an optional check function (to validate the arguments at parse time), the exec function and a function to set up any key bindings (renamed from the old init function).
This is overall more simple and consistent.
There should be no changes to any commands behaviour or syntax although as this touches every command please watch for any unexpected changes.
|
#
1.21 |
|
01-Jan-2011 |
nicm |
Add a -P option to new-window and split-window to print the new window or pane index in target form (useful to pass it into other commands).
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_8_BASE
|
#
1.20 |
|
27-Jun-2010 |
nicm |
Store the current working directory in the session, change the default-path option to default to empty and make that mean that the stored session CWD is used.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_7_BASE
|
#
1.19 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
New command, join-pane, to split and move an existing pane into the space (like splitw then movep, or the reverse of breakp).
|
#
1.18 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
Use the specified pane for size calculations. Doh.
|
#
1.17 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
Change split-window to accept a pane target (it should be split-pane but renaming the command would be annoying).
|
#
1.16 |
|
03-Dec-2009 |
nicm |
Massive spaces->tabs and trailing whitespace cleanup, hopefully for the last time now I've configured emacs to make them displayed in really annoying colours...
|
#
1.15 |
|
20-Nov-2009 |
nicm |
When -h and -p are given to split-window, calculate the percentage size using the width instead of the height.
|
#
1.14 |
|
13-Nov-2009 |
nicm |
Get rid of the ugly CMD_CHFLAG macro and use a const string (eg "dDU") in the command entry structs and a couple of functions to check/set the flags.
|
#
1.13 |
|
21-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
Use KEYC_NONE constant instead of 0 on init.
|
#
1.12 |
|
16-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
Rather than constructing an entire termios struct from ttydefaults.h, just let forkpty do it and then alter the bits that should be changed after fork. A little neater and more portable.
|
#
1.11 |
|
01-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
When using tmux as a login shell, there is currently no way to specify a shell to be used as a login shell inside tmux, so add a default-shell session option. This sets the shell invoked as a login shell when the default-command option is empty.
The default option value is whichever of $SHELL, getpwuid(getuid())'s pw_shell or /bin/sh is valid first.
Based on a diff from martynas@, changed by me to be a session option rather than a window option.
|
#
1.10 |
|
25-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
Print -l and -p when showing command, pointed out by Tiago Cunha.
|
#
1.9 |
|
13-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
When creating a new session from the command-line where there is an external terminal, copy the termios(4) special characters and use them for new windows created in the new session. Suggested by Theo.
|
#
1.8 |
|
08-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
Infrastructure and commands to manage the environment for processes started within tmux.
There is a global environment, copied from the external environment when the server is started and each sesssion has an (initially empty) session environment which overrides it.
New commands set-environment and show-environment manipulate or display the environments.
A new session option, update-environment, is a space-separated list of variables which are updated from the external environment into the session environment every time a new session is created - the default is DISPLAY.
|
#
1.7 |
|
26-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Make all messages sent between the client and server fixed size.
This is the first of two changes to make the protocol more resilient and less sensitive to other changes in the code, particularly with commands. The client now packs argv into a buffer and sends it to the server for parsing, rather than doing it itself and sending the parsed command data.
As a side-effect this also removes a lot of now-unused command marshalling code.
Mixing a server without this change and a client with or vice versa will cause tmux to hang or crash, please ensure that tmux is entirely killed before upgrading.
|
#
1.6 |
|
22-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
window_add_pane cannot fail, so remove the unused cause argument and don't bother to check for a NULL return.
|
#
1.5 |
|
19-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Improved layout code.
Each window now has a tree of layout cells associated with it. In this tree, each node is either a horizontal or vertical cell containing a list of other cells running from left-to-right or top-to-bottom, or a leaf cell which is associated with a pane.
The major functional changes are:
- panes may now be split arbitrarily both horizontally (splitw -h, C-b %) and vertically (splitw -v, C-b "); - panes may be resized both horizontally and vertically (resizep -L/-R/-U/-D, bound to C-b left/right/up/down and C-b M-left/right/up/down); - layouts are now applied and then may be modified by resizing or splitting panes, rather than being fixed and reapplied when the window is resized or panes are added; - manual-vertical layout is no longer necessary, and active-only layout is gone (but may return in future); - the main-pane layouts now reduce the size of the main pane to fit all panes if possible.
Thanks to all who tested.
|
#
1.4 |
|
13-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Having fixed flags for single-character getopt options is a bit hard to maintain and is only going to get worse as more are used. So instead, add a new uint64_t member to cmd_entry which is a bitmask of upper and lowercase options accepted by the command.
This means new single character options can be used without the need to add it explicitly to the list.
|
#
1.3 |
|
07-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
The fix for default-path (use target session options instead of global options) is required here as well, doh.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_6_BASE
|
#
1.2 |
|
25-Jun-2009 |
nicm |
lines variable can be -1 (to be ignored), so should be signed. Found by lint.
|
#
1.1 |
|
01-Jun-2009 |
nicm |
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another.
ok deraadt pirofti
|
#
1.111 |
|
07-Oct-2021 |
nicm |
Handle splitw -I correctly when used from an attached client, GitHub issue 2917.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_7_0_BASE
|
#
1.110 |
|
27-Aug-2021 |
nicm |
Replace %% in command lists (by copying them) for template arguments , this means they can be used with {} as well. Also make argument processing from an existing vector preserve commands. GitHub issue 2858.
|
#
1.109 |
|
21-Aug-2021 |
nicm |
Rename a member to match what it will be in future.
|
#
1.108 |
|
21-Aug-2021 |
nicm |
Add args parsing callback for some future work, currently unused.
|
#
1.107 |
|
20-Aug-2021 |
nicm |
Hide struct args behind a couple of accessor functions.
|
#
1.106 |
|
20-Aug-2021 |
nicm |
Expose args_value struct (will be needed soon) and add some missing frees.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_9_BASE
|
#
1.105 |
|
11-Mar-2021 |
nicm |
Add split-window -Z to start the pane zoomed, GitHub issue 2591.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_8_BASE
|
#
1.104 |
|
16-May-2020 |
nicm |
Add a client flag 'active-pane' which stores the active pane in the client and allows it to be changed independently from the real active pane stored in the window. This is can be used with session groups which allow an independent current window (although it would be nice to have a flag for this too and remove session groups). The client active pane is only really useful interactively, many things (hooks, window-style, zooming) still use the window active pane.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_7_BASE
|
#
1.103 |
|
13-Apr-2020 |
nicm |
Make client -c and -t handling common in cmd-queue.c and try to be clearer about whether the client is the target client (must have a session) or not.
|
#
1.102 |
|
13-Apr-2020 |
nicm |
Move cmdq_state into cmd-queue.c.
|
#
1.101 |
|
13-Apr-2020 |
nicm |
Rename cmdq_shared to cmdq_state which will better reflect what it is (going to be) used for.
|
#
1.100 |
|
13-Apr-2020 |
nicm |
Also move cmdq_item and cmdq_list into cmd-queue.c (this is to make its use more clearly defined and preparation for some future work).
|
#
1.99 |
|
13-Apr-2020 |
nicm |
Make struct cmd local to cmd.c and move it out of tmux.h.
|
#
1.98 |
|
31-Mar-2020 |
nicm |
Add a way to mark environment variables as "hidden" so they can be used by tmux but are not passed into the environment of new panes.
|
#
1.97 |
|
16-Mar-2020 |
nicm |
Do not attempt to close a NULL pane when failing to create a new one.
|
#
1.96 |
|
15-Oct-2019 |
nicm |
Add support for percentage sizes for resize-pane ("-x 10%"). Also change split-window and join-pane -l to accept similar percentages and deprecate -p. From Anindya Mukherjee.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_6_BASE
|
#
1.95 |
|
03-May-2019 |
nicm |
Allow panes to be empty (no command), output can be piped to them with split-window or display-message -I.
|
#
1.94 |
|
28-Apr-2019 |
nicm |
Support multiple occurances of the same argument. Use this for a new flag -e to new-window, split-window, respawn-window, respawn-pane to pass environment variables into the newly created process. From Steffen Christgau in GitHub issue 1697.
|
#
1.93 |
|
26-Apr-2019 |
nicm |
Merge hooks into options and make each one an array option. This allows multiple commands to be easily bound to one hook. set-hook and show-hooks remain but they are now variants of set-option and show-options. show-options now has a -H flag to show hooks (by default they are not shown).
|
#
1.92 |
|
17-Apr-2019 |
nicm |
Break new window and pane creation common code from various commands and window.c into a separate file spawn.c.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_5_BASE
|
#
1.91 |
|
18-Oct-2018 |
nicm |
Support for windows larger than visible on the attached client. This has been a limitation for a long time.
There are two new options, window-size and default-size, and a new command, resize-window. The force-width and force-height options and the session_width and session_height formats have been removed.
The new window-size option tells tmux how to work out the size of windows: largest means it picks the size of the largest session, smallest the smallest session (similar to the old behaviour) and manual means that it does not automatically resize windows. The default is currently largest but this may change. aggressive-resize modifies the choice of session for largest and smallest as it did before.
If a window is in a session attached to a client that is too small, only part of the window is shown. tmux attempts to keep the cursor visible, so the part of the window displayed is changed as the cursor moves (with a small delay, to try and avoid excess redrawing when applications redraw status lines or similar that are not currently visible). The offset of the visible portion of the window is shown in status-right.
Drawing windows which are larger than the client is not as efficient as those which fit, particularly when the cursor moves, so it is recommended to avoid using this on slow machines or networks (set window-size to smallest or manual).
The resize-window command can be used to resize a window manually. If it is used, the window-size option is automatically set to manual for the window (undo this with "setw -u window-size"). resize-window works in a similar way to resize-pane (-U -D -L -R -x -y flags) but also has -a and -A flags. -a sets the window to the size of the smallest client (what it would be if window-size was smallest) and -A the largest.
For the same behaviour as force-width or force-height, use resize-window -x or -y, and "setw -u window-size" to revert to automatic sizing..
If the global window-size option is set to manual, the default-size option is used for new windows. If -x or -y is used with new-session, that sets the default-size option for the new session.
The maximum size of a window is 10000x10000. But expect applications to complain and much higher memory use if making a window excessively big. The minimum size is the size required for the current layout including borders.
The refresh-client command can be used to pan around a window, -U -D -L -R moves up, down, left or right and -c returns to automatic cursor tracking. The position is reset when the current window is changed.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_4_BASE
|
#
1.90 |
|
24-May-2018 |
nicm |
Make server_client_get_cwd used (almost) everywhere we need to work out the cwd, and do not fall back to "." as it is pretty useless. GitHub issue 1331.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_3_BASE
|
#
1.89 |
|
16-Mar-2018 |
nicm |
Insert full size panes at the right position, from KOIE Hidetaka in GitHub issue 1284.
|
#
1.88 |
|
01-Mar-2018 |
nicm |
Expand formats in window and session names.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_2_BASE
|
#
1.87 |
|
30-Aug-2017 |
nicm |
Pass flags into cmd_find_from_* to fix prefer-unattached, reported by Thomas Sattler.
|
#
1.86 |
|
21-Jul-2017 |
nicm |
Add -c for respawn-pane and respawn-window, from J Raynor.
|
#
1.85 |
|
30-May-2017 |
nicm |
Rewrite of choose mode, both to simplify and tidy the code and to add some modern features.
Now the common code is in mode-tree.c, which provides an API used by the three modes now separated into window-{buffer,client,tree}.c. Buffer mode shows buffers, client mode clients and tree mode a tree of sessions, windows and panes.
Each mode has a common set of key bindings plus a few that are specific to the mode. Other changes are:
- each mode has a preview pane: for buffers this is the buffer content (very useful), for others it is a preview of the pane;
- items may be sorted in different ways ('O' key);
- multiple items may be tagged and an operation applied to all of them (for example, to delete multiple buffers at once);
- in tree mode a command may be run on the selected item (session, window, pane) or on tagged items (key ':');
- displayed items may be filtered in tree mode by using a format (this is used to implement find-window) (key 'f');
- the custom format (-F) for the display is no longer available;
- shortcut keys change from 0-9, a-z, A-Z which was always a bit weird with keys used for other uses to 0-9, M-a to M-z.
Now that the code is simpler, other improvements will come later.
Primary key bindings for each mode are documented under the commands in the man page (choose-buffer, choose-client, choose-tree).
Parts written by Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.84 |
|
25-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Do not update TERM into config file parsing has finished.
|
#
1.83 |
|
22-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Get rid of the extra layer of flags and cmd_prepare() and just store the CMD_FIND_* flags in the cmd_entry and call it for the command. Commands with special requirements call it themselves and update the target for hooks to use.
|
#
1.82 |
|
22-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Mouse bindings and hooks set up an initial current state when running a command. This is used for the session, window and pane for all commands in the command sequence if there is no -t or -s.
However, using it for all commands in the command sequence means that if the active pane or current session is changed, subsequent commands still use the previous state. So make commands which explicitly change the current state (such as neww and selectp) update it themselves for later commands. Commands which may invalidate the state (like killp) are already OK because an invalid state will be ignored.
Also fill in the current state for all key bindings rather than just the mouse, so that any omissions are easier to spot.
|
#
1.81 |
|
21-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Add cmd_find_from_winlink_pane and use it in a couple of places, and make functions that can't fail void.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_1_BASE
|
#
1.80 |
|
09-Mar-2017 |
nicm |
Move server_fill_environ into environ.c and move some other common code into it.
|
#
1.79 |
|
08-Mar-2017 |
nicm |
Add a helper function for the most common format_create/defaults/expand pattern.
|
#
1.78 |
|
27-Feb-2017 |
nicm |
If splitw -b is used, insert the new pane before the current one in the pane list. This means the numbering is in order (for example for display-panes) and fixes a problem with redrawing the active pane borders.
|
#
1.77 |
|
03-Feb-2017 |
nicm |
Add a window or pane id "tag" to each format tree and use it to separate jobs, this means that if the same job is used for different windows or panes (for example in pane-border-format), it will be run separately for each pane.
|
#
1.76 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Use the notify name string instead of going via an enum and change existing hooks to use notifys instead.
|
#
1.75 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Mass rename struct cmd_q to struct cmdq_item and related.
|
#
1.74 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Rewrite command queue handling. Each client still has a command queue, but there is also now a global command queue. Instead of command queues being dispatched on demand from wherever the command happens to be added, they are now all dispatched from the top level server loop. Command queues may now also include callbacks as well as commands, and items may be inserted after the current command as well as at the end.
This all makes command queues significantly more predictable and easier to use, and avoids the complex multiple nested command queues used by source-file, if-shell and friends.
A mass rename of struct cmdq to a better name (cmdq_item probably) is coming.
|
#
1.73 |
|
13-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Trying to do hooks generically is way too complicated and unreliable and confusing, particularly trying to automatically figure out what target hooks should be using. So simplify it:
- drop before hooks entirely, they don't seem to be very useful;
- commands with special requirements now fire their own after hook (for example, if they change session or window, or if they have -t and -s and need to choose which one the hook uses as current target);
- commands with no special requirements can have the CMD_AFTERHOOK flag added and they will use the -t state.
At the moment new-session, new-window, split-window fire their own hook, and display-message uses the flag. The remaining commands still need to be looked at.
|
#
1.72 |
|
13-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Some improvements and bug fixes for hooks:
- Prepare the state again before the "after" hooks are run, because the command may have killed or moved windows.
- Use the hooks list from the newly prepared target, not the old hooks list (only matters for new-session really).
- Correctly detect an invalid current state and ignore it in cmd_find_target ("killw; swapw").
- Change neww, new, killp, killw, splitw, swapp, swapw to update the current state (used if no explicit target is given) to something more useful after they have finished. For example, neww changes it to the newly created window.
Hooks are still relatively new and primitive so there are likely to be more changes to come.
Parts based on bug reports from Uwe Werler and Iblis Lin.
|
#
1.71 |
|
10-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Add static in cmd-* and fix a few other nits.
|
#
1.70 |
|
04-Sep-2016 |
nicm |
Add support for performing a full width split (with splitw -f), rather than splitting the current cell. From Stephen Kent.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_0_BASE
|
#
1.69 |
|
06-Jun-2016 |
nicm |
Insert new panes after the pane being split in the list rather than always after the active pane. This is more sensible when doing it with commands rather than keys.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_9_BASE
|
#
1.68 |
|
19-Jan-2016 |
nicm |
I no longer use my SourceForge address so replace it.
|
#
1.67 |
|
14-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Instead of combined flags for -c, -s, -t, split into different sets using an enum and simplify the parsing code.
|
#
1.66 |
|
13-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Use member names in cmd_entry definitions so I stop getting confused about the order.
|
#
1.65 |
|
13-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Instead of every command resolving the target (-t or -s) itself, prepare the state (client, session, winlink, pane) for it it before entering the command. Each command provides some flags that tell the prepare step what it is expecting.
This is a requirement for having hooks on commands (for example, if you hook "select-window -t1:2", the hook command should to operate on window 1:2 not whatever it thinks is the current window), and should allow some other target improvements.
The old cmd_find_* functions remain for the moment but that layer will be dropped later.
Joint work with Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.64 |
|
11-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Add cmdq as an argument to format_create and add a format for the command name (will also be used for more later).
|
#
1.63 |
|
08-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Remove format_create_flags and just pass flags to format_create.
|
#
1.62 |
|
31-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Fall back silently to ~ or / rather than checking -c with access(), this was the old behaviour.
|
#
1.61 |
|
31-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Because pledge(2) does not allow us to pass directory file descriptors around, we can't use file descriptors for the working directory because we will be unable to pass it to a privileged process to tell it where to read or write files or spawn children. So move tmux back to using strings for the current working directory. We try to check it exists with access() when it is set but ultimately fall back to ~ if it fails at time of use (or / if that fails too).
|
#
1.60 |
|
28-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Like options, move the environ struct into environ.c.
|
#
1.59 |
|
27-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Move struct options into options.c.
|
#
1.58 |
|
23-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Remove some unnecessary checks before free().
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_8_BASE
|
#
1.57 |
|
26-Apr-2015 |
nicm |
Remove panes from layout if spawning them fails, reported by Anthony J Bentley.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_7_BASE
|
#
1.56 |
|
05-Feb-2015 |
nicm |
Remove a couple of now-unused variables.
|
#
1.55 |
|
05-Feb-2015 |
nicm |
Wrap all the individual format_* calls in a single format_defaults functions.
|
#
1.54 |
|
12-Nov-2014 |
nicm |
Add -b to splitw like joinw, from Felix Rosencrantz.
|
#
1.53 |
|
20-Oct-2014 |
nicm |
Move template defines back into .c files.
|
#
1.52 |
|
20-Oct-2014 |
nicm |
Instead of setting up the default keys by building the key struct directly with a helper function in the cmd_entry, include a table of bind-key commands and pass them through the command parser and a temporary cmd_q.
As well as being smaller, this will allow default bindings to be command sequences which will probably be needed soon.
|
#
1.51 |
|
01-Sep-2014 |
nicm |
Various minor style and spacing nits.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_6_BASE
|
#
1.50 |
|
13-May-2014 |
nicm |
If multiple arguments are given to new-session, new-window, split-window, respawn-window or respawn-pane, pass them directly to execvp() to help avoid quoting problems. One argument still goes to "sh -c" like before. Requested by many over the years. Patch from J Raynor.
|
#
1.49 |
|
17-Apr-2014 |
nicm |
Set PATH explicitly, either from client or session environment. Previously it came from the session environment. From J Raynor.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_5_BASE
|
#
1.48 |
|
22-Nov-2013 |
nicm |
Handle empty current directory more gracefully.
|
#
1.47 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Don't boke when figuring out working directory from configuration file.
|
#
1.46 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Alter how tmux handles the working directory to internally use file descriptors rather than strings.
- Each session still has a current working directory.
- New sessions still get their working directory from the client that created them or its attached session if any.
- New windows are created by default in the session working directory.
- The -c flag to new, neww, splitw allows the working directory to be overridden.
- The -c flag to attach let's the session working directory be changed.
- The default-path option has been removed.
To get the equivalent to default-path '.', do:
bind c neww -c $PWD
To get the equivalent of default-path '~', do:
bind c neww -c ~
This also changes the client identify protocol to be a set of messages rather than one as well as some other changes that should make it easier to make backwards-compatible protocol changes in future.
|
#
1.45 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Support -c for new-session, based on code from J Raynor.
|
#
1.44 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Restore missing key binding for %, from Chris Johnsen.
|
#
1.43 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Remove the barely-used and unnecessary command check() function.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_4_BASE
|
#
1.42 |
|
25-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Revert the command-prefix change which breaks sequences of commands.
|
#
1.41 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add resize-pane -Z to temporary zoom the active pane to occupy the full window or unzoom (restored to the normal layout) if it already zoomed, bound to C-b z by default. The pane is unzoomed on pretty much any excuse whatsoever.
We considered making this a new layout but the requirements are quite different from layouts so decided it is better as a special case. Each current layout cell is saved, a temporary one-cell layout generated and all except the active pane set to NULL.
Prompted by suggestions and scripts from several. Thanks to Aaron Jensen and Thiago Padilha for testing an earlier version.
|
#
1.40 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add a command queue to standardize and simplify commands that call other commands and allow a command to block execution of subsequent commands. This allows run-shell and if-shell to be synchronous which has been much requested.
Each client has a default command queue and commands are consumed one at a time from it. A command may suspend execution from the queue by returning CMD_RETURN_WAIT and then resume it by calling cmd_continue() - for example run-shell does this from the callback that is fired after the job is freed.
When the command queue becomes empty, command clients are automatically exited (unless attaching). A callback is also fired - this is used for nested commands in, for example, if-shell which can block execution of the client's cmdq until a new cmdq becomes empty.
Also merge all the old error/info/print functions together and lose the old curclient/cmdclient distinction - a cmdq is bound to one client (or none if in the configuration file), this is a command client if c->session is NULL otherwise an attached client.
|
#
1.39 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Fix error reporting for client commands by adding a flag to cmd_find_client to tell it whether or not to show errors, sometimes it's needed and sometimes not.
|
#
1.38 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add option command-prefix which is automatically prepended to any command (apart from a naked default-shell). The default is "exec ".
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_3_BASE
|
#
1.37 |
|
09-Dec-2012 |
nicm |
Use the CMD_*_USAGE defines consistently, from Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.36 |
|
14-Aug-2012 |
nicm |
Use a separate define for each default format template and strip clutter from the choose-tree defaults.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_2_BASE
|
#
1.35 |
|
11-Jul-2012 |
nicm |
Make command exec functions return an enum rather than -1/0/1 values and add a new value to mean "leave client running but don't attach" to fix problems with using some commands in a command sequence. Most of the work by Thomas Adam, problem reported by "jspenguin" on SF bug 3535531.
|
#
1.34 |
|
10-Jul-2012 |
nicm |
xfree is not particularly helpful, remove it. From Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.33 |
|
22-May-2012 |
nicm |
Switch all of the various choose- and list- commands over to the format infrastructure, from Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.32 |
|
17-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add notify hooks for various events, the functions are currently empty stubs but will be filled in for control mode later. From George Nachman.
|
#
1.31 |
|
04-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
free -> xfree.
|
#
1.30 |
|
04-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add -F format to new-window and split-window to use with the -P flag, from George Nachman.
|
#
1.29 |
|
03-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add move-pane command (like join-pane but allows the same window). Also -b flag to join-pane and move-pane to place the pane to the left or above. From George Nachman.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_1_BASE
|
#
1.28 |
|
31-Jan-2012 |
nicm |
Provide defined ways to set the various default-path possibilities: ~ for home directory, . for server start directory, - for session start directory and empty for the pane's working directory (the default). All can also be used as part of a relative path (eg -/foo). Also provide -c flags to neww and splitw to override default-path setting.
Based on a diff from sthen. ok sthen
|
#
1.27 |
|
20-Jan-2012 |
nicm |
Add some const and fix a warning.
|
#
1.26 |
|
09-Dec-2011 |
nicm |
Change the way the working directory for new processes is discovered. If default-path isn't empty, it is used. Otherwise:
1) If tmux neww is run from the command line, the working directory of the client is used.
2) Otherwise sysctl KERN_PROC_CWD is used to retrieve the current working directory of the process in the active pane.
3) If that fails, the directory where the session was created is used.
Support code by Romain Francois, OpenBSD specific bits by me.
Note this requires a recent userland and kernel with KERN_PROC_CWD.
|
#
1.25 |
|
15-Nov-2011 |
nicm |
Make window_pane_index work the same as window_index, from Ben Boeckel.
|
#
1.24 |
|
30-Aug-2011 |
nicm |
Plug memory leak, from Tiago Cunha.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_9_BASE OPENBSD_5_0_BASE
|
#
1.23 |
|
10-Feb-2011 |
nicm |
Size on split-window is -l not -s. Doh.
|
#
1.22 |
|
04-Jan-2011 |
nicm |
Clean up and simplify tmux command argument parsing.
Originally, tmux commands were parsed in the client process into a struct with the command data which was then serialised and sent to the server to be executed. The parsing was later moved into the server (an argv was sent from the client), but the parse step and intermediate struct was kept.
This change removes that struct and the separate parse step. Argument parsing and printing is now common to all commands (in arguments.c) with each command left with just an optional check function (to validate the arguments at parse time), the exec function and a function to set up any key bindings (renamed from the old init function).
This is overall more simple and consistent.
There should be no changes to any commands behaviour or syntax although as this touches every command please watch for any unexpected changes.
|
#
1.21 |
|
01-Jan-2011 |
nicm |
Add a -P option to new-window and split-window to print the new window or pane index in target form (useful to pass it into other commands).
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_8_BASE
|
#
1.20 |
|
27-Jun-2010 |
nicm |
Store the current working directory in the session, change the default-path option to default to empty and make that mean that the stored session CWD is used.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_7_BASE
|
#
1.19 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
New command, join-pane, to split and move an existing pane into the space (like splitw then movep, or the reverse of breakp).
|
#
1.18 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
Use the specified pane for size calculations. Doh.
|
#
1.17 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
Change split-window to accept a pane target (it should be split-pane but renaming the command would be annoying).
|
#
1.16 |
|
03-Dec-2009 |
nicm |
Massive spaces->tabs and trailing whitespace cleanup, hopefully for the last time now I've configured emacs to make them displayed in really annoying colours...
|
#
1.15 |
|
20-Nov-2009 |
nicm |
When -h and -p are given to split-window, calculate the percentage size using the width instead of the height.
|
#
1.14 |
|
13-Nov-2009 |
nicm |
Get rid of the ugly CMD_CHFLAG macro and use a const string (eg "dDU") in the command entry structs and a couple of functions to check/set the flags.
|
#
1.13 |
|
21-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
Use KEYC_NONE constant instead of 0 on init.
|
#
1.12 |
|
16-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
Rather than constructing an entire termios struct from ttydefaults.h, just let forkpty do it and then alter the bits that should be changed after fork. A little neater and more portable.
|
#
1.11 |
|
01-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
When using tmux as a login shell, there is currently no way to specify a shell to be used as a login shell inside tmux, so add a default-shell session option. This sets the shell invoked as a login shell when the default-command option is empty.
The default option value is whichever of $SHELL, getpwuid(getuid())'s pw_shell or /bin/sh is valid first.
Based on a diff from martynas@, changed by me to be a session option rather than a window option.
|
#
1.10 |
|
25-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
Print -l and -p when showing command, pointed out by Tiago Cunha.
|
#
1.9 |
|
13-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
When creating a new session from the command-line where there is an external terminal, copy the termios(4) special characters and use them for new windows created in the new session. Suggested by Theo.
|
#
1.8 |
|
08-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
Infrastructure and commands to manage the environment for processes started within tmux.
There is a global environment, copied from the external environment when the server is started and each sesssion has an (initially empty) session environment which overrides it.
New commands set-environment and show-environment manipulate or display the environments.
A new session option, update-environment, is a space-separated list of variables which are updated from the external environment into the session environment every time a new session is created - the default is DISPLAY.
|
#
1.7 |
|
26-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Make all messages sent between the client and server fixed size.
This is the first of two changes to make the protocol more resilient and less sensitive to other changes in the code, particularly with commands. The client now packs argv into a buffer and sends it to the server for parsing, rather than doing it itself and sending the parsed command data.
As a side-effect this also removes a lot of now-unused command marshalling code.
Mixing a server without this change and a client with or vice versa will cause tmux to hang or crash, please ensure that tmux is entirely killed before upgrading.
|
#
1.6 |
|
22-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
window_add_pane cannot fail, so remove the unused cause argument and don't bother to check for a NULL return.
|
#
1.5 |
|
19-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Improved layout code.
Each window now has a tree of layout cells associated with it. In this tree, each node is either a horizontal or vertical cell containing a list of other cells running from left-to-right or top-to-bottom, or a leaf cell which is associated with a pane.
The major functional changes are:
- panes may now be split arbitrarily both horizontally (splitw -h, C-b %) and vertically (splitw -v, C-b "); - panes may be resized both horizontally and vertically (resizep -L/-R/-U/-D, bound to C-b left/right/up/down and C-b M-left/right/up/down); - layouts are now applied and then may be modified by resizing or splitting panes, rather than being fixed and reapplied when the window is resized or panes are added; - manual-vertical layout is no longer necessary, and active-only layout is gone (but may return in future); - the main-pane layouts now reduce the size of the main pane to fit all panes if possible.
Thanks to all who tested.
|
#
1.4 |
|
13-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Having fixed flags for single-character getopt options is a bit hard to maintain and is only going to get worse as more are used. So instead, add a new uint64_t member to cmd_entry which is a bitmask of upper and lowercase options accepted by the command.
This means new single character options can be used without the need to add it explicitly to the list.
|
#
1.3 |
|
07-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
The fix for default-path (use target session options instead of global options) is required here as well, doh.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_6_BASE
|
#
1.2 |
|
25-Jun-2009 |
nicm |
lines variable can be -1 (to be ignored), so should be signed. Found by lint.
|
#
1.1 |
|
01-Jun-2009 |
nicm |
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another.
ok deraadt pirofti
|
#
1.110 |
|
27-Aug-2021 |
nicm |
Replace %% in command lists (by copying them) for template arguments , this means they can be used with {} as well. Also make argument processing from an existing vector preserve commands. GitHub issue 2858.
|
#
1.109 |
|
21-Aug-2021 |
nicm |
Rename a member to match what it will be in future.
|
#
1.108 |
|
21-Aug-2021 |
nicm |
Add args parsing callback for some future work, currently unused.
|
#
1.107 |
|
20-Aug-2021 |
nicm |
Hide struct args behind a couple of accessor functions.
|
#
1.106 |
|
20-Aug-2021 |
nicm |
Expose args_value struct (will be needed soon) and add some missing frees.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_9_BASE
|
#
1.105 |
|
11-Mar-2021 |
nicm |
Add split-window -Z to start the pane zoomed, GitHub issue 2591.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_8_BASE
|
#
1.104 |
|
16-May-2020 |
nicm |
Add a client flag 'active-pane' which stores the active pane in the client and allows it to be changed independently from the real active pane stored in the window. This is can be used with session groups which allow an independent current window (although it would be nice to have a flag for this too and remove session groups). The client active pane is only really useful interactively, many things (hooks, window-style, zooming) still use the window active pane.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_7_BASE
|
#
1.103 |
|
13-Apr-2020 |
nicm |
Make client -c and -t handling common in cmd-queue.c and try to be clearer about whether the client is the target client (must have a session) or not.
|
#
1.102 |
|
13-Apr-2020 |
nicm |
Move cmdq_state into cmd-queue.c.
|
#
1.101 |
|
13-Apr-2020 |
nicm |
Rename cmdq_shared to cmdq_state which will better reflect what it is (going to be) used for.
|
#
1.100 |
|
13-Apr-2020 |
nicm |
Also move cmdq_item and cmdq_list into cmd-queue.c (this is to make its use more clearly defined and preparation for some future work).
|
#
1.99 |
|
13-Apr-2020 |
nicm |
Make struct cmd local to cmd.c and move it out of tmux.h.
|
#
1.98 |
|
31-Mar-2020 |
nicm |
Add a way to mark environment variables as "hidden" so they can be used by tmux but are not passed into the environment of new panes.
|
#
1.97 |
|
16-Mar-2020 |
nicm |
Do not attempt to close a NULL pane when failing to create a new one.
|
#
1.96 |
|
15-Oct-2019 |
nicm |
Add support for percentage sizes for resize-pane ("-x 10%"). Also change split-window and join-pane -l to accept similar percentages and deprecate -p. From Anindya Mukherjee.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_6_BASE
|
#
1.95 |
|
03-May-2019 |
nicm |
Allow panes to be empty (no command), output can be piped to them with split-window or display-message -I.
|
#
1.94 |
|
28-Apr-2019 |
nicm |
Support multiple occurances of the same argument. Use this for a new flag -e to new-window, split-window, respawn-window, respawn-pane to pass environment variables into the newly created process. From Steffen Christgau in GitHub issue 1697.
|
#
1.93 |
|
26-Apr-2019 |
nicm |
Merge hooks into options and make each one an array option. This allows multiple commands to be easily bound to one hook. set-hook and show-hooks remain but they are now variants of set-option and show-options. show-options now has a -H flag to show hooks (by default they are not shown).
|
#
1.92 |
|
17-Apr-2019 |
nicm |
Break new window and pane creation common code from various commands and window.c into a separate file spawn.c.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_5_BASE
|
#
1.91 |
|
18-Oct-2018 |
nicm |
Support for windows larger than visible on the attached client. This has been a limitation for a long time.
There are two new options, window-size and default-size, and a new command, resize-window. The force-width and force-height options and the session_width and session_height formats have been removed.
The new window-size option tells tmux how to work out the size of windows: largest means it picks the size of the largest session, smallest the smallest session (similar to the old behaviour) and manual means that it does not automatically resize windows. The default is currently largest but this may change. aggressive-resize modifies the choice of session for largest and smallest as it did before.
If a window is in a session attached to a client that is too small, only part of the window is shown. tmux attempts to keep the cursor visible, so the part of the window displayed is changed as the cursor moves (with a small delay, to try and avoid excess redrawing when applications redraw status lines or similar that are not currently visible). The offset of the visible portion of the window is shown in status-right.
Drawing windows which are larger than the client is not as efficient as those which fit, particularly when the cursor moves, so it is recommended to avoid using this on slow machines or networks (set window-size to smallest or manual).
The resize-window command can be used to resize a window manually. If it is used, the window-size option is automatically set to manual for the window (undo this with "setw -u window-size"). resize-window works in a similar way to resize-pane (-U -D -L -R -x -y flags) but also has -a and -A flags. -a sets the window to the size of the smallest client (what it would be if window-size was smallest) and -A the largest.
For the same behaviour as force-width or force-height, use resize-window -x or -y, and "setw -u window-size" to revert to automatic sizing..
If the global window-size option is set to manual, the default-size option is used for new windows. If -x or -y is used with new-session, that sets the default-size option for the new session.
The maximum size of a window is 10000x10000. But expect applications to complain and much higher memory use if making a window excessively big. The minimum size is the size required for the current layout including borders.
The refresh-client command can be used to pan around a window, -U -D -L -R moves up, down, left or right and -c returns to automatic cursor tracking. The position is reset when the current window is changed.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_4_BASE
|
#
1.90 |
|
24-May-2018 |
nicm |
Make server_client_get_cwd used (almost) everywhere we need to work out the cwd, and do not fall back to "." as it is pretty useless. GitHub issue 1331.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_3_BASE
|
#
1.89 |
|
16-Mar-2018 |
nicm |
Insert full size panes at the right position, from KOIE Hidetaka in GitHub issue 1284.
|
#
1.88 |
|
01-Mar-2018 |
nicm |
Expand formats in window and session names.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_2_BASE
|
#
1.87 |
|
30-Aug-2017 |
nicm |
Pass flags into cmd_find_from_* to fix prefer-unattached, reported by Thomas Sattler.
|
#
1.86 |
|
21-Jul-2017 |
nicm |
Add -c for respawn-pane and respawn-window, from J Raynor.
|
#
1.85 |
|
30-May-2017 |
nicm |
Rewrite of choose mode, both to simplify and tidy the code and to add some modern features.
Now the common code is in mode-tree.c, which provides an API used by the three modes now separated into window-{buffer,client,tree}.c. Buffer mode shows buffers, client mode clients and tree mode a tree of sessions, windows and panes.
Each mode has a common set of key bindings plus a few that are specific to the mode. Other changes are:
- each mode has a preview pane: for buffers this is the buffer content (very useful), for others it is a preview of the pane;
- items may be sorted in different ways ('O' key);
- multiple items may be tagged and an operation applied to all of them (for example, to delete multiple buffers at once);
- in tree mode a command may be run on the selected item (session, window, pane) or on tagged items (key ':');
- displayed items may be filtered in tree mode by using a format (this is used to implement find-window) (key 'f');
- the custom format (-F) for the display is no longer available;
- shortcut keys change from 0-9, a-z, A-Z which was always a bit weird with keys used for other uses to 0-9, M-a to M-z.
Now that the code is simpler, other improvements will come later.
Primary key bindings for each mode are documented under the commands in the man page (choose-buffer, choose-client, choose-tree).
Parts written by Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.84 |
|
25-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Do not update TERM into config file parsing has finished.
|
#
1.83 |
|
22-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Get rid of the extra layer of flags and cmd_prepare() and just store the CMD_FIND_* flags in the cmd_entry and call it for the command. Commands with special requirements call it themselves and update the target for hooks to use.
|
#
1.82 |
|
22-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Mouse bindings and hooks set up an initial current state when running a command. This is used for the session, window and pane for all commands in the command sequence if there is no -t or -s.
However, using it for all commands in the command sequence means that if the active pane or current session is changed, subsequent commands still use the previous state. So make commands which explicitly change the current state (such as neww and selectp) update it themselves for later commands. Commands which may invalidate the state (like killp) are already OK because an invalid state will be ignored.
Also fill in the current state for all key bindings rather than just the mouse, so that any omissions are easier to spot.
|
#
1.81 |
|
21-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Add cmd_find_from_winlink_pane and use it in a couple of places, and make functions that can't fail void.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_1_BASE
|
#
1.80 |
|
09-Mar-2017 |
nicm |
Move server_fill_environ into environ.c and move some other common code into it.
|
#
1.79 |
|
08-Mar-2017 |
nicm |
Add a helper function for the most common format_create/defaults/expand pattern.
|
#
1.78 |
|
27-Feb-2017 |
nicm |
If splitw -b is used, insert the new pane before the current one in the pane list. This means the numbering is in order (for example for display-panes) and fixes a problem with redrawing the active pane borders.
|
#
1.77 |
|
03-Feb-2017 |
nicm |
Add a window or pane id "tag" to each format tree and use it to separate jobs, this means that if the same job is used for different windows or panes (for example in pane-border-format), it will be run separately for each pane.
|
#
1.76 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Use the notify name string instead of going via an enum and change existing hooks to use notifys instead.
|
#
1.75 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Mass rename struct cmd_q to struct cmdq_item and related.
|
#
1.74 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Rewrite command queue handling. Each client still has a command queue, but there is also now a global command queue. Instead of command queues being dispatched on demand from wherever the command happens to be added, they are now all dispatched from the top level server loop. Command queues may now also include callbacks as well as commands, and items may be inserted after the current command as well as at the end.
This all makes command queues significantly more predictable and easier to use, and avoids the complex multiple nested command queues used by source-file, if-shell and friends.
A mass rename of struct cmdq to a better name (cmdq_item probably) is coming.
|
#
1.73 |
|
13-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Trying to do hooks generically is way too complicated and unreliable and confusing, particularly trying to automatically figure out what target hooks should be using. So simplify it:
- drop before hooks entirely, they don't seem to be very useful;
- commands with special requirements now fire their own after hook (for example, if they change session or window, or if they have -t and -s and need to choose which one the hook uses as current target);
- commands with no special requirements can have the CMD_AFTERHOOK flag added and they will use the -t state.
At the moment new-session, new-window, split-window fire their own hook, and display-message uses the flag. The remaining commands still need to be looked at.
|
#
1.72 |
|
13-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Some improvements and bug fixes for hooks:
- Prepare the state again before the "after" hooks are run, because the command may have killed or moved windows.
- Use the hooks list from the newly prepared target, not the old hooks list (only matters for new-session really).
- Correctly detect an invalid current state and ignore it in cmd_find_target ("killw; swapw").
- Change neww, new, killp, killw, splitw, swapp, swapw to update the current state (used if no explicit target is given) to something more useful after they have finished. For example, neww changes it to the newly created window.
Hooks are still relatively new and primitive so there are likely to be more changes to come.
Parts based on bug reports from Uwe Werler and Iblis Lin.
|
#
1.71 |
|
10-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Add static in cmd-* and fix a few other nits.
|
#
1.70 |
|
04-Sep-2016 |
nicm |
Add support for performing a full width split (with splitw -f), rather than splitting the current cell. From Stephen Kent.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_0_BASE
|
#
1.69 |
|
06-Jun-2016 |
nicm |
Insert new panes after the pane being split in the list rather than always after the active pane. This is more sensible when doing it with commands rather than keys.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_9_BASE
|
#
1.68 |
|
19-Jan-2016 |
nicm |
I no longer use my SourceForge address so replace it.
|
#
1.67 |
|
14-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Instead of combined flags for -c, -s, -t, split into different sets using an enum and simplify the parsing code.
|
#
1.66 |
|
13-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Use member names in cmd_entry definitions so I stop getting confused about the order.
|
#
1.65 |
|
13-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Instead of every command resolving the target (-t or -s) itself, prepare the state (client, session, winlink, pane) for it it before entering the command. Each command provides some flags that tell the prepare step what it is expecting.
This is a requirement for having hooks on commands (for example, if you hook "select-window -t1:2", the hook command should to operate on window 1:2 not whatever it thinks is the current window), and should allow some other target improvements.
The old cmd_find_* functions remain for the moment but that layer will be dropped later.
Joint work with Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.64 |
|
11-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Add cmdq as an argument to format_create and add a format for the command name (will also be used for more later).
|
#
1.63 |
|
08-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Remove format_create_flags and just pass flags to format_create.
|
#
1.62 |
|
31-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Fall back silently to ~ or / rather than checking -c with access(), this was the old behaviour.
|
#
1.61 |
|
31-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Because pledge(2) does not allow us to pass directory file descriptors around, we can't use file descriptors for the working directory because we will be unable to pass it to a privileged process to tell it where to read or write files or spawn children. So move tmux back to using strings for the current working directory. We try to check it exists with access() when it is set but ultimately fall back to ~ if it fails at time of use (or / if that fails too).
|
#
1.60 |
|
28-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Like options, move the environ struct into environ.c.
|
#
1.59 |
|
27-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Move struct options into options.c.
|
#
1.58 |
|
23-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Remove some unnecessary checks before free().
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_8_BASE
|
#
1.57 |
|
26-Apr-2015 |
nicm |
Remove panes from layout if spawning them fails, reported by Anthony J Bentley.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_7_BASE
|
#
1.56 |
|
05-Feb-2015 |
nicm |
Remove a couple of now-unused variables.
|
#
1.55 |
|
05-Feb-2015 |
nicm |
Wrap all the individual format_* calls in a single format_defaults functions.
|
#
1.54 |
|
12-Nov-2014 |
nicm |
Add -b to splitw like joinw, from Felix Rosencrantz.
|
#
1.53 |
|
20-Oct-2014 |
nicm |
Move template defines back into .c files.
|
#
1.52 |
|
20-Oct-2014 |
nicm |
Instead of setting up the default keys by building the key struct directly with a helper function in the cmd_entry, include a table of bind-key commands and pass them through the command parser and a temporary cmd_q.
As well as being smaller, this will allow default bindings to be command sequences which will probably be needed soon.
|
#
1.51 |
|
01-Sep-2014 |
nicm |
Various minor style and spacing nits.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_6_BASE
|
#
1.50 |
|
13-May-2014 |
nicm |
If multiple arguments are given to new-session, new-window, split-window, respawn-window or respawn-pane, pass them directly to execvp() to help avoid quoting problems. One argument still goes to "sh -c" like before. Requested by many over the years. Patch from J Raynor.
|
#
1.49 |
|
17-Apr-2014 |
nicm |
Set PATH explicitly, either from client or session environment. Previously it came from the session environment. From J Raynor.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_5_BASE
|
#
1.48 |
|
22-Nov-2013 |
nicm |
Handle empty current directory more gracefully.
|
#
1.47 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Don't boke when figuring out working directory from configuration file.
|
#
1.46 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Alter how tmux handles the working directory to internally use file descriptors rather than strings.
- Each session still has a current working directory.
- New sessions still get their working directory from the client that created them or its attached session if any.
- New windows are created by default in the session working directory.
- The -c flag to new, neww, splitw allows the working directory to be overridden.
- The -c flag to attach let's the session working directory be changed.
- The default-path option has been removed.
To get the equivalent to default-path '.', do:
bind c neww -c $PWD
To get the equivalent of default-path '~', do:
bind c neww -c ~
This also changes the client identify protocol to be a set of messages rather than one as well as some other changes that should make it easier to make backwards-compatible protocol changes in future.
|
#
1.45 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Support -c for new-session, based on code from J Raynor.
|
#
1.44 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Restore missing key binding for %, from Chris Johnsen.
|
#
1.43 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Remove the barely-used and unnecessary command check() function.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_4_BASE
|
#
1.42 |
|
25-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Revert the command-prefix change which breaks sequences of commands.
|
#
1.41 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add resize-pane -Z to temporary zoom the active pane to occupy the full window or unzoom (restored to the normal layout) if it already zoomed, bound to C-b z by default. The pane is unzoomed on pretty much any excuse whatsoever.
We considered making this a new layout but the requirements are quite different from layouts so decided it is better as a special case. Each current layout cell is saved, a temporary one-cell layout generated and all except the active pane set to NULL.
Prompted by suggestions and scripts from several. Thanks to Aaron Jensen and Thiago Padilha for testing an earlier version.
|
#
1.40 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add a command queue to standardize and simplify commands that call other commands and allow a command to block execution of subsequent commands. This allows run-shell and if-shell to be synchronous which has been much requested.
Each client has a default command queue and commands are consumed one at a time from it. A command may suspend execution from the queue by returning CMD_RETURN_WAIT and then resume it by calling cmd_continue() - for example run-shell does this from the callback that is fired after the job is freed.
When the command queue becomes empty, command clients are automatically exited (unless attaching). A callback is also fired - this is used for nested commands in, for example, if-shell which can block execution of the client's cmdq until a new cmdq becomes empty.
Also merge all the old error/info/print functions together and lose the old curclient/cmdclient distinction - a cmdq is bound to one client (or none if in the configuration file), this is a command client if c->session is NULL otherwise an attached client.
|
#
1.39 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Fix error reporting for client commands by adding a flag to cmd_find_client to tell it whether or not to show errors, sometimes it's needed and sometimes not.
|
#
1.38 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add option command-prefix which is automatically prepended to any command (apart from a naked default-shell). The default is "exec ".
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_3_BASE
|
#
1.37 |
|
09-Dec-2012 |
nicm |
Use the CMD_*_USAGE defines consistently, from Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.36 |
|
14-Aug-2012 |
nicm |
Use a separate define for each default format template and strip clutter from the choose-tree defaults.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_2_BASE
|
#
1.35 |
|
11-Jul-2012 |
nicm |
Make command exec functions return an enum rather than -1/0/1 values and add a new value to mean "leave client running but don't attach" to fix problems with using some commands in a command sequence. Most of the work by Thomas Adam, problem reported by "jspenguin" on SF bug 3535531.
|
#
1.34 |
|
10-Jul-2012 |
nicm |
xfree is not particularly helpful, remove it. From Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.33 |
|
22-May-2012 |
nicm |
Switch all of the various choose- and list- commands over to the format infrastructure, from Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.32 |
|
17-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add notify hooks for various events, the functions are currently empty stubs but will be filled in for control mode later. From George Nachman.
|
#
1.31 |
|
04-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
free -> xfree.
|
#
1.30 |
|
04-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add -F format to new-window and split-window to use with the -P flag, from George Nachman.
|
#
1.29 |
|
03-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add move-pane command (like join-pane but allows the same window). Also -b flag to join-pane and move-pane to place the pane to the left or above. From George Nachman.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_1_BASE
|
#
1.28 |
|
31-Jan-2012 |
nicm |
Provide defined ways to set the various default-path possibilities: ~ for home directory, . for server start directory, - for session start directory and empty for the pane's working directory (the default). All can also be used as part of a relative path (eg -/foo). Also provide -c flags to neww and splitw to override default-path setting.
Based on a diff from sthen. ok sthen
|
#
1.27 |
|
20-Jan-2012 |
nicm |
Add some const and fix a warning.
|
#
1.26 |
|
09-Dec-2011 |
nicm |
Change the way the working directory for new processes is discovered. If default-path isn't empty, it is used. Otherwise:
1) If tmux neww is run from the command line, the working directory of the client is used.
2) Otherwise sysctl KERN_PROC_CWD is used to retrieve the current working directory of the process in the active pane.
3) If that fails, the directory where the session was created is used.
Support code by Romain Francois, OpenBSD specific bits by me.
Note this requires a recent userland and kernel with KERN_PROC_CWD.
|
#
1.25 |
|
15-Nov-2011 |
nicm |
Make window_pane_index work the same as window_index, from Ben Boeckel.
|
#
1.24 |
|
30-Aug-2011 |
nicm |
Plug memory leak, from Tiago Cunha.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_9_BASE OPENBSD_5_0_BASE
|
#
1.23 |
|
10-Feb-2011 |
nicm |
Size on split-window is -l not -s. Doh.
|
#
1.22 |
|
04-Jan-2011 |
nicm |
Clean up and simplify tmux command argument parsing.
Originally, tmux commands were parsed in the client process into a struct with the command data which was then serialised and sent to the server to be executed. The parsing was later moved into the server (an argv was sent from the client), but the parse step and intermediate struct was kept.
This change removes that struct and the separate parse step. Argument parsing and printing is now common to all commands (in arguments.c) with each command left with just an optional check function (to validate the arguments at parse time), the exec function and a function to set up any key bindings (renamed from the old init function).
This is overall more simple and consistent.
There should be no changes to any commands behaviour or syntax although as this touches every command please watch for any unexpected changes.
|
#
1.21 |
|
01-Jan-2011 |
nicm |
Add a -P option to new-window and split-window to print the new window or pane index in target form (useful to pass it into other commands).
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_8_BASE
|
#
1.20 |
|
27-Jun-2010 |
nicm |
Store the current working directory in the session, change the default-path option to default to empty and make that mean that the stored session CWD is used.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_7_BASE
|
#
1.19 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
New command, join-pane, to split and move an existing pane into the space (like splitw then movep, or the reverse of breakp).
|
#
1.18 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
Use the specified pane for size calculations. Doh.
|
#
1.17 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
Change split-window to accept a pane target (it should be split-pane but renaming the command would be annoying).
|
#
1.16 |
|
03-Dec-2009 |
nicm |
Massive spaces->tabs and trailing whitespace cleanup, hopefully for the last time now I've configured emacs to make them displayed in really annoying colours...
|
#
1.15 |
|
20-Nov-2009 |
nicm |
When -h and -p are given to split-window, calculate the percentage size using the width instead of the height.
|
#
1.14 |
|
13-Nov-2009 |
nicm |
Get rid of the ugly CMD_CHFLAG macro and use a const string (eg "dDU") in the command entry structs and a couple of functions to check/set the flags.
|
#
1.13 |
|
21-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
Use KEYC_NONE constant instead of 0 on init.
|
#
1.12 |
|
16-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
Rather than constructing an entire termios struct from ttydefaults.h, just let forkpty do it and then alter the bits that should be changed after fork. A little neater and more portable.
|
#
1.11 |
|
01-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
When using tmux as a login shell, there is currently no way to specify a shell to be used as a login shell inside tmux, so add a default-shell session option. This sets the shell invoked as a login shell when the default-command option is empty.
The default option value is whichever of $SHELL, getpwuid(getuid())'s pw_shell or /bin/sh is valid first.
Based on a diff from martynas@, changed by me to be a session option rather than a window option.
|
#
1.10 |
|
25-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
Print -l and -p when showing command, pointed out by Tiago Cunha.
|
#
1.9 |
|
13-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
When creating a new session from the command-line where there is an external terminal, copy the termios(4) special characters and use them for new windows created in the new session. Suggested by Theo.
|
#
1.8 |
|
08-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
Infrastructure and commands to manage the environment for processes started within tmux.
There is a global environment, copied from the external environment when the server is started and each sesssion has an (initially empty) session environment which overrides it.
New commands set-environment and show-environment manipulate or display the environments.
A new session option, update-environment, is a space-separated list of variables which are updated from the external environment into the session environment every time a new session is created - the default is DISPLAY.
|
#
1.7 |
|
26-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Make all messages sent between the client and server fixed size.
This is the first of two changes to make the protocol more resilient and less sensitive to other changes in the code, particularly with commands. The client now packs argv into a buffer and sends it to the server for parsing, rather than doing it itself and sending the parsed command data.
As a side-effect this also removes a lot of now-unused command marshalling code.
Mixing a server without this change and a client with or vice versa will cause tmux to hang or crash, please ensure that tmux is entirely killed before upgrading.
|
#
1.6 |
|
22-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
window_add_pane cannot fail, so remove the unused cause argument and don't bother to check for a NULL return.
|
#
1.5 |
|
19-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Improved layout code.
Each window now has a tree of layout cells associated with it. In this tree, each node is either a horizontal or vertical cell containing a list of other cells running from left-to-right or top-to-bottom, or a leaf cell which is associated with a pane.
The major functional changes are:
- panes may now be split arbitrarily both horizontally (splitw -h, C-b %) and vertically (splitw -v, C-b "); - panes may be resized both horizontally and vertically (resizep -L/-R/-U/-D, bound to C-b left/right/up/down and C-b M-left/right/up/down); - layouts are now applied and then may be modified by resizing or splitting panes, rather than being fixed and reapplied when the window is resized or panes are added; - manual-vertical layout is no longer necessary, and active-only layout is gone (but may return in future); - the main-pane layouts now reduce the size of the main pane to fit all panes if possible.
Thanks to all who tested.
|
#
1.4 |
|
13-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Having fixed flags for single-character getopt options is a bit hard to maintain and is only going to get worse as more are used. So instead, add a new uint64_t member to cmd_entry which is a bitmask of upper and lowercase options accepted by the command.
This means new single character options can be used without the need to add it explicitly to the list.
|
#
1.3 |
|
07-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
The fix for default-path (use target session options instead of global options) is required here as well, doh.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_6_BASE
|
#
1.2 |
|
25-Jun-2009 |
nicm |
lines variable can be -1 (to be ignored), so should be signed. Found by lint.
|
#
1.1 |
|
01-Jun-2009 |
nicm |
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another.
ok deraadt pirofti
|
#
1.109 |
|
21-Aug-2021 |
nicm |
Rename a member to match what it will be in future.
|
#
1.108 |
|
21-Aug-2021 |
nicm |
Add args parsing callback for some future work, currently unused.
|
#
1.107 |
|
20-Aug-2021 |
nicm |
Hide struct args behind a couple of accessor functions.
|
#
1.106 |
|
20-Aug-2021 |
nicm |
Expose args_value struct (will be needed soon) and add some missing frees.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_9_BASE
|
#
1.105 |
|
11-Mar-2021 |
nicm |
Add split-window -Z to start the pane zoomed, GitHub issue 2591.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_8_BASE
|
#
1.104 |
|
16-May-2020 |
nicm |
Add a client flag 'active-pane' which stores the active pane in the client and allows it to be changed independently from the real active pane stored in the window. This is can be used with session groups which allow an independent current window (although it would be nice to have a flag for this too and remove session groups). The client active pane is only really useful interactively, many things (hooks, window-style, zooming) still use the window active pane.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_7_BASE
|
#
1.103 |
|
13-Apr-2020 |
nicm |
Make client -c and -t handling common in cmd-queue.c and try to be clearer about whether the client is the target client (must have a session) or not.
|
#
1.102 |
|
13-Apr-2020 |
nicm |
Move cmdq_state into cmd-queue.c.
|
#
1.101 |
|
13-Apr-2020 |
nicm |
Rename cmdq_shared to cmdq_state which will better reflect what it is (going to be) used for.
|
#
1.100 |
|
13-Apr-2020 |
nicm |
Also move cmdq_item and cmdq_list into cmd-queue.c (this is to make its use more clearly defined and preparation for some future work).
|
#
1.99 |
|
13-Apr-2020 |
nicm |
Make struct cmd local to cmd.c and move it out of tmux.h.
|
#
1.98 |
|
31-Mar-2020 |
nicm |
Add a way to mark environment variables as "hidden" so they can be used by tmux but are not passed into the environment of new panes.
|
#
1.97 |
|
16-Mar-2020 |
nicm |
Do not attempt to close a NULL pane when failing to create a new one.
|
#
1.96 |
|
15-Oct-2019 |
nicm |
Add support for percentage sizes for resize-pane ("-x 10%"). Also change split-window and join-pane -l to accept similar percentages and deprecate -p. From Anindya Mukherjee.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_6_BASE
|
#
1.95 |
|
03-May-2019 |
nicm |
Allow panes to be empty (no command), output can be piped to them with split-window or display-message -I.
|
#
1.94 |
|
28-Apr-2019 |
nicm |
Support multiple occurances of the same argument. Use this for a new flag -e to new-window, split-window, respawn-window, respawn-pane to pass environment variables into the newly created process. From Steffen Christgau in GitHub issue 1697.
|
#
1.93 |
|
26-Apr-2019 |
nicm |
Merge hooks into options and make each one an array option. This allows multiple commands to be easily bound to one hook. set-hook and show-hooks remain but they are now variants of set-option and show-options. show-options now has a -H flag to show hooks (by default they are not shown).
|
#
1.92 |
|
17-Apr-2019 |
nicm |
Break new window and pane creation common code from various commands and window.c into a separate file spawn.c.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_5_BASE
|
#
1.91 |
|
18-Oct-2018 |
nicm |
Support for windows larger than visible on the attached client. This has been a limitation for a long time.
There are two new options, window-size and default-size, and a new command, resize-window. The force-width and force-height options and the session_width and session_height formats have been removed.
The new window-size option tells tmux how to work out the size of windows: largest means it picks the size of the largest session, smallest the smallest session (similar to the old behaviour) and manual means that it does not automatically resize windows. The default is currently largest but this may change. aggressive-resize modifies the choice of session for largest and smallest as it did before.
If a window is in a session attached to a client that is too small, only part of the window is shown. tmux attempts to keep the cursor visible, so the part of the window displayed is changed as the cursor moves (with a small delay, to try and avoid excess redrawing when applications redraw status lines or similar that are not currently visible). The offset of the visible portion of the window is shown in status-right.
Drawing windows which are larger than the client is not as efficient as those which fit, particularly when the cursor moves, so it is recommended to avoid using this on slow machines or networks (set window-size to smallest or manual).
The resize-window command can be used to resize a window manually. If it is used, the window-size option is automatically set to manual for the window (undo this with "setw -u window-size"). resize-window works in a similar way to resize-pane (-U -D -L -R -x -y flags) but also has -a and -A flags. -a sets the window to the size of the smallest client (what it would be if window-size was smallest) and -A the largest.
For the same behaviour as force-width or force-height, use resize-window -x or -y, and "setw -u window-size" to revert to automatic sizing..
If the global window-size option is set to manual, the default-size option is used for new windows. If -x or -y is used with new-session, that sets the default-size option for the new session.
The maximum size of a window is 10000x10000. But expect applications to complain and much higher memory use if making a window excessively big. The minimum size is the size required for the current layout including borders.
The refresh-client command can be used to pan around a window, -U -D -L -R moves up, down, left or right and -c returns to automatic cursor tracking. The position is reset when the current window is changed.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_4_BASE
|
#
1.90 |
|
24-May-2018 |
nicm |
Make server_client_get_cwd used (almost) everywhere we need to work out the cwd, and do not fall back to "." as it is pretty useless. GitHub issue 1331.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_3_BASE
|
#
1.89 |
|
16-Mar-2018 |
nicm |
Insert full size panes at the right position, from KOIE Hidetaka in GitHub issue 1284.
|
#
1.88 |
|
01-Mar-2018 |
nicm |
Expand formats in window and session names.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_2_BASE
|
#
1.87 |
|
30-Aug-2017 |
nicm |
Pass flags into cmd_find_from_* to fix prefer-unattached, reported by Thomas Sattler.
|
#
1.86 |
|
21-Jul-2017 |
nicm |
Add -c for respawn-pane and respawn-window, from J Raynor.
|
#
1.85 |
|
30-May-2017 |
nicm |
Rewrite of choose mode, both to simplify and tidy the code and to add some modern features.
Now the common code is in mode-tree.c, which provides an API used by the three modes now separated into window-{buffer,client,tree}.c. Buffer mode shows buffers, client mode clients and tree mode a tree of sessions, windows and panes.
Each mode has a common set of key bindings plus a few that are specific to the mode. Other changes are:
- each mode has a preview pane: for buffers this is the buffer content (very useful), for others it is a preview of the pane;
- items may be sorted in different ways ('O' key);
- multiple items may be tagged and an operation applied to all of them (for example, to delete multiple buffers at once);
- in tree mode a command may be run on the selected item (session, window, pane) or on tagged items (key ':');
- displayed items may be filtered in tree mode by using a format (this is used to implement find-window) (key 'f');
- the custom format (-F) for the display is no longer available;
- shortcut keys change from 0-9, a-z, A-Z which was always a bit weird with keys used for other uses to 0-9, M-a to M-z.
Now that the code is simpler, other improvements will come later.
Primary key bindings for each mode are documented under the commands in the man page (choose-buffer, choose-client, choose-tree).
Parts written by Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.84 |
|
25-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Do not update TERM into config file parsing has finished.
|
#
1.83 |
|
22-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Get rid of the extra layer of flags and cmd_prepare() and just store the CMD_FIND_* flags in the cmd_entry and call it for the command. Commands with special requirements call it themselves and update the target for hooks to use.
|
#
1.82 |
|
22-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Mouse bindings and hooks set up an initial current state when running a command. This is used for the session, window and pane for all commands in the command sequence if there is no -t or -s.
However, using it for all commands in the command sequence means that if the active pane or current session is changed, subsequent commands still use the previous state. So make commands which explicitly change the current state (such as neww and selectp) update it themselves for later commands. Commands which may invalidate the state (like killp) are already OK because an invalid state will be ignored.
Also fill in the current state for all key bindings rather than just the mouse, so that any omissions are easier to spot.
|
#
1.81 |
|
21-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Add cmd_find_from_winlink_pane and use it in a couple of places, and make functions that can't fail void.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_1_BASE
|
#
1.80 |
|
09-Mar-2017 |
nicm |
Move server_fill_environ into environ.c and move some other common code into it.
|
#
1.79 |
|
08-Mar-2017 |
nicm |
Add a helper function for the most common format_create/defaults/expand pattern.
|
#
1.78 |
|
27-Feb-2017 |
nicm |
If splitw -b is used, insert the new pane before the current one in the pane list. This means the numbering is in order (for example for display-panes) and fixes a problem with redrawing the active pane borders.
|
#
1.77 |
|
03-Feb-2017 |
nicm |
Add a window or pane id "tag" to each format tree and use it to separate jobs, this means that if the same job is used for different windows or panes (for example in pane-border-format), it will be run separately for each pane.
|
#
1.76 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Use the notify name string instead of going via an enum and change existing hooks to use notifys instead.
|
#
1.75 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Mass rename struct cmd_q to struct cmdq_item and related.
|
#
1.74 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Rewrite command queue handling. Each client still has a command queue, but there is also now a global command queue. Instead of command queues being dispatched on demand from wherever the command happens to be added, they are now all dispatched from the top level server loop. Command queues may now also include callbacks as well as commands, and items may be inserted after the current command as well as at the end.
This all makes command queues significantly more predictable and easier to use, and avoids the complex multiple nested command queues used by source-file, if-shell and friends.
A mass rename of struct cmdq to a better name (cmdq_item probably) is coming.
|
#
1.73 |
|
13-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Trying to do hooks generically is way too complicated and unreliable and confusing, particularly trying to automatically figure out what target hooks should be using. So simplify it:
- drop before hooks entirely, they don't seem to be very useful;
- commands with special requirements now fire their own after hook (for example, if they change session or window, or if they have -t and -s and need to choose which one the hook uses as current target);
- commands with no special requirements can have the CMD_AFTERHOOK flag added and they will use the -t state.
At the moment new-session, new-window, split-window fire their own hook, and display-message uses the flag. The remaining commands still need to be looked at.
|
#
1.72 |
|
13-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Some improvements and bug fixes for hooks:
- Prepare the state again before the "after" hooks are run, because the command may have killed or moved windows.
- Use the hooks list from the newly prepared target, not the old hooks list (only matters for new-session really).
- Correctly detect an invalid current state and ignore it in cmd_find_target ("killw; swapw").
- Change neww, new, killp, killw, splitw, swapp, swapw to update the current state (used if no explicit target is given) to something more useful after they have finished. For example, neww changes it to the newly created window.
Hooks are still relatively new and primitive so there are likely to be more changes to come.
Parts based on bug reports from Uwe Werler and Iblis Lin.
|
#
1.71 |
|
10-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Add static in cmd-* and fix a few other nits.
|
#
1.70 |
|
04-Sep-2016 |
nicm |
Add support for performing a full width split (with splitw -f), rather than splitting the current cell. From Stephen Kent.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_0_BASE
|
#
1.69 |
|
06-Jun-2016 |
nicm |
Insert new panes after the pane being split in the list rather than always after the active pane. This is more sensible when doing it with commands rather than keys.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_9_BASE
|
#
1.68 |
|
19-Jan-2016 |
nicm |
I no longer use my SourceForge address so replace it.
|
#
1.67 |
|
14-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Instead of combined flags for -c, -s, -t, split into different sets using an enum and simplify the parsing code.
|
#
1.66 |
|
13-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Use member names in cmd_entry definitions so I stop getting confused about the order.
|
#
1.65 |
|
13-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Instead of every command resolving the target (-t or -s) itself, prepare the state (client, session, winlink, pane) for it it before entering the command. Each command provides some flags that tell the prepare step what it is expecting.
This is a requirement for having hooks on commands (for example, if you hook "select-window -t1:2", the hook command should to operate on window 1:2 not whatever it thinks is the current window), and should allow some other target improvements.
The old cmd_find_* functions remain for the moment but that layer will be dropped later.
Joint work with Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.64 |
|
11-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Add cmdq as an argument to format_create and add a format for the command name (will also be used for more later).
|
#
1.63 |
|
08-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Remove format_create_flags and just pass flags to format_create.
|
#
1.62 |
|
31-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Fall back silently to ~ or / rather than checking -c with access(), this was the old behaviour.
|
#
1.61 |
|
31-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Because pledge(2) does not allow us to pass directory file descriptors around, we can't use file descriptors for the working directory because we will be unable to pass it to a privileged process to tell it where to read or write files or spawn children. So move tmux back to using strings for the current working directory. We try to check it exists with access() when it is set but ultimately fall back to ~ if it fails at time of use (or / if that fails too).
|
#
1.60 |
|
28-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Like options, move the environ struct into environ.c.
|
#
1.59 |
|
27-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Move struct options into options.c.
|
#
1.58 |
|
23-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Remove some unnecessary checks before free().
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_8_BASE
|
#
1.57 |
|
26-Apr-2015 |
nicm |
Remove panes from layout if spawning them fails, reported by Anthony J Bentley.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_7_BASE
|
#
1.56 |
|
05-Feb-2015 |
nicm |
Remove a couple of now-unused variables.
|
#
1.55 |
|
05-Feb-2015 |
nicm |
Wrap all the individual format_* calls in a single format_defaults functions.
|
#
1.54 |
|
12-Nov-2014 |
nicm |
Add -b to splitw like joinw, from Felix Rosencrantz.
|
#
1.53 |
|
20-Oct-2014 |
nicm |
Move template defines back into .c files.
|
#
1.52 |
|
20-Oct-2014 |
nicm |
Instead of setting up the default keys by building the key struct directly with a helper function in the cmd_entry, include a table of bind-key commands and pass them through the command parser and a temporary cmd_q.
As well as being smaller, this will allow default bindings to be command sequences which will probably be needed soon.
|
#
1.51 |
|
01-Sep-2014 |
nicm |
Various minor style and spacing nits.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_6_BASE
|
#
1.50 |
|
13-May-2014 |
nicm |
If multiple arguments are given to new-session, new-window, split-window, respawn-window or respawn-pane, pass them directly to execvp() to help avoid quoting problems. One argument still goes to "sh -c" like before. Requested by many over the years. Patch from J Raynor.
|
#
1.49 |
|
17-Apr-2014 |
nicm |
Set PATH explicitly, either from client or session environment. Previously it came from the session environment. From J Raynor.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_5_BASE
|
#
1.48 |
|
22-Nov-2013 |
nicm |
Handle empty current directory more gracefully.
|
#
1.47 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Don't boke when figuring out working directory from configuration file.
|
#
1.46 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Alter how tmux handles the working directory to internally use file descriptors rather than strings.
- Each session still has a current working directory.
- New sessions still get their working directory from the client that created them or its attached session if any.
- New windows are created by default in the session working directory.
- The -c flag to new, neww, splitw allows the working directory to be overridden.
- The -c flag to attach let's the session working directory be changed.
- The default-path option has been removed.
To get the equivalent to default-path '.', do:
bind c neww -c $PWD
To get the equivalent of default-path '~', do:
bind c neww -c ~
This also changes the client identify protocol to be a set of messages rather than one as well as some other changes that should make it easier to make backwards-compatible protocol changes in future.
|
#
1.45 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Support -c for new-session, based on code from J Raynor.
|
#
1.44 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Restore missing key binding for %, from Chris Johnsen.
|
#
1.43 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Remove the barely-used and unnecessary command check() function.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_4_BASE
|
#
1.42 |
|
25-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Revert the command-prefix change which breaks sequences of commands.
|
#
1.41 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add resize-pane -Z to temporary zoom the active pane to occupy the full window or unzoom (restored to the normal layout) if it already zoomed, bound to C-b z by default. The pane is unzoomed on pretty much any excuse whatsoever.
We considered making this a new layout but the requirements are quite different from layouts so decided it is better as a special case. Each current layout cell is saved, a temporary one-cell layout generated and all except the active pane set to NULL.
Prompted by suggestions and scripts from several. Thanks to Aaron Jensen and Thiago Padilha for testing an earlier version.
|
#
1.40 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add a command queue to standardize and simplify commands that call other commands and allow a command to block execution of subsequent commands. This allows run-shell and if-shell to be synchronous which has been much requested.
Each client has a default command queue and commands are consumed one at a time from it. A command may suspend execution from the queue by returning CMD_RETURN_WAIT and then resume it by calling cmd_continue() - for example run-shell does this from the callback that is fired after the job is freed.
When the command queue becomes empty, command clients are automatically exited (unless attaching). A callback is also fired - this is used for nested commands in, for example, if-shell which can block execution of the client's cmdq until a new cmdq becomes empty.
Also merge all the old error/info/print functions together and lose the old curclient/cmdclient distinction - a cmdq is bound to one client (or none if in the configuration file), this is a command client if c->session is NULL otherwise an attached client.
|
#
1.39 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Fix error reporting for client commands by adding a flag to cmd_find_client to tell it whether or not to show errors, sometimes it's needed and sometimes not.
|
#
1.38 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add option command-prefix which is automatically prepended to any command (apart from a naked default-shell). The default is "exec ".
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_3_BASE
|
#
1.37 |
|
09-Dec-2012 |
nicm |
Use the CMD_*_USAGE defines consistently, from Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.36 |
|
14-Aug-2012 |
nicm |
Use a separate define for each default format template and strip clutter from the choose-tree defaults.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_2_BASE
|
#
1.35 |
|
11-Jul-2012 |
nicm |
Make command exec functions return an enum rather than -1/0/1 values and add a new value to mean "leave client running but don't attach" to fix problems with using some commands in a command sequence. Most of the work by Thomas Adam, problem reported by "jspenguin" on SF bug 3535531.
|
#
1.34 |
|
10-Jul-2012 |
nicm |
xfree is not particularly helpful, remove it. From Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.33 |
|
22-May-2012 |
nicm |
Switch all of the various choose- and list- commands over to the format infrastructure, from Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.32 |
|
17-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add notify hooks for various events, the functions are currently empty stubs but will be filled in for control mode later. From George Nachman.
|
#
1.31 |
|
04-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
free -> xfree.
|
#
1.30 |
|
04-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add -F format to new-window and split-window to use with the -P flag, from George Nachman.
|
#
1.29 |
|
03-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add move-pane command (like join-pane but allows the same window). Also -b flag to join-pane and move-pane to place the pane to the left or above. From George Nachman.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_1_BASE
|
#
1.28 |
|
31-Jan-2012 |
nicm |
Provide defined ways to set the various default-path possibilities: ~ for home directory, . for server start directory, - for session start directory and empty for the pane's working directory (the default). All can also be used as part of a relative path (eg -/foo). Also provide -c flags to neww and splitw to override default-path setting.
Based on a diff from sthen. ok sthen
|
#
1.27 |
|
20-Jan-2012 |
nicm |
Add some const and fix a warning.
|
#
1.26 |
|
09-Dec-2011 |
nicm |
Change the way the working directory for new processes is discovered. If default-path isn't empty, it is used. Otherwise:
1) If tmux neww is run from the command line, the working directory of the client is used.
2) Otherwise sysctl KERN_PROC_CWD is used to retrieve the current working directory of the process in the active pane.
3) If that fails, the directory where the session was created is used.
Support code by Romain Francois, OpenBSD specific bits by me.
Note this requires a recent userland and kernel with KERN_PROC_CWD.
|
#
1.25 |
|
15-Nov-2011 |
nicm |
Make window_pane_index work the same as window_index, from Ben Boeckel.
|
#
1.24 |
|
30-Aug-2011 |
nicm |
Plug memory leak, from Tiago Cunha.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_9_BASE OPENBSD_5_0_BASE
|
#
1.23 |
|
10-Feb-2011 |
nicm |
Size on split-window is -l not -s. Doh.
|
#
1.22 |
|
04-Jan-2011 |
nicm |
Clean up and simplify tmux command argument parsing.
Originally, tmux commands were parsed in the client process into a struct with the command data which was then serialised and sent to the server to be executed. The parsing was later moved into the server (an argv was sent from the client), but the parse step and intermediate struct was kept.
This change removes that struct and the separate parse step. Argument parsing and printing is now common to all commands (in arguments.c) with each command left with just an optional check function (to validate the arguments at parse time), the exec function and a function to set up any key bindings (renamed from the old init function).
This is overall more simple and consistent.
There should be no changes to any commands behaviour or syntax although as this touches every command please watch for any unexpected changes.
|
#
1.21 |
|
01-Jan-2011 |
nicm |
Add a -P option to new-window and split-window to print the new window or pane index in target form (useful to pass it into other commands).
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_8_BASE
|
#
1.20 |
|
27-Jun-2010 |
nicm |
Store the current working directory in the session, change the default-path option to default to empty and make that mean that the stored session CWD is used.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_7_BASE
|
#
1.19 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
New command, join-pane, to split and move an existing pane into the space (like splitw then movep, or the reverse of breakp).
|
#
1.18 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
Use the specified pane for size calculations. Doh.
|
#
1.17 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
Change split-window to accept a pane target (it should be split-pane but renaming the command would be annoying).
|
#
1.16 |
|
03-Dec-2009 |
nicm |
Massive spaces->tabs and trailing whitespace cleanup, hopefully for the last time now I've configured emacs to make them displayed in really annoying colours...
|
#
1.15 |
|
20-Nov-2009 |
nicm |
When -h and -p are given to split-window, calculate the percentage size using the width instead of the height.
|
#
1.14 |
|
13-Nov-2009 |
nicm |
Get rid of the ugly CMD_CHFLAG macro and use a const string (eg "dDU") in the command entry structs and a couple of functions to check/set the flags.
|
#
1.13 |
|
21-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
Use KEYC_NONE constant instead of 0 on init.
|
#
1.12 |
|
16-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
Rather than constructing an entire termios struct from ttydefaults.h, just let forkpty do it and then alter the bits that should be changed after fork. A little neater and more portable.
|
#
1.11 |
|
01-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
When using tmux as a login shell, there is currently no way to specify a shell to be used as a login shell inside tmux, so add a default-shell session option. This sets the shell invoked as a login shell when the default-command option is empty.
The default option value is whichever of $SHELL, getpwuid(getuid())'s pw_shell or /bin/sh is valid first.
Based on a diff from martynas@, changed by me to be a session option rather than a window option.
|
#
1.10 |
|
25-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
Print -l and -p when showing command, pointed out by Tiago Cunha.
|
#
1.9 |
|
13-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
When creating a new session from the command-line where there is an external terminal, copy the termios(4) special characters and use them for new windows created in the new session. Suggested by Theo.
|
#
1.8 |
|
08-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
Infrastructure and commands to manage the environment for processes started within tmux.
There is a global environment, copied from the external environment when the server is started and each sesssion has an (initially empty) session environment which overrides it.
New commands set-environment and show-environment manipulate or display the environments.
A new session option, update-environment, is a space-separated list of variables which are updated from the external environment into the session environment every time a new session is created - the default is DISPLAY.
|
#
1.7 |
|
26-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Make all messages sent between the client and server fixed size.
This is the first of two changes to make the protocol more resilient and less sensitive to other changes in the code, particularly with commands. The client now packs argv into a buffer and sends it to the server for parsing, rather than doing it itself and sending the parsed command data.
As a side-effect this also removes a lot of now-unused command marshalling code.
Mixing a server without this change and a client with or vice versa will cause tmux to hang or crash, please ensure that tmux is entirely killed before upgrading.
|
#
1.6 |
|
22-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
window_add_pane cannot fail, so remove the unused cause argument and don't bother to check for a NULL return.
|
#
1.5 |
|
19-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Improved layout code.
Each window now has a tree of layout cells associated with it. In this tree, each node is either a horizontal or vertical cell containing a list of other cells running from left-to-right or top-to-bottom, or a leaf cell which is associated with a pane.
The major functional changes are:
- panes may now be split arbitrarily both horizontally (splitw -h, C-b %) and vertically (splitw -v, C-b "); - panes may be resized both horizontally and vertically (resizep -L/-R/-U/-D, bound to C-b left/right/up/down and C-b M-left/right/up/down); - layouts are now applied and then may be modified by resizing or splitting panes, rather than being fixed and reapplied when the window is resized or panes are added; - manual-vertical layout is no longer necessary, and active-only layout is gone (but may return in future); - the main-pane layouts now reduce the size of the main pane to fit all panes if possible.
Thanks to all who tested.
|
#
1.4 |
|
13-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Having fixed flags for single-character getopt options is a bit hard to maintain and is only going to get worse as more are used. So instead, add a new uint64_t member to cmd_entry which is a bitmask of upper and lowercase options accepted by the command.
This means new single character options can be used without the need to add it explicitly to the list.
|
#
1.3 |
|
07-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
The fix for default-path (use target session options instead of global options) is required here as well, doh.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_6_BASE
|
#
1.2 |
|
25-Jun-2009 |
nicm |
lines variable can be -1 (to be ignored), so should be signed. Found by lint.
|
#
1.1 |
|
01-Jun-2009 |
nicm |
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another.
ok deraadt pirofti
|
#
1.105 |
|
11-Mar-2021 |
nicm |
Add split-window -Z to start the pane zoomed, GitHub issue 2591.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_8_BASE
|
#
1.104 |
|
16-May-2020 |
nicm |
Add a client flag 'active-pane' which stores the active pane in the client and allows it to be changed independently from the real active pane stored in the window. This is can be used with session groups which allow an independent current window (although it would be nice to have a flag for this too and remove session groups). The client active pane is only really useful interactively, many things (hooks, window-style, zooming) still use the window active pane.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_7_BASE
|
#
1.103 |
|
13-Apr-2020 |
nicm |
Make client -c and -t handling common in cmd-queue.c and try to be clearer about whether the client is the target client (must have a session) or not.
|
#
1.102 |
|
13-Apr-2020 |
nicm |
Move cmdq_state into cmd-queue.c.
|
#
1.101 |
|
13-Apr-2020 |
nicm |
Rename cmdq_shared to cmdq_state which will better reflect what it is (going to be) used for.
|
#
1.100 |
|
13-Apr-2020 |
nicm |
Also move cmdq_item and cmdq_list into cmd-queue.c (this is to make its use more clearly defined and preparation for some future work).
|
#
1.99 |
|
13-Apr-2020 |
nicm |
Make struct cmd local to cmd.c and move it out of tmux.h.
|
#
1.98 |
|
31-Mar-2020 |
nicm |
Add a way to mark environment variables as "hidden" so they can be used by tmux but are not passed into the environment of new panes.
|
#
1.97 |
|
16-Mar-2020 |
nicm |
Do not attempt to close a NULL pane when failing to create a new one.
|
#
1.96 |
|
15-Oct-2019 |
nicm |
Add support for percentage sizes for resize-pane ("-x 10%"). Also change split-window and join-pane -l to accept similar percentages and deprecate -p. From Anindya Mukherjee.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_6_BASE
|
#
1.95 |
|
03-May-2019 |
nicm |
Allow panes to be empty (no command), output can be piped to them with split-window or display-message -I.
|
#
1.94 |
|
28-Apr-2019 |
nicm |
Support multiple occurances of the same argument. Use this for a new flag -e to new-window, split-window, respawn-window, respawn-pane to pass environment variables into the newly created process. From Steffen Christgau in GitHub issue 1697.
|
#
1.93 |
|
26-Apr-2019 |
nicm |
Merge hooks into options and make each one an array option. This allows multiple commands to be easily bound to one hook. set-hook and show-hooks remain but they are now variants of set-option and show-options. show-options now has a -H flag to show hooks (by default they are not shown).
|
#
1.92 |
|
17-Apr-2019 |
nicm |
Break new window and pane creation common code from various commands and window.c into a separate file spawn.c.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_5_BASE
|
#
1.91 |
|
18-Oct-2018 |
nicm |
Support for windows larger than visible on the attached client. This has been a limitation for a long time.
There are two new options, window-size and default-size, and a new command, resize-window. The force-width and force-height options and the session_width and session_height formats have been removed.
The new window-size option tells tmux how to work out the size of windows: largest means it picks the size of the largest session, smallest the smallest session (similar to the old behaviour) and manual means that it does not automatically resize windows. The default is currently largest but this may change. aggressive-resize modifies the choice of session for largest and smallest as it did before.
If a window is in a session attached to a client that is too small, only part of the window is shown. tmux attempts to keep the cursor visible, so the part of the window displayed is changed as the cursor moves (with a small delay, to try and avoid excess redrawing when applications redraw status lines or similar that are not currently visible). The offset of the visible portion of the window is shown in status-right.
Drawing windows which are larger than the client is not as efficient as those which fit, particularly when the cursor moves, so it is recommended to avoid using this on slow machines or networks (set window-size to smallest or manual).
The resize-window command can be used to resize a window manually. If it is used, the window-size option is automatically set to manual for the window (undo this with "setw -u window-size"). resize-window works in a similar way to resize-pane (-U -D -L -R -x -y flags) but also has -a and -A flags. -a sets the window to the size of the smallest client (what it would be if window-size was smallest) and -A the largest.
For the same behaviour as force-width or force-height, use resize-window -x or -y, and "setw -u window-size" to revert to automatic sizing..
If the global window-size option is set to manual, the default-size option is used for new windows. If -x or -y is used with new-session, that sets the default-size option for the new session.
The maximum size of a window is 10000x10000. But expect applications to complain and much higher memory use if making a window excessively big. The minimum size is the size required for the current layout including borders.
The refresh-client command can be used to pan around a window, -U -D -L -R moves up, down, left or right and -c returns to automatic cursor tracking. The position is reset when the current window is changed.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_4_BASE
|
#
1.90 |
|
24-May-2018 |
nicm |
Make server_client_get_cwd used (almost) everywhere we need to work out the cwd, and do not fall back to "." as it is pretty useless. GitHub issue 1331.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_3_BASE
|
#
1.89 |
|
16-Mar-2018 |
nicm |
Insert full size panes at the right position, from KOIE Hidetaka in GitHub issue 1284.
|
#
1.88 |
|
01-Mar-2018 |
nicm |
Expand formats in window and session names.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_2_BASE
|
#
1.87 |
|
30-Aug-2017 |
nicm |
Pass flags into cmd_find_from_* to fix prefer-unattached, reported by Thomas Sattler.
|
#
1.86 |
|
21-Jul-2017 |
nicm |
Add -c for respawn-pane and respawn-window, from J Raynor.
|
#
1.85 |
|
30-May-2017 |
nicm |
Rewrite of choose mode, both to simplify and tidy the code and to add some modern features.
Now the common code is in mode-tree.c, which provides an API used by the three modes now separated into window-{buffer,client,tree}.c. Buffer mode shows buffers, client mode clients and tree mode a tree of sessions, windows and panes.
Each mode has a common set of key bindings plus a few that are specific to the mode. Other changes are:
- each mode has a preview pane: for buffers this is the buffer content (very useful), for others it is a preview of the pane;
- items may be sorted in different ways ('O' key);
- multiple items may be tagged and an operation applied to all of them (for example, to delete multiple buffers at once);
- in tree mode a command may be run on the selected item (session, window, pane) or on tagged items (key ':');
- displayed items may be filtered in tree mode by using a format (this is used to implement find-window) (key 'f');
- the custom format (-F) for the display is no longer available;
- shortcut keys change from 0-9, a-z, A-Z which was always a bit weird with keys used for other uses to 0-9, M-a to M-z.
Now that the code is simpler, other improvements will come later.
Primary key bindings for each mode are documented under the commands in the man page (choose-buffer, choose-client, choose-tree).
Parts written by Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.84 |
|
25-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Do not update TERM into config file parsing has finished.
|
#
1.83 |
|
22-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Get rid of the extra layer of flags and cmd_prepare() and just store the CMD_FIND_* flags in the cmd_entry and call it for the command. Commands with special requirements call it themselves and update the target for hooks to use.
|
#
1.82 |
|
22-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Mouse bindings and hooks set up an initial current state when running a command. This is used for the session, window and pane for all commands in the command sequence if there is no -t or -s.
However, using it for all commands in the command sequence means that if the active pane or current session is changed, subsequent commands still use the previous state. So make commands which explicitly change the current state (such as neww and selectp) update it themselves for later commands. Commands which may invalidate the state (like killp) are already OK because an invalid state will be ignored.
Also fill in the current state for all key bindings rather than just the mouse, so that any omissions are easier to spot.
|
#
1.81 |
|
21-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Add cmd_find_from_winlink_pane and use it in a couple of places, and make functions that can't fail void.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_1_BASE
|
#
1.80 |
|
09-Mar-2017 |
nicm |
Move server_fill_environ into environ.c and move some other common code into it.
|
#
1.79 |
|
08-Mar-2017 |
nicm |
Add a helper function for the most common format_create/defaults/expand pattern.
|
#
1.78 |
|
27-Feb-2017 |
nicm |
If splitw -b is used, insert the new pane before the current one in the pane list. This means the numbering is in order (for example for display-panes) and fixes a problem with redrawing the active pane borders.
|
#
1.77 |
|
03-Feb-2017 |
nicm |
Add a window or pane id "tag" to each format tree and use it to separate jobs, this means that if the same job is used for different windows or panes (for example in pane-border-format), it will be run separately for each pane.
|
#
1.76 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Use the notify name string instead of going via an enum and change existing hooks to use notifys instead.
|
#
1.75 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Mass rename struct cmd_q to struct cmdq_item and related.
|
#
1.74 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Rewrite command queue handling. Each client still has a command queue, but there is also now a global command queue. Instead of command queues being dispatched on demand from wherever the command happens to be added, they are now all dispatched from the top level server loop. Command queues may now also include callbacks as well as commands, and items may be inserted after the current command as well as at the end.
This all makes command queues significantly more predictable and easier to use, and avoids the complex multiple nested command queues used by source-file, if-shell and friends.
A mass rename of struct cmdq to a better name (cmdq_item probably) is coming.
|
#
1.73 |
|
13-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Trying to do hooks generically is way too complicated and unreliable and confusing, particularly trying to automatically figure out what target hooks should be using. So simplify it:
- drop before hooks entirely, they don't seem to be very useful;
- commands with special requirements now fire their own after hook (for example, if they change session or window, or if they have -t and -s and need to choose which one the hook uses as current target);
- commands with no special requirements can have the CMD_AFTERHOOK flag added and they will use the -t state.
At the moment new-session, new-window, split-window fire their own hook, and display-message uses the flag. The remaining commands still need to be looked at.
|
#
1.72 |
|
13-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Some improvements and bug fixes for hooks:
- Prepare the state again before the "after" hooks are run, because the command may have killed or moved windows.
- Use the hooks list from the newly prepared target, not the old hooks list (only matters for new-session really).
- Correctly detect an invalid current state and ignore it in cmd_find_target ("killw; swapw").
- Change neww, new, killp, killw, splitw, swapp, swapw to update the current state (used if no explicit target is given) to something more useful after they have finished. For example, neww changes it to the newly created window.
Hooks are still relatively new and primitive so there are likely to be more changes to come.
Parts based on bug reports from Uwe Werler and Iblis Lin.
|
#
1.71 |
|
10-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Add static in cmd-* and fix a few other nits.
|
#
1.70 |
|
04-Sep-2016 |
nicm |
Add support for performing a full width split (with splitw -f), rather than splitting the current cell. From Stephen Kent.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_0_BASE
|
#
1.69 |
|
06-Jun-2016 |
nicm |
Insert new panes after the pane being split in the list rather than always after the active pane. This is more sensible when doing it with commands rather than keys.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_9_BASE
|
#
1.68 |
|
19-Jan-2016 |
nicm |
I no longer use my SourceForge address so replace it.
|
#
1.67 |
|
14-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Instead of combined flags for -c, -s, -t, split into different sets using an enum and simplify the parsing code.
|
#
1.66 |
|
13-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Use member names in cmd_entry definitions so I stop getting confused about the order.
|
#
1.65 |
|
13-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Instead of every command resolving the target (-t or -s) itself, prepare the state (client, session, winlink, pane) for it it before entering the command. Each command provides some flags that tell the prepare step what it is expecting.
This is a requirement for having hooks on commands (for example, if you hook "select-window -t1:2", the hook command should to operate on window 1:2 not whatever it thinks is the current window), and should allow some other target improvements.
The old cmd_find_* functions remain for the moment but that layer will be dropped later.
Joint work with Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.64 |
|
11-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Add cmdq as an argument to format_create and add a format for the command name (will also be used for more later).
|
#
1.63 |
|
08-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Remove format_create_flags and just pass flags to format_create.
|
#
1.62 |
|
31-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Fall back silently to ~ or / rather than checking -c with access(), this was the old behaviour.
|
#
1.61 |
|
31-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Because pledge(2) does not allow us to pass directory file descriptors around, we can't use file descriptors for the working directory because we will be unable to pass it to a privileged process to tell it where to read or write files or spawn children. So move tmux back to using strings for the current working directory. We try to check it exists with access() when it is set but ultimately fall back to ~ if it fails at time of use (or / if that fails too).
|
#
1.60 |
|
28-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Like options, move the environ struct into environ.c.
|
#
1.59 |
|
27-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Move struct options into options.c.
|
#
1.58 |
|
23-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Remove some unnecessary checks before free().
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_8_BASE
|
#
1.57 |
|
26-Apr-2015 |
nicm |
Remove panes from layout if spawning them fails, reported by Anthony J Bentley.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_7_BASE
|
#
1.56 |
|
05-Feb-2015 |
nicm |
Remove a couple of now-unused variables.
|
#
1.55 |
|
05-Feb-2015 |
nicm |
Wrap all the individual format_* calls in a single format_defaults functions.
|
#
1.54 |
|
12-Nov-2014 |
nicm |
Add -b to splitw like joinw, from Felix Rosencrantz.
|
#
1.53 |
|
20-Oct-2014 |
nicm |
Move template defines back into .c files.
|
#
1.52 |
|
20-Oct-2014 |
nicm |
Instead of setting up the default keys by building the key struct directly with a helper function in the cmd_entry, include a table of bind-key commands and pass them through the command parser and a temporary cmd_q.
As well as being smaller, this will allow default bindings to be command sequences which will probably be needed soon.
|
#
1.51 |
|
01-Sep-2014 |
nicm |
Various minor style and spacing nits.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_6_BASE
|
#
1.50 |
|
13-May-2014 |
nicm |
If multiple arguments are given to new-session, new-window, split-window, respawn-window or respawn-pane, pass them directly to execvp() to help avoid quoting problems. One argument still goes to "sh -c" like before. Requested by many over the years. Patch from J Raynor.
|
#
1.49 |
|
17-Apr-2014 |
nicm |
Set PATH explicitly, either from client or session environment. Previously it came from the session environment. From J Raynor.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_5_BASE
|
#
1.48 |
|
22-Nov-2013 |
nicm |
Handle empty current directory more gracefully.
|
#
1.47 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Don't boke when figuring out working directory from configuration file.
|
#
1.46 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Alter how tmux handles the working directory to internally use file descriptors rather than strings.
- Each session still has a current working directory.
- New sessions still get their working directory from the client that created them or its attached session if any.
- New windows are created by default in the session working directory.
- The -c flag to new, neww, splitw allows the working directory to be overridden.
- The -c flag to attach let's the session working directory be changed.
- The default-path option has been removed.
To get the equivalent to default-path '.', do:
bind c neww -c $PWD
To get the equivalent of default-path '~', do:
bind c neww -c ~
This also changes the client identify protocol to be a set of messages rather than one as well as some other changes that should make it easier to make backwards-compatible protocol changes in future.
|
#
1.45 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Support -c for new-session, based on code from J Raynor.
|
#
1.44 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Restore missing key binding for %, from Chris Johnsen.
|
#
1.43 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Remove the barely-used and unnecessary command check() function.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_4_BASE
|
#
1.42 |
|
25-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Revert the command-prefix change which breaks sequences of commands.
|
#
1.41 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add resize-pane -Z to temporary zoom the active pane to occupy the full window or unzoom (restored to the normal layout) if it already zoomed, bound to C-b z by default. The pane is unzoomed on pretty much any excuse whatsoever.
We considered making this a new layout but the requirements are quite different from layouts so decided it is better as a special case. Each current layout cell is saved, a temporary one-cell layout generated and all except the active pane set to NULL.
Prompted by suggestions and scripts from several. Thanks to Aaron Jensen and Thiago Padilha for testing an earlier version.
|
#
1.40 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add a command queue to standardize and simplify commands that call other commands and allow a command to block execution of subsequent commands. This allows run-shell and if-shell to be synchronous which has been much requested.
Each client has a default command queue and commands are consumed one at a time from it. A command may suspend execution from the queue by returning CMD_RETURN_WAIT and then resume it by calling cmd_continue() - for example run-shell does this from the callback that is fired after the job is freed.
When the command queue becomes empty, command clients are automatically exited (unless attaching). A callback is also fired - this is used for nested commands in, for example, if-shell which can block execution of the client's cmdq until a new cmdq becomes empty.
Also merge all the old error/info/print functions together and lose the old curclient/cmdclient distinction - a cmdq is bound to one client (or none if in the configuration file), this is a command client if c->session is NULL otherwise an attached client.
|
#
1.39 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Fix error reporting for client commands by adding a flag to cmd_find_client to tell it whether or not to show errors, sometimes it's needed and sometimes not.
|
#
1.38 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add option command-prefix which is automatically prepended to any command (apart from a naked default-shell). The default is "exec ".
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_3_BASE
|
#
1.37 |
|
09-Dec-2012 |
nicm |
Use the CMD_*_USAGE defines consistently, from Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.36 |
|
14-Aug-2012 |
nicm |
Use a separate define for each default format template and strip clutter from the choose-tree defaults.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_2_BASE
|
#
1.35 |
|
11-Jul-2012 |
nicm |
Make command exec functions return an enum rather than -1/0/1 values and add a new value to mean "leave client running but don't attach" to fix problems with using some commands in a command sequence. Most of the work by Thomas Adam, problem reported by "jspenguin" on SF bug 3535531.
|
#
1.34 |
|
10-Jul-2012 |
nicm |
xfree is not particularly helpful, remove it. From Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.33 |
|
22-May-2012 |
nicm |
Switch all of the various choose- and list- commands over to the format infrastructure, from Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.32 |
|
17-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add notify hooks for various events, the functions are currently empty stubs but will be filled in for control mode later. From George Nachman.
|
#
1.31 |
|
04-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
free -> xfree.
|
#
1.30 |
|
04-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add -F format to new-window and split-window to use with the -P flag, from George Nachman.
|
#
1.29 |
|
03-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add move-pane command (like join-pane but allows the same window). Also -b flag to join-pane and move-pane to place the pane to the left or above. From George Nachman.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_1_BASE
|
#
1.28 |
|
31-Jan-2012 |
nicm |
Provide defined ways to set the various default-path possibilities: ~ for home directory, . for server start directory, - for session start directory and empty for the pane's working directory (the default). All can also be used as part of a relative path (eg -/foo). Also provide -c flags to neww and splitw to override default-path setting.
Based on a diff from sthen. ok sthen
|
#
1.27 |
|
20-Jan-2012 |
nicm |
Add some const and fix a warning.
|
#
1.26 |
|
09-Dec-2011 |
nicm |
Change the way the working directory for new processes is discovered. If default-path isn't empty, it is used. Otherwise:
1) If tmux neww is run from the command line, the working directory of the client is used.
2) Otherwise sysctl KERN_PROC_CWD is used to retrieve the current working directory of the process in the active pane.
3) If that fails, the directory where the session was created is used.
Support code by Romain Francois, OpenBSD specific bits by me.
Note this requires a recent userland and kernel with KERN_PROC_CWD.
|
#
1.25 |
|
15-Nov-2011 |
nicm |
Make window_pane_index work the same as window_index, from Ben Boeckel.
|
#
1.24 |
|
30-Aug-2011 |
nicm |
Plug memory leak, from Tiago Cunha.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_9_BASE OPENBSD_5_0_BASE
|
#
1.23 |
|
10-Feb-2011 |
nicm |
Size on split-window is -l not -s. Doh.
|
#
1.22 |
|
04-Jan-2011 |
nicm |
Clean up and simplify tmux command argument parsing.
Originally, tmux commands were parsed in the client process into a struct with the command data which was then serialised and sent to the server to be executed. The parsing was later moved into the server (an argv was sent from the client), but the parse step and intermediate struct was kept.
This change removes that struct and the separate parse step. Argument parsing and printing is now common to all commands (in arguments.c) with each command left with just an optional check function (to validate the arguments at parse time), the exec function and a function to set up any key bindings (renamed from the old init function).
This is overall more simple and consistent.
There should be no changes to any commands behaviour or syntax although as this touches every command please watch for any unexpected changes.
|
#
1.21 |
|
01-Jan-2011 |
nicm |
Add a -P option to new-window and split-window to print the new window or pane index in target form (useful to pass it into other commands).
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_8_BASE
|
#
1.20 |
|
27-Jun-2010 |
nicm |
Store the current working directory in the session, change the default-path option to default to empty and make that mean that the stored session CWD is used.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_7_BASE
|
#
1.19 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
New command, join-pane, to split and move an existing pane into the space (like splitw then movep, or the reverse of breakp).
|
#
1.18 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
Use the specified pane for size calculations. Doh.
|
#
1.17 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
Change split-window to accept a pane target (it should be split-pane but renaming the command would be annoying).
|
#
1.16 |
|
03-Dec-2009 |
nicm |
Massive spaces->tabs and trailing whitespace cleanup, hopefully for the last time now I've configured emacs to make them displayed in really annoying colours...
|
#
1.15 |
|
20-Nov-2009 |
nicm |
When -h and -p are given to split-window, calculate the percentage size using the width instead of the height.
|
#
1.14 |
|
13-Nov-2009 |
nicm |
Get rid of the ugly CMD_CHFLAG macro and use a const string (eg "dDU") in the command entry structs and a couple of functions to check/set the flags.
|
#
1.13 |
|
21-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
Use KEYC_NONE constant instead of 0 on init.
|
#
1.12 |
|
16-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
Rather than constructing an entire termios struct from ttydefaults.h, just let forkpty do it and then alter the bits that should be changed after fork. A little neater and more portable.
|
#
1.11 |
|
01-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
When using tmux as a login shell, there is currently no way to specify a shell to be used as a login shell inside tmux, so add a default-shell session option. This sets the shell invoked as a login shell when the default-command option is empty.
The default option value is whichever of $SHELL, getpwuid(getuid())'s pw_shell or /bin/sh is valid first.
Based on a diff from martynas@, changed by me to be a session option rather than a window option.
|
#
1.10 |
|
25-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
Print -l and -p when showing command, pointed out by Tiago Cunha.
|
#
1.9 |
|
13-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
When creating a new session from the command-line where there is an external terminal, copy the termios(4) special characters and use them for new windows created in the new session. Suggested by Theo.
|
#
1.8 |
|
08-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
Infrastructure and commands to manage the environment for processes started within tmux.
There is a global environment, copied from the external environment when the server is started and each sesssion has an (initially empty) session environment which overrides it.
New commands set-environment and show-environment manipulate or display the environments.
A new session option, update-environment, is a space-separated list of variables which are updated from the external environment into the session environment every time a new session is created - the default is DISPLAY.
|
#
1.7 |
|
26-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Make all messages sent between the client and server fixed size.
This is the first of two changes to make the protocol more resilient and less sensitive to other changes in the code, particularly with commands. The client now packs argv into a buffer and sends it to the server for parsing, rather than doing it itself and sending the parsed command data.
As a side-effect this also removes a lot of now-unused command marshalling code.
Mixing a server without this change and a client with or vice versa will cause tmux to hang or crash, please ensure that tmux is entirely killed before upgrading.
|
#
1.6 |
|
22-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
window_add_pane cannot fail, so remove the unused cause argument and don't bother to check for a NULL return.
|
#
1.5 |
|
19-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Improved layout code.
Each window now has a tree of layout cells associated with it. In this tree, each node is either a horizontal or vertical cell containing a list of other cells running from left-to-right or top-to-bottom, or a leaf cell which is associated with a pane.
The major functional changes are:
- panes may now be split arbitrarily both horizontally (splitw -h, C-b %) and vertically (splitw -v, C-b "); - panes may be resized both horizontally and vertically (resizep -L/-R/-U/-D, bound to C-b left/right/up/down and C-b M-left/right/up/down); - layouts are now applied and then may be modified by resizing or splitting panes, rather than being fixed and reapplied when the window is resized or panes are added; - manual-vertical layout is no longer necessary, and active-only layout is gone (but may return in future); - the main-pane layouts now reduce the size of the main pane to fit all panes if possible.
Thanks to all who tested.
|
#
1.4 |
|
13-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Having fixed flags for single-character getopt options is a bit hard to maintain and is only going to get worse as more are used. So instead, add a new uint64_t member to cmd_entry which is a bitmask of upper and lowercase options accepted by the command.
This means new single character options can be used without the need to add it explicitly to the list.
|
#
1.3 |
|
07-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
The fix for default-path (use target session options instead of global options) is required here as well, doh.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_6_BASE
|
#
1.2 |
|
25-Jun-2009 |
nicm |
lines variable can be -1 (to be ignored), so should be signed. Found by lint.
|
#
1.1 |
|
01-Jun-2009 |
nicm |
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another.
ok deraadt pirofti
|
#
1.104 |
|
16-May-2020 |
nicm |
Add a client flag 'active-pane' which stores the active pane in the client and allows it to be changed independently from the real active pane stored in the window. This is can be used with session groups which allow an independent current window (although it would be nice to have a flag for this too and remove session groups). The client active pane is only really useful interactively, many things (hooks, window-style, zooming) still use the window active pane.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_7_BASE
|
#
1.103 |
|
13-Apr-2020 |
nicm |
Make client -c and -t handling common in cmd-queue.c and try to be clearer about whether the client is the target client (must have a session) or not.
|
#
1.102 |
|
13-Apr-2020 |
nicm |
Move cmdq_state into cmd-queue.c.
|
#
1.101 |
|
13-Apr-2020 |
nicm |
Rename cmdq_shared to cmdq_state which will better reflect what it is (going to be) used for.
|
#
1.100 |
|
13-Apr-2020 |
nicm |
Also move cmdq_item and cmdq_list into cmd-queue.c (this is to make its use more clearly defined and preparation for some future work).
|
#
1.99 |
|
13-Apr-2020 |
nicm |
Make struct cmd local to cmd.c and move it out of tmux.h.
|
#
1.98 |
|
31-Mar-2020 |
nicm |
Add a way to mark environment variables as "hidden" so they can be used by tmux but are not passed into the environment of new panes.
|
#
1.97 |
|
16-Mar-2020 |
nicm |
Do not attempt to close a NULL pane when failing to create a new one.
|
#
1.96 |
|
15-Oct-2019 |
nicm |
Add support for percentage sizes for resize-pane ("-x 10%"). Also change split-window and join-pane -l to accept similar percentages and deprecate -p. From Anindya Mukherjee.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_6_BASE
|
#
1.95 |
|
03-May-2019 |
nicm |
Allow panes to be empty (no command), output can be piped to them with split-window or display-message -I.
|
#
1.94 |
|
28-Apr-2019 |
nicm |
Support multiple occurances of the same argument. Use this for a new flag -e to new-window, split-window, respawn-window, respawn-pane to pass environment variables into the newly created process. From Steffen Christgau in GitHub issue 1697.
|
#
1.93 |
|
26-Apr-2019 |
nicm |
Merge hooks into options and make each one an array option. This allows multiple commands to be easily bound to one hook. set-hook and show-hooks remain but they are now variants of set-option and show-options. show-options now has a -H flag to show hooks (by default they are not shown).
|
#
1.92 |
|
17-Apr-2019 |
nicm |
Break new window and pane creation common code from various commands and window.c into a separate file spawn.c.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_5_BASE
|
#
1.91 |
|
18-Oct-2018 |
nicm |
Support for windows larger than visible on the attached client. This has been a limitation for a long time.
There are two new options, window-size and default-size, and a new command, resize-window. The force-width and force-height options and the session_width and session_height formats have been removed.
The new window-size option tells tmux how to work out the size of windows: largest means it picks the size of the largest session, smallest the smallest session (similar to the old behaviour) and manual means that it does not automatically resize windows. The default is currently largest but this may change. aggressive-resize modifies the choice of session for largest and smallest as it did before.
If a window is in a session attached to a client that is too small, only part of the window is shown. tmux attempts to keep the cursor visible, so the part of the window displayed is changed as the cursor moves (with a small delay, to try and avoid excess redrawing when applications redraw status lines or similar that are not currently visible). The offset of the visible portion of the window is shown in status-right.
Drawing windows which are larger than the client is not as efficient as those which fit, particularly when the cursor moves, so it is recommended to avoid using this on slow machines or networks (set window-size to smallest or manual).
The resize-window command can be used to resize a window manually. If it is used, the window-size option is automatically set to manual for the window (undo this with "setw -u window-size"). resize-window works in a similar way to resize-pane (-U -D -L -R -x -y flags) but also has -a and -A flags. -a sets the window to the size of the smallest client (what it would be if window-size was smallest) and -A the largest.
For the same behaviour as force-width or force-height, use resize-window -x or -y, and "setw -u window-size" to revert to automatic sizing..
If the global window-size option is set to manual, the default-size option is used for new windows. If -x or -y is used with new-session, that sets the default-size option for the new session.
The maximum size of a window is 10000x10000. But expect applications to complain and much higher memory use if making a window excessively big. The minimum size is the size required for the current layout including borders.
The refresh-client command can be used to pan around a window, -U -D -L -R moves up, down, left or right and -c returns to automatic cursor tracking. The position is reset when the current window is changed.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_4_BASE
|
#
1.90 |
|
24-May-2018 |
nicm |
Make server_client_get_cwd used (almost) everywhere we need to work out the cwd, and do not fall back to "." as it is pretty useless. GitHub issue 1331.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_3_BASE
|
#
1.89 |
|
16-Mar-2018 |
nicm |
Insert full size panes at the right position, from KOIE Hidetaka in GitHub issue 1284.
|
#
1.88 |
|
01-Mar-2018 |
nicm |
Expand formats in window and session names.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_2_BASE
|
#
1.87 |
|
30-Aug-2017 |
nicm |
Pass flags into cmd_find_from_* to fix prefer-unattached, reported by Thomas Sattler.
|
#
1.86 |
|
21-Jul-2017 |
nicm |
Add -c for respawn-pane and respawn-window, from J Raynor.
|
#
1.85 |
|
30-May-2017 |
nicm |
Rewrite of choose mode, both to simplify and tidy the code and to add some modern features.
Now the common code is in mode-tree.c, which provides an API used by the three modes now separated into window-{buffer,client,tree}.c. Buffer mode shows buffers, client mode clients and tree mode a tree of sessions, windows and panes.
Each mode has a common set of key bindings plus a few that are specific to the mode. Other changes are:
- each mode has a preview pane: for buffers this is the buffer content (very useful), for others it is a preview of the pane;
- items may be sorted in different ways ('O' key);
- multiple items may be tagged and an operation applied to all of them (for example, to delete multiple buffers at once);
- in tree mode a command may be run on the selected item (session, window, pane) or on tagged items (key ':');
- displayed items may be filtered in tree mode by using a format (this is used to implement find-window) (key 'f');
- the custom format (-F) for the display is no longer available;
- shortcut keys change from 0-9, a-z, A-Z which was always a bit weird with keys used for other uses to 0-9, M-a to M-z.
Now that the code is simpler, other improvements will come later.
Primary key bindings for each mode are documented under the commands in the man page (choose-buffer, choose-client, choose-tree).
Parts written by Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.84 |
|
25-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Do not update TERM into config file parsing has finished.
|
#
1.83 |
|
22-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Get rid of the extra layer of flags and cmd_prepare() and just store the CMD_FIND_* flags in the cmd_entry and call it for the command. Commands with special requirements call it themselves and update the target for hooks to use.
|
#
1.82 |
|
22-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Mouse bindings and hooks set up an initial current state when running a command. This is used for the session, window and pane for all commands in the command sequence if there is no -t or -s.
However, using it for all commands in the command sequence means that if the active pane or current session is changed, subsequent commands still use the previous state. So make commands which explicitly change the current state (such as neww and selectp) update it themselves for later commands. Commands which may invalidate the state (like killp) are already OK because an invalid state will be ignored.
Also fill in the current state for all key bindings rather than just the mouse, so that any omissions are easier to spot.
|
#
1.81 |
|
21-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Add cmd_find_from_winlink_pane and use it in a couple of places, and make functions that can't fail void.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_1_BASE
|
#
1.80 |
|
09-Mar-2017 |
nicm |
Move server_fill_environ into environ.c and move some other common code into it.
|
#
1.79 |
|
08-Mar-2017 |
nicm |
Add a helper function for the most common format_create/defaults/expand pattern.
|
#
1.78 |
|
27-Feb-2017 |
nicm |
If splitw -b is used, insert the new pane before the current one in the pane list. This means the numbering is in order (for example for display-panes) and fixes a problem with redrawing the active pane borders.
|
#
1.77 |
|
03-Feb-2017 |
nicm |
Add a window or pane id "tag" to each format tree and use it to separate jobs, this means that if the same job is used for different windows or panes (for example in pane-border-format), it will be run separately for each pane.
|
#
1.76 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Use the notify name string instead of going via an enum and change existing hooks to use notifys instead.
|
#
1.75 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Mass rename struct cmd_q to struct cmdq_item and related.
|
#
1.74 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Rewrite command queue handling. Each client still has a command queue, but there is also now a global command queue. Instead of command queues being dispatched on demand from wherever the command happens to be added, they are now all dispatched from the top level server loop. Command queues may now also include callbacks as well as commands, and items may be inserted after the current command as well as at the end.
This all makes command queues significantly more predictable and easier to use, and avoids the complex multiple nested command queues used by source-file, if-shell and friends.
A mass rename of struct cmdq to a better name (cmdq_item probably) is coming.
|
#
1.73 |
|
13-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Trying to do hooks generically is way too complicated and unreliable and confusing, particularly trying to automatically figure out what target hooks should be using. So simplify it:
- drop before hooks entirely, they don't seem to be very useful;
- commands with special requirements now fire their own after hook (for example, if they change session or window, or if they have -t and -s and need to choose which one the hook uses as current target);
- commands with no special requirements can have the CMD_AFTERHOOK flag added and they will use the -t state.
At the moment new-session, new-window, split-window fire their own hook, and display-message uses the flag. The remaining commands still need to be looked at.
|
#
1.72 |
|
13-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Some improvements and bug fixes for hooks:
- Prepare the state again before the "after" hooks are run, because the command may have killed or moved windows.
- Use the hooks list from the newly prepared target, not the old hooks list (only matters for new-session really).
- Correctly detect an invalid current state and ignore it in cmd_find_target ("killw; swapw").
- Change neww, new, killp, killw, splitw, swapp, swapw to update the current state (used if no explicit target is given) to something more useful after they have finished. For example, neww changes it to the newly created window.
Hooks are still relatively new and primitive so there are likely to be more changes to come.
Parts based on bug reports from Uwe Werler and Iblis Lin.
|
#
1.71 |
|
10-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Add static in cmd-* and fix a few other nits.
|
#
1.70 |
|
04-Sep-2016 |
nicm |
Add support for performing a full width split (with splitw -f), rather than splitting the current cell. From Stephen Kent.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_0_BASE
|
#
1.69 |
|
06-Jun-2016 |
nicm |
Insert new panes after the pane being split in the list rather than always after the active pane. This is more sensible when doing it with commands rather than keys.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_9_BASE
|
#
1.68 |
|
19-Jan-2016 |
nicm |
I no longer use my SourceForge address so replace it.
|
#
1.67 |
|
14-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Instead of combined flags for -c, -s, -t, split into different sets using an enum and simplify the parsing code.
|
#
1.66 |
|
13-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Use member names in cmd_entry definitions so I stop getting confused about the order.
|
#
1.65 |
|
13-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Instead of every command resolving the target (-t or -s) itself, prepare the state (client, session, winlink, pane) for it it before entering the command. Each command provides some flags that tell the prepare step what it is expecting.
This is a requirement for having hooks on commands (for example, if you hook "select-window -t1:2", the hook command should to operate on window 1:2 not whatever it thinks is the current window), and should allow some other target improvements.
The old cmd_find_* functions remain for the moment but that layer will be dropped later.
Joint work with Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.64 |
|
11-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Add cmdq as an argument to format_create and add a format for the command name (will also be used for more later).
|
#
1.63 |
|
08-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Remove format_create_flags and just pass flags to format_create.
|
#
1.62 |
|
31-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Fall back silently to ~ or / rather than checking -c with access(), this was the old behaviour.
|
#
1.61 |
|
31-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Because pledge(2) does not allow us to pass directory file descriptors around, we can't use file descriptors for the working directory because we will be unable to pass it to a privileged process to tell it where to read or write files or spawn children. So move tmux back to using strings for the current working directory. We try to check it exists with access() when it is set but ultimately fall back to ~ if it fails at time of use (or / if that fails too).
|
#
1.60 |
|
28-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Like options, move the environ struct into environ.c.
|
#
1.59 |
|
27-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Move struct options into options.c.
|
#
1.58 |
|
23-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Remove some unnecessary checks before free().
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_8_BASE
|
#
1.57 |
|
26-Apr-2015 |
nicm |
Remove panes from layout if spawning them fails, reported by Anthony J Bentley.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_7_BASE
|
#
1.56 |
|
05-Feb-2015 |
nicm |
Remove a couple of now-unused variables.
|
#
1.55 |
|
05-Feb-2015 |
nicm |
Wrap all the individual format_* calls in a single format_defaults functions.
|
#
1.54 |
|
12-Nov-2014 |
nicm |
Add -b to splitw like joinw, from Felix Rosencrantz.
|
#
1.53 |
|
20-Oct-2014 |
nicm |
Move template defines back into .c files.
|
#
1.52 |
|
20-Oct-2014 |
nicm |
Instead of setting up the default keys by building the key struct directly with a helper function in the cmd_entry, include a table of bind-key commands and pass them through the command parser and a temporary cmd_q.
As well as being smaller, this will allow default bindings to be command sequences which will probably be needed soon.
|
#
1.51 |
|
01-Sep-2014 |
nicm |
Various minor style and spacing nits.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_6_BASE
|
#
1.50 |
|
13-May-2014 |
nicm |
If multiple arguments are given to new-session, new-window, split-window, respawn-window or respawn-pane, pass them directly to execvp() to help avoid quoting problems. One argument still goes to "sh -c" like before. Requested by many over the years. Patch from J Raynor.
|
#
1.49 |
|
17-Apr-2014 |
nicm |
Set PATH explicitly, either from client or session environment. Previously it came from the session environment. From J Raynor.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_5_BASE
|
#
1.48 |
|
22-Nov-2013 |
nicm |
Handle empty current directory more gracefully.
|
#
1.47 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Don't boke when figuring out working directory from configuration file.
|
#
1.46 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Alter how tmux handles the working directory to internally use file descriptors rather than strings.
- Each session still has a current working directory.
- New sessions still get their working directory from the client that created them or its attached session if any.
- New windows are created by default in the session working directory.
- The -c flag to new, neww, splitw allows the working directory to be overridden.
- The -c flag to attach let's the session working directory be changed.
- The default-path option has been removed.
To get the equivalent to default-path '.', do:
bind c neww -c $PWD
To get the equivalent of default-path '~', do:
bind c neww -c ~
This also changes the client identify protocol to be a set of messages rather than one as well as some other changes that should make it easier to make backwards-compatible protocol changes in future.
|
#
1.45 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Support -c for new-session, based on code from J Raynor.
|
#
1.44 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Restore missing key binding for %, from Chris Johnsen.
|
#
1.43 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Remove the barely-used and unnecessary command check() function.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_4_BASE
|
#
1.42 |
|
25-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Revert the command-prefix change which breaks sequences of commands.
|
#
1.41 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add resize-pane -Z to temporary zoom the active pane to occupy the full window or unzoom (restored to the normal layout) if it already zoomed, bound to C-b z by default. The pane is unzoomed on pretty much any excuse whatsoever.
We considered making this a new layout but the requirements are quite different from layouts so decided it is better as a special case. Each current layout cell is saved, a temporary one-cell layout generated and all except the active pane set to NULL.
Prompted by suggestions and scripts from several. Thanks to Aaron Jensen and Thiago Padilha for testing an earlier version.
|
#
1.40 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add a command queue to standardize and simplify commands that call other commands and allow a command to block execution of subsequent commands. This allows run-shell and if-shell to be synchronous which has been much requested.
Each client has a default command queue and commands are consumed one at a time from it. A command may suspend execution from the queue by returning CMD_RETURN_WAIT and then resume it by calling cmd_continue() - for example run-shell does this from the callback that is fired after the job is freed.
When the command queue becomes empty, command clients are automatically exited (unless attaching). A callback is also fired - this is used for nested commands in, for example, if-shell which can block execution of the client's cmdq until a new cmdq becomes empty.
Also merge all the old error/info/print functions together and lose the old curclient/cmdclient distinction - a cmdq is bound to one client (or none if in the configuration file), this is a command client if c->session is NULL otherwise an attached client.
|
#
1.39 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Fix error reporting for client commands by adding a flag to cmd_find_client to tell it whether or not to show errors, sometimes it's needed and sometimes not.
|
#
1.38 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add option command-prefix which is automatically prepended to any command (apart from a naked default-shell). The default is "exec ".
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_3_BASE
|
#
1.37 |
|
09-Dec-2012 |
nicm |
Use the CMD_*_USAGE defines consistently, from Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.36 |
|
14-Aug-2012 |
nicm |
Use a separate define for each default format template and strip clutter from the choose-tree defaults.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_2_BASE
|
#
1.35 |
|
11-Jul-2012 |
nicm |
Make command exec functions return an enum rather than -1/0/1 values and add a new value to mean "leave client running but don't attach" to fix problems with using some commands in a command sequence. Most of the work by Thomas Adam, problem reported by "jspenguin" on SF bug 3535531.
|
#
1.34 |
|
10-Jul-2012 |
nicm |
xfree is not particularly helpful, remove it. From Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.33 |
|
22-May-2012 |
nicm |
Switch all of the various choose- and list- commands over to the format infrastructure, from Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.32 |
|
17-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add notify hooks for various events, the functions are currently empty stubs but will be filled in for control mode later. From George Nachman.
|
#
1.31 |
|
04-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
free -> xfree.
|
#
1.30 |
|
04-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add -F format to new-window and split-window to use with the -P flag, from George Nachman.
|
#
1.29 |
|
03-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add move-pane command (like join-pane but allows the same window). Also -b flag to join-pane and move-pane to place the pane to the left or above. From George Nachman.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_1_BASE
|
#
1.28 |
|
31-Jan-2012 |
nicm |
Provide defined ways to set the various default-path possibilities: ~ for home directory, . for server start directory, - for session start directory and empty for the pane's working directory (the default). All can also be used as part of a relative path (eg -/foo). Also provide -c flags to neww and splitw to override default-path setting.
Based on a diff from sthen. ok sthen
|
#
1.27 |
|
20-Jan-2012 |
nicm |
Add some const and fix a warning.
|
#
1.26 |
|
09-Dec-2011 |
nicm |
Change the way the working directory for new processes is discovered. If default-path isn't empty, it is used. Otherwise:
1) If tmux neww is run from the command line, the working directory of the client is used.
2) Otherwise sysctl KERN_PROC_CWD is used to retrieve the current working directory of the process in the active pane.
3) If that fails, the directory where the session was created is used.
Support code by Romain Francois, OpenBSD specific bits by me.
Note this requires a recent userland and kernel with KERN_PROC_CWD.
|
#
1.25 |
|
15-Nov-2011 |
nicm |
Make window_pane_index work the same as window_index, from Ben Boeckel.
|
#
1.24 |
|
30-Aug-2011 |
nicm |
Plug memory leak, from Tiago Cunha.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_9_BASE OPENBSD_5_0_BASE
|
#
1.23 |
|
10-Feb-2011 |
nicm |
Size on split-window is -l not -s. Doh.
|
#
1.22 |
|
04-Jan-2011 |
nicm |
Clean up and simplify tmux command argument parsing.
Originally, tmux commands were parsed in the client process into a struct with the command data which was then serialised and sent to the server to be executed. The parsing was later moved into the server (an argv was sent from the client), but the parse step and intermediate struct was kept.
This change removes that struct and the separate parse step. Argument parsing and printing is now common to all commands (in arguments.c) with each command left with just an optional check function (to validate the arguments at parse time), the exec function and a function to set up any key bindings (renamed from the old init function).
This is overall more simple and consistent.
There should be no changes to any commands behaviour or syntax although as this touches every command please watch for any unexpected changes.
|
#
1.21 |
|
01-Jan-2011 |
nicm |
Add a -P option to new-window and split-window to print the new window or pane index in target form (useful to pass it into other commands).
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_8_BASE
|
#
1.20 |
|
27-Jun-2010 |
nicm |
Store the current working directory in the session, change the default-path option to default to empty and make that mean that the stored session CWD is used.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_7_BASE
|
#
1.19 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
New command, join-pane, to split and move an existing pane into the space (like splitw then movep, or the reverse of breakp).
|
#
1.18 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
Use the specified pane for size calculations. Doh.
|
#
1.17 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
Change split-window to accept a pane target (it should be split-pane but renaming the command would be annoying).
|
#
1.16 |
|
03-Dec-2009 |
nicm |
Massive spaces->tabs and trailing whitespace cleanup, hopefully for the last time now I've configured emacs to make them displayed in really annoying colours...
|
#
1.15 |
|
20-Nov-2009 |
nicm |
When -h and -p are given to split-window, calculate the percentage size using the width instead of the height.
|
#
1.14 |
|
13-Nov-2009 |
nicm |
Get rid of the ugly CMD_CHFLAG macro and use a const string (eg "dDU") in the command entry structs and a couple of functions to check/set the flags.
|
#
1.13 |
|
21-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
Use KEYC_NONE constant instead of 0 on init.
|
#
1.12 |
|
16-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
Rather than constructing an entire termios struct from ttydefaults.h, just let forkpty do it and then alter the bits that should be changed after fork. A little neater and more portable.
|
#
1.11 |
|
01-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
When using tmux as a login shell, there is currently no way to specify a shell to be used as a login shell inside tmux, so add a default-shell session option. This sets the shell invoked as a login shell when the default-command option is empty.
The default option value is whichever of $SHELL, getpwuid(getuid())'s pw_shell or /bin/sh is valid first.
Based on a diff from martynas@, changed by me to be a session option rather than a window option.
|
#
1.10 |
|
25-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
Print -l and -p when showing command, pointed out by Tiago Cunha.
|
#
1.9 |
|
13-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
When creating a new session from the command-line where there is an external terminal, copy the termios(4) special characters and use them for new windows created in the new session. Suggested by Theo.
|
#
1.8 |
|
08-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
Infrastructure and commands to manage the environment for processes started within tmux.
There is a global environment, copied from the external environment when the server is started and each sesssion has an (initially empty) session environment which overrides it.
New commands set-environment and show-environment manipulate or display the environments.
A new session option, update-environment, is a space-separated list of variables which are updated from the external environment into the session environment every time a new session is created - the default is DISPLAY.
|
#
1.7 |
|
26-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Make all messages sent between the client and server fixed size.
This is the first of two changes to make the protocol more resilient and less sensitive to other changes in the code, particularly with commands. The client now packs argv into a buffer and sends it to the server for parsing, rather than doing it itself and sending the parsed command data.
As a side-effect this also removes a lot of now-unused command marshalling code.
Mixing a server without this change and a client with or vice versa will cause tmux to hang or crash, please ensure that tmux is entirely killed before upgrading.
|
#
1.6 |
|
22-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
window_add_pane cannot fail, so remove the unused cause argument and don't bother to check for a NULL return.
|
#
1.5 |
|
19-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Improved layout code.
Each window now has a tree of layout cells associated with it. In this tree, each node is either a horizontal or vertical cell containing a list of other cells running from left-to-right or top-to-bottom, or a leaf cell which is associated with a pane.
The major functional changes are:
- panes may now be split arbitrarily both horizontally (splitw -h, C-b %) and vertically (splitw -v, C-b "); - panes may be resized both horizontally and vertically (resizep -L/-R/-U/-D, bound to C-b left/right/up/down and C-b M-left/right/up/down); - layouts are now applied and then may be modified by resizing or splitting panes, rather than being fixed and reapplied when the window is resized or panes are added; - manual-vertical layout is no longer necessary, and active-only layout is gone (but may return in future); - the main-pane layouts now reduce the size of the main pane to fit all panes if possible.
Thanks to all who tested.
|
#
1.4 |
|
13-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Having fixed flags for single-character getopt options is a bit hard to maintain and is only going to get worse as more are used. So instead, add a new uint64_t member to cmd_entry which is a bitmask of upper and lowercase options accepted by the command.
This means new single character options can be used without the need to add it explicitly to the list.
|
#
1.3 |
|
07-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
The fix for default-path (use target session options instead of global options) is required here as well, doh.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_6_BASE
|
#
1.2 |
|
25-Jun-2009 |
nicm |
lines variable can be -1 (to be ignored), so should be signed. Found by lint.
|
#
1.1 |
|
01-Jun-2009 |
nicm |
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another.
ok deraadt pirofti
|
#
1.103 |
|
13-Apr-2020 |
nicm |
Make client -c and -t handling common in cmd-queue.c and try to be clearer about whether the client is the target client (must have a session) or not.
|
#
1.102 |
|
13-Apr-2020 |
nicm |
Move cmdq_state into cmd-queue.c.
|
#
1.101 |
|
13-Apr-2020 |
nicm |
Rename cmdq_shared to cmdq_state which will better reflect what it is (going to be) used for.
|
#
1.100 |
|
13-Apr-2020 |
nicm |
Also move cmdq_item and cmdq_list into cmd-queue.c (this is to make its use more clearly defined and preparation for some future work).
|
#
1.99 |
|
13-Apr-2020 |
nicm |
Make struct cmd local to cmd.c and move it out of tmux.h.
|
#
1.98 |
|
31-Mar-2020 |
nicm |
Add a way to mark environment variables as "hidden" so they can be used by tmux but are not passed into the environment of new panes.
|
#
1.97 |
|
16-Mar-2020 |
nicm |
Do not attempt to close a NULL pane when failing to create a new one.
|
#
1.96 |
|
15-Oct-2019 |
nicm |
Add support for percentage sizes for resize-pane ("-x 10%"). Also change split-window and join-pane -l to accept similar percentages and deprecate -p. From Anindya Mukherjee.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_6_BASE
|
#
1.95 |
|
03-May-2019 |
nicm |
Allow panes to be empty (no command), output can be piped to them with split-window or display-message -I.
|
#
1.94 |
|
28-Apr-2019 |
nicm |
Support multiple occurances of the same argument. Use this for a new flag -e to new-window, split-window, respawn-window, respawn-pane to pass environment variables into the newly created process. From Steffen Christgau in GitHub issue 1697.
|
#
1.93 |
|
26-Apr-2019 |
nicm |
Merge hooks into options and make each one an array option. This allows multiple commands to be easily bound to one hook. set-hook and show-hooks remain but they are now variants of set-option and show-options. show-options now has a -H flag to show hooks (by default they are not shown).
|
#
1.92 |
|
17-Apr-2019 |
nicm |
Break new window and pane creation common code from various commands and window.c into a separate file spawn.c.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_5_BASE
|
#
1.91 |
|
18-Oct-2018 |
nicm |
Support for windows larger than visible on the attached client. This has been a limitation for a long time.
There are two new options, window-size and default-size, and a new command, resize-window. The force-width and force-height options and the session_width and session_height formats have been removed.
The new window-size option tells tmux how to work out the size of windows: largest means it picks the size of the largest session, smallest the smallest session (similar to the old behaviour) and manual means that it does not automatically resize windows. The default is currently largest but this may change. aggressive-resize modifies the choice of session for largest and smallest as it did before.
If a window is in a session attached to a client that is too small, only part of the window is shown. tmux attempts to keep the cursor visible, so the part of the window displayed is changed as the cursor moves (with a small delay, to try and avoid excess redrawing when applications redraw status lines or similar that are not currently visible). The offset of the visible portion of the window is shown in status-right.
Drawing windows which are larger than the client is not as efficient as those which fit, particularly when the cursor moves, so it is recommended to avoid using this on slow machines or networks (set window-size to smallest or manual).
The resize-window command can be used to resize a window manually. If it is used, the window-size option is automatically set to manual for the window (undo this with "setw -u window-size"). resize-window works in a similar way to resize-pane (-U -D -L -R -x -y flags) but also has -a and -A flags. -a sets the window to the size of the smallest client (what it would be if window-size was smallest) and -A the largest.
For the same behaviour as force-width or force-height, use resize-window -x or -y, and "setw -u window-size" to revert to automatic sizing..
If the global window-size option is set to manual, the default-size option is used for new windows. If -x or -y is used with new-session, that sets the default-size option for the new session.
The maximum size of a window is 10000x10000. But expect applications to complain and much higher memory use if making a window excessively big. The minimum size is the size required for the current layout including borders.
The refresh-client command can be used to pan around a window, -U -D -L -R moves up, down, left or right and -c returns to automatic cursor tracking. The position is reset when the current window is changed.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_4_BASE
|
#
1.90 |
|
24-May-2018 |
nicm |
Make server_client_get_cwd used (almost) everywhere we need to work out the cwd, and do not fall back to "." as it is pretty useless. GitHub issue 1331.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_3_BASE
|
#
1.89 |
|
16-Mar-2018 |
nicm |
Insert full size panes at the right position, from KOIE Hidetaka in GitHub issue 1284.
|
#
1.88 |
|
01-Mar-2018 |
nicm |
Expand formats in window and session names.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_2_BASE
|
#
1.87 |
|
30-Aug-2017 |
nicm |
Pass flags into cmd_find_from_* to fix prefer-unattached, reported by Thomas Sattler.
|
#
1.86 |
|
21-Jul-2017 |
nicm |
Add -c for respawn-pane and respawn-window, from J Raynor.
|
#
1.85 |
|
30-May-2017 |
nicm |
Rewrite of choose mode, both to simplify and tidy the code and to add some modern features.
Now the common code is in mode-tree.c, which provides an API used by the three modes now separated into window-{buffer,client,tree}.c. Buffer mode shows buffers, client mode clients and tree mode a tree of sessions, windows and panes.
Each mode has a common set of key bindings plus a few that are specific to the mode. Other changes are:
- each mode has a preview pane: for buffers this is the buffer content (very useful), for others it is a preview of the pane;
- items may be sorted in different ways ('O' key);
- multiple items may be tagged and an operation applied to all of them (for example, to delete multiple buffers at once);
- in tree mode a command may be run on the selected item (session, window, pane) or on tagged items (key ':');
- displayed items may be filtered in tree mode by using a format (this is used to implement find-window) (key 'f');
- the custom format (-F) for the display is no longer available;
- shortcut keys change from 0-9, a-z, A-Z which was always a bit weird with keys used for other uses to 0-9, M-a to M-z.
Now that the code is simpler, other improvements will come later.
Primary key bindings for each mode are documented under the commands in the man page (choose-buffer, choose-client, choose-tree).
Parts written by Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.84 |
|
25-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Do not update TERM into config file parsing has finished.
|
#
1.83 |
|
22-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Get rid of the extra layer of flags and cmd_prepare() and just store the CMD_FIND_* flags in the cmd_entry and call it for the command. Commands with special requirements call it themselves and update the target for hooks to use.
|
#
1.82 |
|
22-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Mouse bindings and hooks set up an initial current state when running a command. This is used for the session, window and pane for all commands in the command sequence if there is no -t or -s.
However, using it for all commands in the command sequence means that if the active pane or current session is changed, subsequent commands still use the previous state. So make commands which explicitly change the current state (such as neww and selectp) update it themselves for later commands. Commands which may invalidate the state (like killp) are already OK because an invalid state will be ignored.
Also fill in the current state for all key bindings rather than just the mouse, so that any omissions are easier to spot.
|
#
1.81 |
|
21-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Add cmd_find_from_winlink_pane and use it in a couple of places, and make functions that can't fail void.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_1_BASE
|
#
1.80 |
|
09-Mar-2017 |
nicm |
Move server_fill_environ into environ.c and move some other common code into it.
|
#
1.79 |
|
08-Mar-2017 |
nicm |
Add a helper function for the most common format_create/defaults/expand pattern.
|
#
1.78 |
|
27-Feb-2017 |
nicm |
If splitw -b is used, insert the new pane before the current one in the pane list. This means the numbering is in order (for example for display-panes) and fixes a problem with redrawing the active pane borders.
|
#
1.77 |
|
03-Feb-2017 |
nicm |
Add a window or pane id "tag" to each format tree and use it to separate jobs, this means that if the same job is used for different windows or panes (for example in pane-border-format), it will be run separately for each pane.
|
#
1.76 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Use the notify name string instead of going via an enum and change existing hooks to use notifys instead.
|
#
1.75 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Mass rename struct cmd_q to struct cmdq_item and related.
|
#
1.74 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Rewrite command queue handling. Each client still has a command queue, but there is also now a global command queue. Instead of command queues being dispatched on demand from wherever the command happens to be added, they are now all dispatched from the top level server loop. Command queues may now also include callbacks as well as commands, and items may be inserted after the current command as well as at the end.
This all makes command queues significantly more predictable and easier to use, and avoids the complex multiple nested command queues used by source-file, if-shell and friends.
A mass rename of struct cmdq to a better name (cmdq_item probably) is coming.
|
#
1.73 |
|
13-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Trying to do hooks generically is way too complicated and unreliable and confusing, particularly trying to automatically figure out what target hooks should be using. So simplify it:
- drop before hooks entirely, they don't seem to be very useful;
- commands with special requirements now fire their own after hook (for example, if they change session or window, or if they have -t and -s and need to choose which one the hook uses as current target);
- commands with no special requirements can have the CMD_AFTERHOOK flag added and they will use the -t state.
At the moment new-session, new-window, split-window fire their own hook, and display-message uses the flag. The remaining commands still need to be looked at.
|
#
1.72 |
|
13-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Some improvements and bug fixes for hooks:
- Prepare the state again before the "after" hooks are run, because the command may have killed or moved windows.
- Use the hooks list from the newly prepared target, not the old hooks list (only matters for new-session really).
- Correctly detect an invalid current state and ignore it in cmd_find_target ("killw; swapw").
- Change neww, new, killp, killw, splitw, swapp, swapw to update the current state (used if no explicit target is given) to something more useful after they have finished. For example, neww changes it to the newly created window.
Hooks are still relatively new and primitive so there are likely to be more changes to come.
Parts based on bug reports from Uwe Werler and Iblis Lin.
|
#
1.71 |
|
10-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Add static in cmd-* and fix a few other nits.
|
#
1.70 |
|
04-Sep-2016 |
nicm |
Add support for performing a full width split (with splitw -f), rather than splitting the current cell. From Stephen Kent.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_0_BASE
|
#
1.69 |
|
06-Jun-2016 |
nicm |
Insert new panes after the pane being split in the list rather than always after the active pane. This is more sensible when doing it with commands rather than keys.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_9_BASE
|
#
1.68 |
|
19-Jan-2016 |
nicm |
I no longer use my SourceForge address so replace it.
|
#
1.67 |
|
14-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Instead of combined flags for -c, -s, -t, split into different sets using an enum and simplify the parsing code.
|
#
1.66 |
|
13-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Use member names in cmd_entry definitions so I stop getting confused about the order.
|
#
1.65 |
|
13-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Instead of every command resolving the target (-t or -s) itself, prepare the state (client, session, winlink, pane) for it it before entering the command. Each command provides some flags that tell the prepare step what it is expecting.
This is a requirement for having hooks on commands (for example, if you hook "select-window -t1:2", the hook command should to operate on window 1:2 not whatever it thinks is the current window), and should allow some other target improvements.
The old cmd_find_* functions remain for the moment but that layer will be dropped later.
Joint work with Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.64 |
|
11-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Add cmdq as an argument to format_create and add a format for the command name (will also be used for more later).
|
#
1.63 |
|
08-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Remove format_create_flags and just pass flags to format_create.
|
#
1.62 |
|
31-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Fall back silently to ~ or / rather than checking -c with access(), this was the old behaviour.
|
#
1.61 |
|
31-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Because pledge(2) does not allow us to pass directory file descriptors around, we can't use file descriptors for the working directory because we will be unable to pass it to a privileged process to tell it where to read or write files or spawn children. So move tmux back to using strings for the current working directory. We try to check it exists with access() when it is set but ultimately fall back to ~ if it fails at time of use (or / if that fails too).
|
#
1.60 |
|
28-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Like options, move the environ struct into environ.c.
|
#
1.59 |
|
27-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Move struct options into options.c.
|
#
1.58 |
|
23-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Remove some unnecessary checks before free().
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_8_BASE
|
#
1.57 |
|
26-Apr-2015 |
nicm |
Remove panes from layout if spawning them fails, reported by Anthony J Bentley.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_7_BASE
|
#
1.56 |
|
05-Feb-2015 |
nicm |
Remove a couple of now-unused variables.
|
#
1.55 |
|
05-Feb-2015 |
nicm |
Wrap all the individual format_* calls in a single format_defaults functions.
|
#
1.54 |
|
12-Nov-2014 |
nicm |
Add -b to splitw like joinw, from Felix Rosencrantz.
|
#
1.53 |
|
20-Oct-2014 |
nicm |
Move template defines back into .c files.
|
#
1.52 |
|
20-Oct-2014 |
nicm |
Instead of setting up the default keys by building the key struct directly with a helper function in the cmd_entry, include a table of bind-key commands and pass them through the command parser and a temporary cmd_q.
As well as being smaller, this will allow default bindings to be command sequences which will probably be needed soon.
|
#
1.51 |
|
01-Sep-2014 |
nicm |
Various minor style and spacing nits.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_6_BASE
|
#
1.50 |
|
13-May-2014 |
nicm |
If multiple arguments are given to new-session, new-window, split-window, respawn-window or respawn-pane, pass them directly to execvp() to help avoid quoting problems. One argument still goes to "sh -c" like before. Requested by many over the years. Patch from J Raynor.
|
#
1.49 |
|
17-Apr-2014 |
nicm |
Set PATH explicitly, either from client or session environment. Previously it came from the session environment. From J Raynor.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_5_BASE
|
#
1.48 |
|
22-Nov-2013 |
nicm |
Handle empty current directory more gracefully.
|
#
1.47 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Don't boke when figuring out working directory from configuration file.
|
#
1.46 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Alter how tmux handles the working directory to internally use file descriptors rather than strings.
- Each session still has a current working directory.
- New sessions still get their working directory from the client that created them or its attached session if any.
- New windows are created by default in the session working directory.
- The -c flag to new, neww, splitw allows the working directory to be overridden.
- The -c flag to attach let's the session working directory be changed.
- The default-path option has been removed.
To get the equivalent to default-path '.', do:
bind c neww -c $PWD
To get the equivalent of default-path '~', do:
bind c neww -c ~
This also changes the client identify protocol to be a set of messages rather than one as well as some other changes that should make it easier to make backwards-compatible protocol changes in future.
|
#
1.45 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Support -c for new-session, based on code from J Raynor.
|
#
1.44 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Restore missing key binding for %, from Chris Johnsen.
|
#
1.43 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Remove the barely-used and unnecessary command check() function.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_4_BASE
|
#
1.42 |
|
25-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Revert the command-prefix change which breaks sequences of commands.
|
#
1.41 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add resize-pane -Z to temporary zoom the active pane to occupy the full window or unzoom (restored to the normal layout) if it already zoomed, bound to C-b z by default. The pane is unzoomed on pretty much any excuse whatsoever.
We considered making this a new layout but the requirements are quite different from layouts so decided it is better as a special case. Each current layout cell is saved, a temporary one-cell layout generated and all except the active pane set to NULL.
Prompted by suggestions and scripts from several. Thanks to Aaron Jensen and Thiago Padilha for testing an earlier version.
|
#
1.40 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add a command queue to standardize and simplify commands that call other commands and allow a command to block execution of subsequent commands. This allows run-shell and if-shell to be synchronous which has been much requested.
Each client has a default command queue and commands are consumed one at a time from it. A command may suspend execution from the queue by returning CMD_RETURN_WAIT and then resume it by calling cmd_continue() - for example run-shell does this from the callback that is fired after the job is freed.
When the command queue becomes empty, command clients are automatically exited (unless attaching). A callback is also fired - this is used for nested commands in, for example, if-shell which can block execution of the client's cmdq until a new cmdq becomes empty.
Also merge all the old error/info/print functions together and lose the old curclient/cmdclient distinction - a cmdq is bound to one client (or none if in the configuration file), this is a command client if c->session is NULL otherwise an attached client.
|
#
1.39 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Fix error reporting for client commands by adding a flag to cmd_find_client to tell it whether or not to show errors, sometimes it's needed and sometimes not.
|
#
1.38 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add option command-prefix which is automatically prepended to any command (apart from a naked default-shell). The default is "exec ".
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_3_BASE
|
#
1.37 |
|
09-Dec-2012 |
nicm |
Use the CMD_*_USAGE defines consistently, from Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.36 |
|
14-Aug-2012 |
nicm |
Use a separate define for each default format template and strip clutter from the choose-tree defaults.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_2_BASE
|
#
1.35 |
|
11-Jul-2012 |
nicm |
Make command exec functions return an enum rather than -1/0/1 values and add a new value to mean "leave client running but don't attach" to fix problems with using some commands in a command sequence. Most of the work by Thomas Adam, problem reported by "jspenguin" on SF bug 3535531.
|
#
1.34 |
|
10-Jul-2012 |
nicm |
xfree is not particularly helpful, remove it. From Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.33 |
|
22-May-2012 |
nicm |
Switch all of the various choose- and list- commands over to the format infrastructure, from Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.32 |
|
17-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add notify hooks for various events, the functions are currently empty stubs but will be filled in for control mode later. From George Nachman.
|
#
1.31 |
|
04-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
free -> xfree.
|
#
1.30 |
|
04-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add -F format to new-window and split-window to use with the -P flag, from George Nachman.
|
#
1.29 |
|
03-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add move-pane command (like join-pane but allows the same window). Also -b flag to join-pane and move-pane to place the pane to the left or above. From George Nachman.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_1_BASE
|
#
1.28 |
|
31-Jan-2012 |
nicm |
Provide defined ways to set the various default-path possibilities: ~ for home directory, . for server start directory, - for session start directory and empty for the pane's working directory (the default). All can also be used as part of a relative path (eg -/foo). Also provide -c flags to neww and splitw to override default-path setting.
Based on a diff from sthen. ok sthen
|
#
1.27 |
|
20-Jan-2012 |
nicm |
Add some const and fix a warning.
|
#
1.26 |
|
09-Dec-2011 |
nicm |
Change the way the working directory for new processes is discovered. If default-path isn't empty, it is used. Otherwise:
1) If tmux neww is run from the command line, the working directory of the client is used.
2) Otherwise sysctl KERN_PROC_CWD is used to retrieve the current working directory of the process in the active pane.
3) If that fails, the directory where the session was created is used.
Support code by Romain Francois, OpenBSD specific bits by me.
Note this requires a recent userland and kernel with KERN_PROC_CWD.
|
#
1.25 |
|
15-Nov-2011 |
nicm |
Make window_pane_index work the same as window_index, from Ben Boeckel.
|
#
1.24 |
|
30-Aug-2011 |
nicm |
Plug memory leak, from Tiago Cunha.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_9_BASE OPENBSD_5_0_BASE
|
#
1.23 |
|
10-Feb-2011 |
nicm |
Size on split-window is -l not -s. Doh.
|
#
1.22 |
|
04-Jan-2011 |
nicm |
Clean up and simplify tmux command argument parsing.
Originally, tmux commands were parsed in the client process into a struct with the command data which was then serialised and sent to the server to be executed. The parsing was later moved into the server (an argv was sent from the client), but the parse step and intermediate struct was kept.
This change removes that struct and the separate parse step. Argument parsing and printing is now common to all commands (in arguments.c) with each command left with just an optional check function (to validate the arguments at parse time), the exec function and a function to set up any key bindings (renamed from the old init function).
This is overall more simple and consistent.
There should be no changes to any commands behaviour or syntax although as this touches every command please watch for any unexpected changes.
|
#
1.21 |
|
01-Jan-2011 |
nicm |
Add a -P option to new-window and split-window to print the new window or pane index in target form (useful to pass it into other commands).
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_8_BASE
|
#
1.20 |
|
27-Jun-2010 |
nicm |
Store the current working directory in the session, change the default-path option to default to empty and make that mean that the stored session CWD is used.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_7_BASE
|
#
1.19 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
New command, join-pane, to split and move an existing pane into the space (like splitw then movep, or the reverse of breakp).
|
#
1.18 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
Use the specified pane for size calculations. Doh.
|
#
1.17 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
Change split-window to accept a pane target (it should be split-pane but renaming the command would be annoying).
|
#
1.16 |
|
03-Dec-2009 |
nicm |
Massive spaces->tabs and trailing whitespace cleanup, hopefully for the last time now I've configured emacs to make them displayed in really annoying colours...
|
#
1.15 |
|
20-Nov-2009 |
nicm |
When -h and -p are given to split-window, calculate the percentage size using the width instead of the height.
|
#
1.14 |
|
13-Nov-2009 |
nicm |
Get rid of the ugly CMD_CHFLAG macro and use a const string (eg "dDU") in the command entry structs and a couple of functions to check/set the flags.
|
#
1.13 |
|
21-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
Use KEYC_NONE constant instead of 0 on init.
|
#
1.12 |
|
16-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
Rather than constructing an entire termios struct from ttydefaults.h, just let forkpty do it and then alter the bits that should be changed after fork. A little neater and more portable.
|
#
1.11 |
|
01-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
When using tmux as a login shell, there is currently no way to specify a shell to be used as a login shell inside tmux, so add a default-shell session option. This sets the shell invoked as a login shell when the default-command option is empty.
The default option value is whichever of $SHELL, getpwuid(getuid())'s pw_shell or /bin/sh is valid first.
Based on a diff from martynas@, changed by me to be a session option rather than a window option.
|
#
1.10 |
|
25-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
Print -l and -p when showing command, pointed out by Tiago Cunha.
|
#
1.9 |
|
13-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
When creating a new session from the command-line where there is an external terminal, copy the termios(4) special characters and use them for new windows created in the new session. Suggested by Theo.
|
#
1.8 |
|
08-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
Infrastructure and commands to manage the environment for processes started within tmux.
There is a global environment, copied from the external environment when the server is started and each sesssion has an (initially empty) session environment which overrides it.
New commands set-environment and show-environment manipulate or display the environments.
A new session option, update-environment, is a space-separated list of variables which are updated from the external environment into the session environment every time a new session is created - the default is DISPLAY.
|
#
1.7 |
|
26-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Make all messages sent between the client and server fixed size.
This is the first of two changes to make the protocol more resilient and less sensitive to other changes in the code, particularly with commands. The client now packs argv into a buffer and sends it to the server for parsing, rather than doing it itself and sending the parsed command data.
As a side-effect this also removes a lot of now-unused command marshalling code.
Mixing a server without this change and a client with or vice versa will cause tmux to hang or crash, please ensure that tmux is entirely killed before upgrading.
|
#
1.6 |
|
22-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
window_add_pane cannot fail, so remove the unused cause argument and don't bother to check for a NULL return.
|
#
1.5 |
|
19-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Improved layout code.
Each window now has a tree of layout cells associated with it. In this tree, each node is either a horizontal or vertical cell containing a list of other cells running from left-to-right or top-to-bottom, or a leaf cell which is associated with a pane.
The major functional changes are:
- panes may now be split arbitrarily both horizontally (splitw -h, C-b %) and vertically (splitw -v, C-b "); - panes may be resized both horizontally and vertically (resizep -L/-R/-U/-D, bound to C-b left/right/up/down and C-b M-left/right/up/down); - layouts are now applied and then may be modified by resizing or splitting panes, rather than being fixed and reapplied when the window is resized or panes are added; - manual-vertical layout is no longer necessary, and active-only layout is gone (but may return in future); - the main-pane layouts now reduce the size of the main pane to fit all panes if possible.
Thanks to all who tested.
|
#
1.4 |
|
13-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Having fixed flags for single-character getopt options is a bit hard to maintain and is only going to get worse as more are used. So instead, add a new uint64_t member to cmd_entry which is a bitmask of upper and lowercase options accepted by the command.
This means new single character options can be used without the need to add it explicitly to the list.
|
#
1.3 |
|
07-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
The fix for default-path (use target session options instead of global options) is required here as well, doh.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_6_BASE
|
#
1.2 |
|
25-Jun-2009 |
nicm |
lines variable can be -1 (to be ignored), so should be signed. Found by lint.
|
#
1.1 |
|
01-Jun-2009 |
nicm |
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another.
ok deraadt pirofti
|
#
1.100 |
|
13-Apr-2020 |
nicm |
Also move cmdq_item and cmdq_list into cmd-queue.c (this is to make its use more clearly defined and preparation for some future work).
|
#
1.99 |
|
13-Apr-2020 |
nicm |
Make struct cmd local to cmd.c and move it out of tmux.h.
|
#
1.98 |
|
31-Mar-2020 |
nicm |
Add a way to mark environment variables as "hidden" so they can be used by tmux but are not passed into the environment of new panes.
|
#
1.97 |
|
16-Mar-2020 |
nicm |
Do not attempt to close a NULL pane when failing to create a new one.
|
#
1.96 |
|
15-Oct-2019 |
nicm |
Add support for percentage sizes for resize-pane ("-x 10%"). Also change split-window and join-pane -l to accept similar percentages and deprecate -p. From Anindya Mukherjee.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_6_BASE
|
#
1.95 |
|
03-May-2019 |
nicm |
Allow panes to be empty (no command), output can be piped to them with split-window or display-message -I.
|
#
1.94 |
|
28-Apr-2019 |
nicm |
Support multiple occurances of the same argument. Use this for a new flag -e to new-window, split-window, respawn-window, respawn-pane to pass environment variables into the newly created process. From Steffen Christgau in GitHub issue 1697.
|
#
1.93 |
|
26-Apr-2019 |
nicm |
Merge hooks into options and make each one an array option. This allows multiple commands to be easily bound to one hook. set-hook and show-hooks remain but they are now variants of set-option and show-options. show-options now has a -H flag to show hooks (by default they are not shown).
|
#
1.92 |
|
17-Apr-2019 |
nicm |
Break new window and pane creation common code from various commands and window.c into a separate file spawn.c.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_5_BASE
|
#
1.91 |
|
18-Oct-2018 |
nicm |
Support for windows larger than visible on the attached client. This has been a limitation for a long time.
There are two new options, window-size and default-size, and a new command, resize-window. The force-width and force-height options and the session_width and session_height formats have been removed.
The new window-size option tells tmux how to work out the size of windows: largest means it picks the size of the largest session, smallest the smallest session (similar to the old behaviour) and manual means that it does not automatically resize windows. The default is currently largest but this may change. aggressive-resize modifies the choice of session for largest and smallest as it did before.
If a window is in a session attached to a client that is too small, only part of the window is shown. tmux attempts to keep the cursor visible, so the part of the window displayed is changed as the cursor moves (with a small delay, to try and avoid excess redrawing when applications redraw status lines or similar that are not currently visible). The offset of the visible portion of the window is shown in status-right.
Drawing windows which are larger than the client is not as efficient as those which fit, particularly when the cursor moves, so it is recommended to avoid using this on slow machines or networks (set window-size to smallest or manual).
The resize-window command can be used to resize a window manually. If it is used, the window-size option is automatically set to manual for the window (undo this with "setw -u window-size"). resize-window works in a similar way to resize-pane (-U -D -L -R -x -y flags) but also has -a and -A flags. -a sets the window to the size of the smallest client (what it would be if window-size was smallest) and -A the largest.
For the same behaviour as force-width or force-height, use resize-window -x or -y, and "setw -u window-size" to revert to automatic sizing..
If the global window-size option is set to manual, the default-size option is used for new windows. If -x or -y is used with new-session, that sets the default-size option for the new session.
The maximum size of a window is 10000x10000. But expect applications to complain and much higher memory use if making a window excessively big. The minimum size is the size required for the current layout including borders.
The refresh-client command can be used to pan around a window, -U -D -L -R moves up, down, left or right and -c returns to automatic cursor tracking. The position is reset when the current window is changed.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_4_BASE
|
#
1.90 |
|
24-May-2018 |
nicm |
Make server_client_get_cwd used (almost) everywhere we need to work out the cwd, and do not fall back to "." as it is pretty useless. GitHub issue 1331.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_3_BASE
|
#
1.89 |
|
16-Mar-2018 |
nicm |
Insert full size panes at the right position, from KOIE Hidetaka in GitHub issue 1284.
|
#
1.88 |
|
01-Mar-2018 |
nicm |
Expand formats in window and session names.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_2_BASE
|
#
1.87 |
|
30-Aug-2017 |
nicm |
Pass flags into cmd_find_from_* to fix prefer-unattached, reported by Thomas Sattler.
|
#
1.86 |
|
21-Jul-2017 |
nicm |
Add -c for respawn-pane and respawn-window, from J Raynor.
|
#
1.85 |
|
30-May-2017 |
nicm |
Rewrite of choose mode, both to simplify and tidy the code and to add some modern features.
Now the common code is in mode-tree.c, which provides an API used by the three modes now separated into window-{buffer,client,tree}.c. Buffer mode shows buffers, client mode clients and tree mode a tree of sessions, windows and panes.
Each mode has a common set of key bindings plus a few that are specific to the mode. Other changes are:
- each mode has a preview pane: for buffers this is the buffer content (very useful), for others it is a preview of the pane;
- items may be sorted in different ways ('O' key);
- multiple items may be tagged and an operation applied to all of them (for example, to delete multiple buffers at once);
- in tree mode a command may be run on the selected item (session, window, pane) or on tagged items (key ':');
- displayed items may be filtered in tree mode by using a format (this is used to implement find-window) (key 'f');
- the custom format (-F) for the display is no longer available;
- shortcut keys change from 0-9, a-z, A-Z which was always a bit weird with keys used for other uses to 0-9, M-a to M-z.
Now that the code is simpler, other improvements will come later.
Primary key bindings for each mode are documented under the commands in the man page (choose-buffer, choose-client, choose-tree).
Parts written by Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.84 |
|
25-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Do not update TERM into config file parsing has finished.
|
#
1.83 |
|
22-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Get rid of the extra layer of flags and cmd_prepare() and just store the CMD_FIND_* flags in the cmd_entry and call it for the command. Commands with special requirements call it themselves and update the target for hooks to use.
|
#
1.82 |
|
22-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Mouse bindings and hooks set up an initial current state when running a command. This is used for the session, window and pane for all commands in the command sequence if there is no -t or -s.
However, using it for all commands in the command sequence means that if the active pane or current session is changed, subsequent commands still use the previous state. So make commands which explicitly change the current state (such as neww and selectp) update it themselves for later commands. Commands which may invalidate the state (like killp) are already OK because an invalid state will be ignored.
Also fill in the current state for all key bindings rather than just the mouse, so that any omissions are easier to spot.
|
#
1.81 |
|
21-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Add cmd_find_from_winlink_pane and use it in a couple of places, and make functions that can't fail void.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_1_BASE
|
#
1.80 |
|
09-Mar-2017 |
nicm |
Move server_fill_environ into environ.c and move some other common code into it.
|
#
1.79 |
|
08-Mar-2017 |
nicm |
Add a helper function for the most common format_create/defaults/expand pattern.
|
#
1.78 |
|
27-Feb-2017 |
nicm |
If splitw -b is used, insert the new pane before the current one in the pane list. This means the numbering is in order (for example for display-panes) and fixes a problem with redrawing the active pane borders.
|
#
1.77 |
|
03-Feb-2017 |
nicm |
Add a window or pane id "tag" to each format tree and use it to separate jobs, this means that if the same job is used for different windows or panes (for example in pane-border-format), it will be run separately for each pane.
|
#
1.76 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Use the notify name string instead of going via an enum and change existing hooks to use notifys instead.
|
#
1.75 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Mass rename struct cmd_q to struct cmdq_item and related.
|
#
1.74 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Rewrite command queue handling. Each client still has a command queue, but there is also now a global command queue. Instead of command queues being dispatched on demand from wherever the command happens to be added, they are now all dispatched from the top level server loop. Command queues may now also include callbacks as well as commands, and items may be inserted after the current command as well as at the end.
This all makes command queues significantly more predictable and easier to use, and avoids the complex multiple nested command queues used by source-file, if-shell and friends.
A mass rename of struct cmdq to a better name (cmdq_item probably) is coming.
|
#
1.73 |
|
13-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Trying to do hooks generically is way too complicated and unreliable and confusing, particularly trying to automatically figure out what target hooks should be using. So simplify it:
- drop before hooks entirely, they don't seem to be very useful;
- commands with special requirements now fire their own after hook (for example, if they change session or window, or if they have -t and -s and need to choose which one the hook uses as current target);
- commands with no special requirements can have the CMD_AFTERHOOK flag added and they will use the -t state.
At the moment new-session, new-window, split-window fire their own hook, and display-message uses the flag. The remaining commands still need to be looked at.
|
#
1.72 |
|
13-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Some improvements and bug fixes for hooks:
- Prepare the state again before the "after" hooks are run, because the command may have killed or moved windows.
- Use the hooks list from the newly prepared target, not the old hooks list (only matters for new-session really).
- Correctly detect an invalid current state and ignore it in cmd_find_target ("killw; swapw").
- Change neww, new, killp, killw, splitw, swapp, swapw to update the current state (used if no explicit target is given) to something more useful after they have finished. For example, neww changes it to the newly created window.
Hooks are still relatively new and primitive so there are likely to be more changes to come.
Parts based on bug reports from Uwe Werler and Iblis Lin.
|
#
1.71 |
|
10-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Add static in cmd-* and fix a few other nits.
|
#
1.70 |
|
04-Sep-2016 |
nicm |
Add support for performing a full width split (with splitw -f), rather than splitting the current cell. From Stephen Kent.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_0_BASE
|
#
1.69 |
|
06-Jun-2016 |
nicm |
Insert new panes after the pane being split in the list rather than always after the active pane. This is more sensible when doing it with commands rather than keys.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_9_BASE
|
#
1.68 |
|
19-Jan-2016 |
nicm |
I no longer use my SourceForge address so replace it.
|
#
1.67 |
|
14-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Instead of combined flags for -c, -s, -t, split into different sets using an enum and simplify the parsing code.
|
#
1.66 |
|
13-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Use member names in cmd_entry definitions so I stop getting confused about the order.
|
#
1.65 |
|
13-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Instead of every command resolving the target (-t or -s) itself, prepare the state (client, session, winlink, pane) for it it before entering the command. Each command provides some flags that tell the prepare step what it is expecting.
This is a requirement for having hooks on commands (for example, if you hook "select-window -t1:2", the hook command should to operate on window 1:2 not whatever it thinks is the current window), and should allow some other target improvements.
The old cmd_find_* functions remain for the moment but that layer will be dropped later.
Joint work with Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.64 |
|
11-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Add cmdq as an argument to format_create and add a format for the command name (will also be used for more later).
|
#
1.63 |
|
08-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Remove format_create_flags and just pass flags to format_create.
|
#
1.62 |
|
31-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Fall back silently to ~ or / rather than checking -c with access(), this was the old behaviour.
|
#
1.61 |
|
31-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Because pledge(2) does not allow us to pass directory file descriptors around, we can't use file descriptors for the working directory because we will be unable to pass it to a privileged process to tell it where to read or write files or spawn children. So move tmux back to using strings for the current working directory. We try to check it exists with access() when it is set but ultimately fall back to ~ if it fails at time of use (or / if that fails too).
|
#
1.60 |
|
28-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Like options, move the environ struct into environ.c.
|
#
1.59 |
|
27-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Move struct options into options.c.
|
#
1.58 |
|
23-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Remove some unnecessary checks before free().
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_8_BASE
|
#
1.57 |
|
26-Apr-2015 |
nicm |
Remove panes from layout if spawning them fails, reported by Anthony J Bentley.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_7_BASE
|
#
1.56 |
|
05-Feb-2015 |
nicm |
Remove a couple of now-unused variables.
|
#
1.55 |
|
05-Feb-2015 |
nicm |
Wrap all the individual format_* calls in a single format_defaults functions.
|
#
1.54 |
|
12-Nov-2014 |
nicm |
Add -b to splitw like joinw, from Felix Rosencrantz.
|
#
1.53 |
|
20-Oct-2014 |
nicm |
Move template defines back into .c files.
|
#
1.52 |
|
20-Oct-2014 |
nicm |
Instead of setting up the default keys by building the key struct directly with a helper function in the cmd_entry, include a table of bind-key commands and pass them through the command parser and a temporary cmd_q.
As well as being smaller, this will allow default bindings to be command sequences which will probably be needed soon.
|
#
1.51 |
|
01-Sep-2014 |
nicm |
Various minor style and spacing nits.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_6_BASE
|
#
1.50 |
|
13-May-2014 |
nicm |
If multiple arguments are given to new-session, new-window, split-window, respawn-window or respawn-pane, pass them directly to execvp() to help avoid quoting problems. One argument still goes to "sh -c" like before. Requested by many over the years. Patch from J Raynor.
|
#
1.49 |
|
17-Apr-2014 |
nicm |
Set PATH explicitly, either from client or session environment. Previously it came from the session environment. From J Raynor.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_5_BASE
|
#
1.48 |
|
22-Nov-2013 |
nicm |
Handle empty current directory more gracefully.
|
#
1.47 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Don't boke when figuring out working directory from configuration file.
|
#
1.46 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Alter how tmux handles the working directory to internally use file descriptors rather than strings.
- Each session still has a current working directory.
- New sessions still get their working directory from the client that created them or its attached session if any.
- New windows are created by default in the session working directory.
- The -c flag to new, neww, splitw allows the working directory to be overridden.
- The -c flag to attach let's the session working directory be changed.
- The default-path option has been removed.
To get the equivalent to default-path '.', do:
bind c neww -c $PWD
To get the equivalent of default-path '~', do:
bind c neww -c ~
This also changes the client identify protocol to be a set of messages rather than one as well as some other changes that should make it easier to make backwards-compatible protocol changes in future.
|
#
1.45 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Support -c for new-session, based on code from J Raynor.
|
#
1.44 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Restore missing key binding for %, from Chris Johnsen.
|
#
1.43 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Remove the barely-used and unnecessary command check() function.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_4_BASE
|
#
1.42 |
|
25-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Revert the command-prefix change which breaks sequences of commands.
|
#
1.41 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add resize-pane -Z to temporary zoom the active pane to occupy the full window or unzoom (restored to the normal layout) if it already zoomed, bound to C-b z by default. The pane is unzoomed on pretty much any excuse whatsoever.
We considered making this a new layout but the requirements are quite different from layouts so decided it is better as a special case. Each current layout cell is saved, a temporary one-cell layout generated and all except the active pane set to NULL.
Prompted by suggestions and scripts from several. Thanks to Aaron Jensen and Thiago Padilha for testing an earlier version.
|
#
1.40 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add a command queue to standardize and simplify commands that call other commands and allow a command to block execution of subsequent commands. This allows run-shell and if-shell to be synchronous which has been much requested.
Each client has a default command queue and commands are consumed one at a time from it. A command may suspend execution from the queue by returning CMD_RETURN_WAIT and then resume it by calling cmd_continue() - for example run-shell does this from the callback that is fired after the job is freed.
When the command queue becomes empty, command clients are automatically exited (unless attaching). A callback is also fired - this is used for nested commands in, for example, if-shell which can block execution of the client's cmdq until a new cmdq becomes empty.
Also merge all the old error/info/print functions together and lose the old curclient/cmdclient distinction - a cmdq is bound to one client (or none if in the configuration file), this is a command client if c->session is NULL otherwise an attached client.
|
#
1.39 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Fix error reporting for client commands by adding a flag to cmd_find_client to tell it whether or not to show errors, sometimes it's needed and sometimes not.
|
#
1.38 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add option command-prefix which is automatically prepended to any command (apart from a naked default-shell). The default is "exec ".
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_3_BASE
|
#
1.37 |
|
09-Dec-2012 |
nicm |
Use the CMD_*_USAGE defines consistently, from Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.36 |
|
14-Aug-2012 |
nicm |
Use a separate define for each default format template and strip clutter from the choose-tree defaults.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_2_BASE
|
#
1.35 |
|
11-Jul-2012 |
nicm |
Make command exec functions return an enum rather than -1/0/1 values and add a new value to mean "leave client running but don't attach" to fix problems with using some commands in a command sequence. Most of the work by Thomas Adam, problem reported by "jspenguin" on SF bug 3535531.
|
#
1.34 |
|
10-Jul-2012 |
nicm |
xfree is not particularly helpful, remove it. From Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.33 |
|
22-May-2012 |
nicm |
Switch all of the various choose- and list- commands over to the format infrastructure, from Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.32 |
|
17-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add notify hooks for various events, the functions are currently empty stubs but will be filled in for control mode later. From George Nachman.
|
#
1.31 |
|
04-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
free -> xfree.
|
#
1.30 |
|
04-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add -F format to new-window and split-window to use with the -P flag, from George Nachman.
|
#
1.29 |
|
03-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add move-pane command (like join-pane but allows the same window). Also -b flag to join-pane and move-pane to place the pane to the left or above. From George Nachman.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_1_BASE
|
#
1.28 |
|
31-Jan-2012 |
nicm |
Provide defined ways to set the various default-path possibilities: ~ for home directory, . for server start directory, - for session start directory and empty for the pane's working directory (the default). All can also be used as part of a relative path (eg -/foo). Also provide -c flags to neww and splitw to override default-path setting.
Based on a diff from sthen. ok sthen
|
#
1.27 |
|
20-Jan-2012 |
nicm |
Add some const and fix a warning.
|
#
1.26 |
|
09-Dec-2011 |
nicm |
Change the way the working directory for new processes is discovered. If default-path isn't empty, it is used. Otherwise:
1) If tmux neww is run from the command line, the working directory of the client is used.
2) Otherwise sysctl KERN_PROC_CWD is used to retrieve the current working directory of the process in the active pane.
3) If that fails, the directory where the session was created is used.
Support code by Romain Francois, OpenBSD specific bits by me.
Note this requires a recent userland and kernel with KERN_PROC_CWD.
|
#
1.25 |
|
15-Nov-2011 |
nicm |
Make window_pane_index work the same as window_index, from Ben Boeckel.
|
#
1.24 |
|
30-Aug-2011 |
nicm |
Plug memory leak, from Tiago Cunha.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_9_BASE OPENBSD_5_0_BASE
|
#
1.23 |
|
10-Feb-2011 |
nicm |
Size on split-window is -l not -s. Doh.
|
#
1.22 |
|
04-Jan-2011 |
nicm |
Clean up and simplify tmux command argument parsing.
Originally, tmux commands were parsed in the client process into a struct with the command data which was then serialised and sent to the server to be executed. The parsing was later moved into the server (an argv was sent from the client), but the parse step and intermediate struct was kept.
This change removes that struct and the separate parse step. Argument parsing and printing is now common to all commands (in arguments.c) with each command left with just an optional check function (to validate the arguments at parse time), the exec function and a function to set up any key bindings (renamed from the old init function).
This is overall more simple and consistent.
There should be no changes to any commands behaviour or syntax although as this touches every command please watch for any unexpected changes.
|
#
1.21 |
|
01-Jan-2011 |
nicm |
Add a -P option to new-window and split-window to print the new window or pane index in target form (useful to pass it into other commands).
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_8_BASE
|
#
1.20 |
|
27-Jun-2010 |
nicm |
Store the current working directory in the session, change the default-path option to default to empty and make that mean that the stored session CWD is used.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_7_BASE
|
#
1.19 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
New command, join-pane, to split and move an existing pane into the space (like splitw then movep, or the reverse of breakp).
|
#
1.18 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
Use the specified pane for size calculations. Doh.
|
#
1.17 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
Change split-window to accept a pane target (it should be split-pane but renaming the command would be annoying).
|
#
1.16 |
|
03-Dec-2009 |
nicm |
Massive spaces->tabs and trailing whitespace cleanup, hopefully for the last time now I've configured emacs to make them displayed in really annoying colours...
|
#
1.15 |
|
20-Nov-2009 |
nicm |
When -h and -p are given to split-window, calculate the percentage size using the width instead of the height.
|
#
1.14 |
|
13-Nov-2009 |
nicm |
Get rid of the ugly CMD_CHFLAG macro and use a const string (eg "dDU") in the command entry structs and a couple of functions to check/set the flags.
|
#
1.13 |
|
21-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
Use KEYC_NONE constant instead of 0 on init.
|
#
1.12 |
|
16-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
Rather than constructing an entire termios struct from ttydefaults.h, just let forkpty do it and then alter the bits that should be changed after fork. A little neater and more portable.
|
#
1.11 |
|
01-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
When using tmux as a login shell, there is currently no way to specify a shell to be used as a login shell inside tmux, so add a default-shell session option. This sets the shell invoked as a login shell when the default-command option is empty.
The default option value is whichever of $SHELL, getpwuid(getuid())'s pw_shell or /bin/sh is valid first.
Based on a diff from martynas@, changed by me to be a session option rather than a window option.
|
#
1.10 |
|
25-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
Print -l and -p when showing command, pointed out by Tiago Cunha.
|
#
1.9 |
|
13-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
When creating a new session from the command-line where there is an external terminal, copy the termios(4) special characters and use them for new windows created in the new session. Suggested by Theo.
|
#
1.8 |
|
08-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
Infrastructure and commands to manage the environment for processes started within tmux.
There is a global environment, copied from the external environment when the server is started and each sesssion has an (initially empty) session environment which overrides it.
New commands set-environment and show-environment manipulate or display the environments.
A new session option, update-environment, is a space-separated list of variables which are updated from the external environment into the session environment every time a new session is created - the default is DISPLAY.
|
#
1.7 |
|
26-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Make all messages sent between the client and server fixed size.
This is the first of two changes to make the protocol more resilient and less sensitive to other changes in the code, particularly with commands. The client now packs argv into a buffer and sends it to the server for parsing, rather than doing it itself and sending the parsed command data.
As a side-effect this also removes a lot of now-unused command marshalling code.
Mixing a server without this change and a client with or vice versa will cause tmux to hang or crash, please ensure that tmux is entirely killed before upgrading.
|
#
1.6 |
|
22-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
window_add_pane cannot fail, so remove the unused cause argument and don't bother to check for a NULL return.
|
#
1.5 |
|
19-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Improved layout code.
Each window now has a tree of layout cells associated with it. In this tree, each node is either a horizontal or vertical cell containing a list of other cells running from left-to-right or top-to-bottom, or a leaf cell which is associated with a pane.
The major functional changes are:
- panes may now be split arbitrarily both horizontally (splitw -h, C-b %) and vertically (splitw -v, C-b "); - panes may be resized both horizontally and vertically (resizep -L/-R/-U/-D, bound to C-b left/right/up/down and C-b M-left/right/up/down); - layouts are now applied and then may be modified by resizing or splitting panes, rather than being fixed and reapplied when the window is resized or panes are added; - manual-vertical layout is no longer necessary, and active-only layout is gone (but may return in future); - the main-pane layouts now reduce the size of the main pane to fit all panes if possible.
Thanks to all who tested.
|
#
1.4 |
|
13-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Having fixed flags for single-character getopt options is a bit hard to maintain and is only going to get worse as more are used. So instead, add a new uint64_t member to cmd_entry which is a bitmask of upper and lowercase options accepted by the command.
This means new single character options can be used without the need to add it explicitly to the list.
|
#
1.3 |
|
07-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
The fix for default-path (use target session options instead of global options) is required here as well, doh.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_6_BASE
|
#
1.2 |
|
25-Jun-2009 |
nicm |
lines variable can be -1 (to be ignored), so should be signed. Found by lint.
|
#
1.1 |
|
01-Jun-2009 |
nicm |
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another.
ok deraadt pirofti
|
#
1.98 |
|
31-Mar-2020 |
nicm |
Add a way to mark environment variables as "hidden" so they can be used by tmux but are not passed into the environment of new panes.
|
#
1.97 |
|
16-Mar-2020 |
nicm |
Do not attempt to close a NULL pane when failing to create a new one.
|
#
1.96 |
|
15-Oct-2019 |
nicm |
Add support for percentage sizes for resize-pane ("-x 10%"). Also change split-window and join-pane -l to accept similar percentages and deprecate -p. From Anindya Mukherjee.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_6_BASE
|
#
1.95 |
|
03-May-2019 |
nicm |
Allow panes to be empty (no command), output can be piped to them with split-window or display-message -I.
|
#
1.94 |
|
28-Apr-2019 |
nicm |
Support multiple occurances of the same argument. Use this for a new flag -e to new-window, split-window, respawn-window, respawn-pane to pass environment variables into the newly created process. From Steffen Christgau in GitHub issue 1697.
|
#
1.93 |
|
26-Apr-2019 |
nicm |
Merge hooks into options and make each one an array option. This allows multiple commands to be easily bound to one hook. set-hook and show-hooks remain but they are now variants of set-option and show-options. show-options now has a -H flag to show hooks (by default they are not shown).
|
#
1.92 |
|
17-Apr-2019 |
nicm |
Break new window and pane creation common code from various commands and window.c into a separate file spawn.c.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_5_BASE
|
#
1.91 |
|
18-Oct-2018 |
nicm |
Support for windows larger than visible on the attached client. This has been a limitation for a long time.
There are two new options, window-size and default-size, and a new command, resize-window. The force-width and force-height options and the session_width and session_height formats have been removed.
The new window-size option tells tmux how to work out the size of windows: largest means it picks the size of the largest session, smallest the smallest session (similar to the old behaviour) and manual means that it does not automatically resize windows. The default is currently largest but this may change. aggressive-resize modifies the choice of session for largest and smallest as it did before.
If a window is in a session attached to a client that is too small, only part of the window is shown. tmux attempts to keep the cursor visible, so the part of the window displayed is changed as the cursor moves (with a small delay, to try and avoid excess redrawing when applications redraw status lines or similar that are not currently visible). The offset of the visible portion of the window is shown in status-right.
Drawing windows which are larger than the client is not as efficient as those which fit, particularly when the cursor moves, so it is recommended to avoid using this on slow machines or networks (set window-size to smallest or manual).
The resize-window command can be used to resize a window manually. If it is used, the window-size option is automatically set to manual for the window (undo this with "setw -u window-size"). resize-window works in a similar way to resize-pane (-U -D -L -R -x -y flags) but also has -a and -A flags. -a sets the window to the size of the smallest client (what it would be if window-size was smallest) and -A the largest.
For the same behaviour as force-width or force-height, use resize-window -x or -y, and "setw -u window-size" to revert to automatic sizing..
If the global window-size option is set to manual, the default-size option is used for new windows. If -x or -y is used with new-session, that sets the default-size option for the new session.
The maximum size of a window is 10000x10000. But expect applications to complain and much higher memory use if making a window excessively big. The minimum size is the size required for the current layout including borders.
The refresh-client command can be used to pan around a window, -U -D -L -R moves up, down, left or right and -c returns to automatic cursor tracking. The position is reset when the current window is changed.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_4_BASE
|
#
1.90 |
|
24-May-2018 |
nicm |
Make server_client_get_cwd used (almost) everywhere we need to work out the cwd, and do not fall back to "." as it is pretty useless. GitHub issue 1331.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_3_BASE
|
#
1.89 |
|
16-Mar-2018 |
nicm |
Insert full size panes at the right position, from KOIE Hidetaka in GitHub issue 1284.
|
#
1.88 |
|
01-Mar-2018 |
nicm |
Expand formats in window and session names.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_2_BASE
|
#
1.87 |
|
30-Aug-2017 |
nicm |
Pass flags into cmd_find_from_* to fix prefer-unattached, reported by Thomas Sattler.
|
#
1.86 |
|
21-Jul-2017 |
nicm |
Add -c for respawn-pane and respawn-window, from J Raynor.
|
#
1.85 |
|
30-May-2017 |
nicm |
Rewrite of choose mode, both to simplify and tidy the code and to add some modern features.
Now the common code is in mode-tree.c, which provides an API used by the three modes now separated into window-{buffer,client,tree}.c. Buffer mode shows buffers, client mode clients and tree mode a tree of sessions, windows and panes.
Each mode has a common set of key bindings plus a few that are specific to the mode. Other changes are:
- each mode has a preview pane: for buffers this is the buffer content (very useful), for others it is a preview of the pane;
- items may be sorted in different ways ('O' key);
- multiple items may be tagged and an operation applied to all of them (for example, to delete multiple buffers at once);
- in tree mode a command may be run on the selected item (session, window, pane) or on tagged items (key ':');
- displayed items may be filtered in tree mode by using a format (this is used to implement find-window) (key 'f');
- the custom format (-F) for the display is no longer available;
- shortcut keys change from 0-9, a-z, A-Z which was always a bit weird with keys used for other uses to 0-9, M-a to M-z.
Now that the code is simpler, other improvements will come later.
Primary key bindings for each mode are documented under the commands in the man page (choose-buffer, choose-client, choose-tree).
Parts written by Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.84 |
|
25-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Do not update TERM into config file parsing has finished.
|
#
1.83 |
|
22-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Get rid of the extra layer of flags and cmd_prepare() and just store the CMD_FIND_* flags in the cmd_entry and call it for the command. Commands with special requirements call it themselves and update the target for hooks to use.
|
#
1.82 |
|
22-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Mouse bindings and hooks set up an initial current state when running a command. This is used for the session, window and pane for all commands in the command sequence if there is no -t or -s.
However, using it for all commands in the command sequence means that if the active pane or current session is changed, subsequent commands still use the previous state. So make commands which explicitly change the current state (such as neww and selectp) update it themselves for later commands. Commands which may invalidate the state (like killp) are already OK because an invalid state will be ignored.
Also fill in the current state for all key bindings rather than just the mouse, so that any omissions are easier to spot.
|
#
1.81 |
|
21-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Add cmd_find_from_winlink_pane and use it in a couple of places, and make functions that can't fail void.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_1_BASE
|
#
1.80 |
|
09-Mar-2017 |
nicm |
Move server_fill_environ into environ.c and move some other common code into it.
|
#
1.79 |
|
08-Mar-2017 |
nicm |
Add a helper function for the most common format_create/defaults/expand pattern.
|
#
1.78 |
|
27-Feb-2017 |
nicm |
If splitw -b is used, insert the new pane before the current one in the pane list. This means the numbering is in order (for example for display-panes) and fixes a problem with redrawing the active pane borders.
|
#
1.77 |
|
03-Feb-2017 |
nicm |
Add a window or pane id "tag" to each format tree and use it to separate jobs, this means that if the same job is used for different windows or panes (for example in pane-border-format), it will be run separately for each pane.
|
#
1.76 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Use the notify name string instead of going via an enum and change existing hooks to use notifys instead.
|
#
1.75 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Mass rename struct cmd_q to struct cmdq_item and related.
|
#
1.74 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Rewrite command queue handling. Each client still has a command queue, but there is also now a global command queue. Instead of command queues being dispatched on demand from wherever the command happens to be added, they are now all dispatched from the top level server loop. Command queues may now also include callbacks as well as commands, and items may be inserted after the current command as well as at the end.
This all makes command queues significantly more predictable and easier to use, and avoids the complex multiple nested command queues used by source-file, if-shell and friends.
A mass rename of struct cmdq to a better name (cmdq_item probably) is coming.
|
#
1.73 |
|
13-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Trying to do hooks generically is way too complicated and unreliable and confusing, particularly trying to automatically figure out what target hooks should be using. So simplify it:
- drop before hooks entirely, they don't seem to be very useful;
- commands with special requirements now fire their own after hook (for example, if they change session or window, or if they have -t and -s and need to choose which one the hook uses as current target);
- commands with no special requirements can have the CMD_AFTERHOOK flag added and they will use the -t state.
At the moment new-session, new-window, split-window fire their own hook, and display-message uses the flag. The remaining commands still need to be looked at.
|
#
1.72 |
|
13-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Some improvements and bug fixes for hooks:
- Prepare the state again before the "after" hooks are run, because the command may have killed or moved windows.
- Use the hooks list from the newly prepared target, not the old hooks list (only matters for new-session really).
- Correctly detect an invalid current state and ignore it in cmd_find_target ("killw; swapw").
- Change neww, new, killp, killw, splitw, swapp, swapw to update the current state (used if no explicit target is given) to something more useful after they have finished. For example, neww changes it to the newly created window.
Hooks are still relatively new and primitive so there are likely to be more changes to come.
Parts based on bug reports from Uwe Werler and Iblis Lin.
|
#
1.71 |
|
10-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Add static in cmd-* and fix a few other nits.
|
#
1.70 |
|
04-Sep-2016 |
nicm |
Add support for performing a full width split (with splitw -f), rather than splitting the current cell. From Stephen Kent.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_0_BASE
|
#
1.69 |
|
06-Jun-2016 |
nicm |
Insert new panes after the pane being split in the list rather than always after the active pane. This is more sensible when doing it with commands rather than keys.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_9_BASE
|
#
1.68 |
|
19-Jan-2016 |
nicm |
I no longer use my SourceForge address so replace it.
|
#
1.67 |
|
14-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Instead of combined flags for -c, -s, -t, split into different sets using an enum and simplify the parsing code.
|
#
1.66 |
|
13-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Use member names in cmd_entry definitions so I stop getting confused about the order.
|
#
1.65 |
|
13-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Instead of every command resolving the target (-t or -s) itself, prepare the state (client, session, winlink, pane) for it it before entering the command. Each command provides some flags that tell the prepare step what it is expecting.
This is a requirement for having hooks on commands (for example, if you hook "select-window -t1:2", the hook command should to operate on window 1:2 not whatever it thinks is the current window), and should allow some other target improvements.
The old cmd_find_* functions remain for the moment but that layer will be dropped later.
Joint work with Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.64 |
|
11-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Add cmdq as an argument to format_create and add a format for the command name (will also be used for more later).
|
#
1.63 |
|
08-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Remove format_create_flags and just pass flags to format_create.
|
#
1.62 |
|
31-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Fall back silently to ~ or / rather than checking -c with access(), this was the old behaviour.
|
#
1.61 |
|
31-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Because pledge(2) does not allow us to pass directory file descriptors around, we can't use file descriptors for the working directory because we will be unable to pass it to a privileged process to tell it where to read or write files or spawn children. So move tmux back to using strings for the current working directory. We try to check it exists with access() when it is set but ultimately fall back to ~ if it fails at time of use (or / if that fails too).
|
#
1.60 |
|
28-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Like options, move the environ struct into environ.c.
|
#
1.59 |
|
27-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Move struct options into options.c.
|
#
1.58 |
|
23-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Remove some unnecessary checks before free().
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_8_BASE
|
#
1.57 |
|
26-Apr-2015 |
nicm |
Remove panes from layout if spawning them fails, reported by Anthony J Bentley.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_7_BASE
|
#
1.56 |
|
05-Feb-2015 |
nicm |
Remove a couple of now-unused variables.
|
#
1.55 |
|
05-Feb-2015 |
nicm |
Wrap all the individual format_* calls in a single format_defaults functions.
|
#
1.54 |
|
12-Nov-2014 |
nicm |
Add -b to splitw like joinw, from Felix Rosencrantz.
|
#
1.53 |
|
20-Oct-2014 |
nicm |
Move template defines back into .c files.
|
#
1.52 |
|
20-Oct-2014 |
nicm |
Instead of setting up the default keys by building the key struct directly with a helper function in the cmd_entry, include a table of bind-key commands and pass them through the command parser and a temporary cmd_q.
As well as being smaller, this will allow default bindings to be command sequences which will probably be needed soon.
|
#
1.51 |
|
01-Sep-2014 |
nicm |
Various minor style and spacing nits.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_6_BASE
|
#
1.50 |
|
13-May-2014 |
nicm |
If multiple arguments are given to new-session, new-window, split-window, respawn-window or respawn-pane, pass them directly to execvp() to help avoid quoting problems. One argument still goes to "sh -c" like before. Requested by many over the years. Patch from J Raynor.
|
#
1.49 |
|
17-Apr-2014 |
nicm |
Set PATH explicitly, either from client or session environment. Previously it came from the session environment. From J Raynor.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_5_BASE
|
#
1.48 |
|
22-Nov-2013 |
nicm |
Handle empty current directory more gracefully.
|
#
1.47 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Don't boke when figuring out working directory from configuration file.
|
#
1.46 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Alter how tmux handles the working directory to internally use file descriptors rather than strings.
- Each session still has a current working directory.
- New sessions still get their working directory from the client that created them or its attached session if any.
- New windows are created by default in the session working directory.
- The -c flag to new, neww, splitw allows the working directory to be overridden.
- The -c flag to attach let's the session working directory be changed.
- The default-path option has been removed.
To get the equivalent to default-path '.', do:
bind c neww -c $PWD
To get the equivalent of default-path '~', do:
bind c neww -c ~
This also changes the client identify protocol to be a set of messages rather than one as well as some other changes that should make it easier to make backwards-compatible protocol changes in future.
|
#
1.45 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Support -c for new-session, based on code from J Raynor.
|
#
1.44 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Restore missing key binding for %, from Chris Johnsen.
|
#
1.43 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Remove the barely-used and unnecessary command check() function.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_4_BASE
|
#
1.42 |
|
25-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Revert the command-prefix change which breaks sequences of commands.
|
#
1.41 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add resize-pane -Z to temporary zoom the active pane to occupy the full window or unzoom (restored to the normal layout) if it already zoomed, bound to C-b z by default. The pane is unzoomed on pretty much any excuse whatsoever.
We considered making this a new layout but the requirements are quite different from layouts so decided it is better as a special case. Each current layout cell is saved, a temporary one-cell layout generated and all except the active pane set to NULL.
Prompted by suggestions and scripts from several. Thanks to Aaron Jensen and Thiago Padilha for testing an earlier version.
|
#
1.40 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add a command queue to standardize and simplify commands that call other commands and allow a command to block execution of subsequent commands. This allows run-shell and if-shell to be synchronous which has been much requested.
Each client has a default command queue and commands are consumed one at a time from it. A command may suspend execution from the queue by returning CMD_RETURN_WAIT and then resume it by calling cmd_continue() - for example run-shell does this from the callback that is fired after the job is freed.
When the command queue becomes empty, command clients are automatically exited (unless attaching). A callback is also fired - this is used for nested commands in, for example, if-shell which can block execution of the client's cmdq until a new cmdq becomes empty.
Also merge all the old error/info/print functions together and lose the old curclient/cmdclient distinction - a cmdq is bound to one client (or none if in the configuration file), this is a command client if c->session is NULL otherwise an attached client.
|
#
1.39 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Fix error reporting for client commands by adding a flag to cmd_find_client to tell it whether or not to show errors, sometimes it's needed and sometimes not.
|
#
1.38 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add option command-prefix which is automatically prepended to any command (apart from a naked default-shell). The default is "exec ".
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_3_BASE
|
#
1.37 |
|
09-Dec-2012 |
nicm |
Use the CMD_*_USAGE defines consistently, from Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.36 |
|
14-Aug-2012 |
nicm |
Use a separate define for each default format template and strip clutter from the choose-tree defaults.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_2_BASE
|
#
1.35 |
|
11-Jul-2012 |
nicm |
Make command exec functions return an enum rather than -1/0/1 values and add a new value to mean "leave client running but don't attach" to fix problems with using some commands in a command sequence. Most of the work by Thomas Adam, problem reported by "jspenguin" on SF bug 3535531.
|
#
1.34 |
|
10-Jul-2012 |
nicm |
xfree is not particularly helpful, remove it. From Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.33 |
|
22-May-2012 |
nicm |
Switch all of the various choose- and list- commands over to the format infrastructure, from Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.32 |
|
17-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add notify hooks for various events, the functions are currently empty stubs but will be filled in for control mode later. From George Nachman.
|
#
1.31 |
|
04-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
free -> xfree.
|
#
1.30 |
|
04-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add -F format to new-window and split-window to use with the -P flag, from George Nachman.
|
#
1.29 |
|
03-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add move-pane command (like join-pane but allows the same window). Also -b flag to join-pane and move-pane to place the pane to the left or above. From George Nachman.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_1_BASE
|
#
1.28 |
|
31-Jan-2012 |
nicm |
Provide defined ways to set the various default-path possibilities: ~ for home directory, . for server start directory, - for session start directory and empty for the pane's working directory (the default). All can also be used as part of a relative path (eg -/foo). Also provide -c flags to neww and splitw to override default-path setting.
Based on a diff from sthen. ok sthen
|
#
1.27 |
|
20-Jan-2012 |
nicm |
Add some const and fix a warning.
|
#
1.26 |
|
09-Dec-2011 |
nicm |
Change the way the working directory for new processes is discovered. If default-path isn't empty, it is used. Otherwise:
1) If tmux neww is run from the command line, the working directory of the client is used.
2) Otherwise sysctl KERN_PROC_CWD is used to retrieve the current working directory of the process in the active pane.
3) If that fails, the directory where the session was created is used.
Support code by Romain Francois, OpenBSD specific bits by me.
Note this requires a recent userland and kernel with KERN_PROC_CWD.
|
#
1.25 |
|
15-Nov-2011 |
nicm |
Make window_pane_index work the same as window_index, from Ben Boeckel.
|
#
1.24 |
|
30-Aug-2011 |
nicm |
Plug memory leak, from Tiago Cunha.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_9_BASE OPENBSD_5_0_BASE
|
#
1.23 |
|
10-Feb-2011 |
nicm |
Size on split-window is -l not -s. Doh.
|
#
1.22 |
|
04-Jan-2011 |
nicm |
Clean up and simplify tmux command argument parsing.
Originally, tmux commands were parsed in the client process into a struct with the command data which was then serialised and sent to the server to be executed. The parsing was later moved into the server (an argv was sent from the client), but the parse step and intermediate struct was kept.
This change removes that struct and the separate parse step. Argument parsing and printing is now common to all commands (in arguments.c) with each command left with just an optional check function (to validate the arguments at parse time), the exec function and a function to set up any key bindings (renamed from the old init function).
This is overall more simple and consistent.
There should be no changes to any commands behaviour or syntax although as this touches every command please watch for any unexpected changes.
|
#
1.21 |
|
01-Jan-2011 |
nicm |
Add a -P option to new-window and split-window to print the new window or pane index in target form (useful to pass it into other commands).
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_8_BASE
|
#
1.20 |
|
27-Jun-2010 |
nicm |
Store the current working directory in the session, change the default-path option to default to empty and make that mean that the stored session CWD is used.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_7_BASE
|
#
1.19 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
New command, join-pane, to split and move an existing pane into the space (like splitw then movep, or the reverse of breakp).
|
#
1.18 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
Use the specified pane for size calculations. Doh.
|
#
1.17 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
Change split-window to accept a pane target (it should be split-pane but renaming the command would be annoying).
|
#
1.16 |
|
03-Dec-2009 |
nicm |
Massive spaces->tabs and trailing whitespace cleanup, hopefully for the last time now I've configured emacs to make them displayed in really annoying colours...
|
#
1.15 |
|
20-Nov-2009 |
nicm |
When -h and -p are given to split-window, calculate the percentage size using the width instead of the height.
|
#
1.14 |
|
13-Nov-2009 |
nicm |
Get rid of the ugly CMD_CHFLAG macro and use a const string (eg "dDU") in the command entry structs and a couple of functions to check/set the flags.
|
#
1.13 |
|
21-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
Use KEYC_NONE constant instead of 0 on init.
|
#
1.12 |
|
16-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
Rather than constructing an entire termios struct from ttydefaults.h, just let forkpty do it and then alter the bits that should be changed after fork. A little neater and more portable.
|
#
1.11 |
|
01-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
When using tmux as a login shell, there is currently no way to specify a shell to be used as a login shell inside tmux, so add a default-shell session option. This sets the shell invoked as a login shell when the default-command option is empty.
The default option value is whichever of $SHELL, getpwuid(getuid())'s pw_shell or /bin/sh is valid first.
Based on a diff from martynas@, changed by me to be a session option rather than a window option.
|
#
1.10 |
|
25-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
Print -l and -p when showing command, pointed out by Tiago Cunha.
|
#
1.9 |
|
13-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
When creating a new session from the command-line where there is an external terminal, copy the termios(4) special characters and use them for new windows created in the new session. Suggested by Theo.
|
#
1.8 |
|
08-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
Infrastructure and commands to manage the environment for processes started within tmux.
There is a global environment, copied from the external environment when the server is started and each sesssion has an (initially empty) session environment which overrides it.
New commands set-environment and show-environment manipulate or display the environments.
A new session option, update-environment, is a space-separated list of variables which are updated from the external environment into the session environment every time a new session is created - the default is DISPLAY.
|
#
1.7 |
|
26-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Make all messages sent between the client and server fixed size.
This is the first of two changes to make the protocol more resilient and less sensitive to other changes in the code, particularly with commands. The client now packs argv into a buffer and sends it to the server for parsing, rather than doing it itself and sending the parsed command data.
As a side-effect this also removes a lot of now-unused command marshalling code.
Mixing a server without this change and a client with or vice versa will cause tmux to hang or crash, please ensure that tmux is entirely killed before upgrading.
|
#
1.6 |
|
22-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
window_add_pane cannot fail, so remove the unused cause argument and don't bother to check for a NULL return.
|
#
1.5 |
|
19-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Improved layout code.
Each window now has a tree of layout cells associated with it. In this tree, each node is either a horizontal or vertical cell containing a list of other cells running from left-to-right or top-to-bottom, or a leaf cell which is associated with a pane.
The major functional changes are:
- panes may now be split arbitrarily both horizontally (splitw -h, C-b %) and vertically (splitw -v, C-b "); - panes may be resized both horizontally and vertically (resizep -L/-R/-U/-D, bound to C-b left/right/up/down and C-b M-left/right/up/down); - layouts are now applied and then may be modified by resizing or splitting panes, rather than being fixed and reapplied when the window is resized or panes are added; - manual-vertical layout is no longer necessary, and active-only layout is gone (but may return in future); - the main-pane layouts now reduce the size of the main pane to fit all panes if possible.
Thanks to all who tested.
|
#
1.4 |
|
13-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Having fixed flags for single-character getopt options is a bit hard to maintain and is only going to get worse as more are used. So instead, add a new uint64_t member to cmd_entry which is a bitmask of upper and lowercase options accepted by the command.
This means new single character options can be used without the need to add it explicitly to the list.
|
#
1.3 |
|
07-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
The fix for default-path (use target session options instead of global options) is required here as well, doh.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_6_BASE
|
#
1.2 |
|
25-Jun-2009 |
nicm |
lines variable can be -1 (to be ignored), so should be signed. Found by lint.
|
#
1.1 |
|
01-Jun-2009 |
nicm |
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another.
ok deraadt pirofti
|
#
1.97 |
|
16-Mar-2020 |
nicm |
Do not attempt to close a NULL pane when failing to create a new one.
|
#
1.96 |
|
15-Oct-2019 |
nicm |
Add support for percentage sizes for resize-pane ("-x 10%"). Also change split-window and join-pane -l to accept similar percentages and deprecate -p. From Anindya Mukherjee.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_6_BASE
|
#
1.95 |
|
03-May-2019 |
nicm |
Allow panes to be empty (no command), output can be piped to them with split-window or display-message -I.
|
#
1.94 |
|
28-Apr-2019 |
nicm |
Support multiple occurances of the same argument. Use this for a new flag -e to new-window, split-window, respawn-window, respawn-pane to pass environment variables into the newly created process. From Steffen Christgau in GitHub issue 1697.
|
#
1.93 |
|
26-Apr-2019 |
nicm |
Merge hooks into options and make each one an array option. This allows multiple commands to be easily bound to one hook. set-hook and show-hooks remain but they are now variants of set-option and show-options. show-options now has a -H flag to show hooks (by default they are not shown).
|
#
1.92 |
|
17-Apr-2019 |
nicm |
Break new window and pane creation common code from various commands and window.c into a separate file spawn.c.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_5_BASE
|
#
1.91 |
|
18-Oct-2018 |
nicm |
Support for windows larger than visible on the attached client. This has been a limitation for a long time.
There are two new options, window-size and default-size, and a new command, resize-window. The force-width and force-height options and the session_width and session_height formats have been removed.
The new window-size option tells tmux how to work out the size of windows: largest means it picks the size of the largest session, smallest the smallest session (similar to the old behaviour) and manual means that it does not automatically resize windows. The default is currently largest but this may change. aggressive-resize modifies the choice of session for largest and smallest as it did before.
If a window is in a session attached to a client that is too small, only part of the window is shown. tmux attempts to keep the cursor visible, so the part of the window displayed is changed as the cursor moves (with a small delay, to try and avoid excess redrawing when applications redraw status lines or similar that are not currently visible). The offset of the visible portion of the window is shown in status-right.
Drawing windows which are larger than the client is not as efficient as those which fit, particularly when the cursor moves, so it is recommended to avoid using this on slow machines or networks (set window-size to smallest or manual).
The resize-window command can be used to resize a window manually. If it is used, the window-size option is automatically set to manual for the window (undo this with "setw -u window-size"). resize-window works in a similar way to resize-pane (-U -D -L -R -x -y flags) but also has -a and -A flags. -a sets the window to the size of the smallest client (what it would be if window-size was smallest) and -A the largest.
For the same behaviour as force-width or force-height, use resize-window -x or -y, and "setw -u window-size" to revert to automatic sizing..
If the global window-size option is set to manual, the default-size option is used for new windows. If -x or -y is used with new-session, that sets the default-size option for the new session.
The maximum size of a window is 10000x10000. But expect applications to complain and much higher memory use if making a window excessively big. The minimum size is the size required for the current layout including borders.
The refresh-client command can be used to pan around a window, -U -D -L -R moves up, down, left or right and -c returns to automatic cursor tracking. The position is reset when the current window is changed.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_4_BASE
|
#
1.90 |
|
24-May-2018 |
nicm |
Make server_client_get_cwd used (almost) everywhere we need to work out the cwd, and do not fall back to "." as it is pretty useless. GitHub issue 1331.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_3_BASE
|
#
1.89 |
|
16-Mar-2018 |
nicm |
Insert full size panes at the right position, from KOIE Hidetaka in GitHub issue 1284.
|
#
1.88 |
|
01-Mar-2018 |
nicm |
Expand formats in window and session names.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_2_BASE
|
#
1.87 |
|
30-Aug-2017 |
nicm |
Pass flags into cmd_find_from_* to fix prefer-unattached, reported by Thomas Sattler.
|
#
1.86 |
|
21-Jul-2017 |
nicm |
Add -c for respawn-pane and respawn-window, from J Raynor.
|
#
1.85 |
|
30-May-2017 |
nicm |
Rewrite of choose mode, both to simplify and tidy the code and to add some modern features.
Now the common code is in mode-tree.c, which provides an API used by the three modes now separated into window-{buffer,client,tree}.c. Buffer mode shows buffers, client mode clients and tree mode a tree of sessions, windows and panes.
Each mode has a common set of key bindings plus a few that are specific to the mode. Other changes are:
- each mode has a preview pane: for buffers this is the buffer content (very useful), for others it is a preview of the pane;
- items may be sorted in different ways ('O' key);
- multiple items may be tagged and an operation applied to all of them (for example, to delete multiple buffers at once);
- in tree mode a command may be run on the selected item (session, window, pane) or on tagged items (key ':');
- displayed items may be filtered in tree mode by using a format (this is used to implement find-window) (key 'f');
- the custom format (-F) for the display is no longer available;
- shortcut keys change from 0-9, a-z, A-Z which was always a bit weird with keys used for other uses to 0-9, M-a to M-z.
Now that the code is simpler, other improvements will come later.
Primary key bindings for each mode are documented under the commands in the man page (choose-buffer, choose-client, choose-tree).
Parts written by Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.84 |
|
25-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Do not update TERM into config file parsing has finished.
|
#
1.83 |
|
22-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Get rid of the extra layer of flags and cmd_prepare() and just store the CMD_FIND_* flags in the cmd_entry and call it for the command. Commands with special requirements call it themselves and update the target for hooks to use.
|
#
1.82 |
|
22-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Mouse bindings and hooks set up an initial current state when running a command. This is used for the session, window and pane for all commands in the command sequence if there is no -t or -s.
However, using it for all commands in the command sequence means that if the active pane or current session is changed, subsequent commands still use the previous state. So make commands which explicitly change the current state (such as neww and selectp) update it themselves for later commands. Commands which may invalidate the state (like killp) are already OK because an invalid state will be ignored.
Also fill in the current state for all key bindings rather than just the mouse, so that any omissions are easier to spot.
|
#
1.81 |
|
21-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Add cmd_find_from_winlink_pane and use it in a couple of places, and make functions that can't fail void.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_1_BASE
|
#
1.80 |
|
09-Mar-2017 |
nicm |
Move server_fill_environ into environ.c and move some other common code into it.
|
#
1.79 |
|
08-Mar-2017 |
nicm |
Add a helper function for the most common format_create/defaults/expand pattern.
|
#
1.78 |
|
27-Feb-2017 |
nicm |
If splitw -b is used, insert the new pane before the current one in the pane list. This means the numbering is in order (for example for display-panes) and fixes a problem with redrawing the active pane borders.
|
#
1.77 |
|
03-Feb-2017 |
nicm |
Add a window or pane id "tag" to each format tree and use it to separate jobs, this means that if the same job is used for different windows or panes (for example in pane-border-format), it will be run separately for each pane.
|
#
1.76 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Use the notify name string instead of going via an enum and change existing hooks to use notifys instead.
|
#
1.75 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Mass rename struct cmd_q to struct cmdq_item and related.
|
#
1.74 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Rewrite command queue handling. Each client still has a command queue, but there is also now a global command queue. Instead of command queues being dispatched on demand from wherever the command happens to be added, they are now all dispatched from the top level server loop. Command queues may now also include callbacks as well as commands, and items may be inserted after the current command as well as at the end.
This all makes command queues significantly more predictable and easier to use, and avoids the complex multiple nested command queues used by source-file, if-shell and friends.
A mass rename of struct cmdq to a better name (cmdq_item probably) is coming.
|
#
1.73 |
|
13-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Trying to do hooks generically is way too complicated and unreliable and confusing, particularly trying to automatically figure out what target hooks should be using. So simplify it:
- drop before hooks entirely, they don't seem to be very useful;
- commands with special requirements now fire their own after hook (for example, if they change session or window, or if they have -t and -s and need to choose which one the hook uses as current target);
- commands with no special requirements can have the CMD_AFTERHOOK flag added and they will use the -t state.
At the moment new-session, new-window, split-window fire their own hook, and display-message uses the flag. The remaining commands still need to be looked at.
|
#
1.72 |
|
13-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Some improvements and bug fixes for hooks:
- Prepare the state again before the "after" hooks are run, because the command may have killed or moved windows.
- Use the hooks list from the newly prepared target, not the old hooks list (only matters for new-session really).
- Correctly detect an invalid current state and ignore it in cmd_find_target ("killw; swapw").
- Change neww, new, killp, killw, splitw, swapp, swapw to update the current state (used if no explicit target is given) to something more useful after they have finished. For example, neww changes it to the newly created window.
Hooks are still relatively new and primitive so there are likely to be more changes to come.
Parts based on bug reports from Uwe Werler and Iblis Lin.
|
#
1.71 |
|
10-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Add static in cmd-* and fix a few other nits.
|
#
1.70 |
|
04-Sep-2016 |
nicm |
Add support for performing a full width split (with splitw -f), rather than splitting the current cell. From Stephen Kent.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_0_BASE
|
#
1.69 |
|
06-Jun-2016 |
nicm |
Insert new panes after the pane being split in the list rather than always after the active pane. This is more sensible when doing it with commands rather than keys.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_9_BASE
|
#
1.68 |
|
19-Jan-2016 |
nicm |
I no longer use my SourceForge address so replace it.
|
#
1.67 |
|
14-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Instead of combined flags for -c, -s, -t, split into different sets using an enum and simplify the parsing code.
|
#
1.66 |
|
13-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Use member names in cmd_entry definitions so I stop getting confused about the order.
|
#
1.65 |
|
13-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Instead of every command resolving the target (-t or -s) itself, prepare the state (client, session, winlink, pane) for it it before entering the command. Each command provides some flags that tell the prepare step what it is expecting.
This is a requirement for having hooks on commands (for example, if you hook "select-window -t1:2", the hook command should to operate on window 1:2 not whatever it thinks is the current window), and should allow some other target improvements.
The old cmd_find_* functions remain for the moment but that layer will be dropped later.
Joint work with Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.64 |
|
11-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Add cmdq as an argument to format_create and add a format for the command name (will also be used for more later).
|
#
1.63 |
|
08-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Remove format_create_flags and just pass flags to format_create.
|
#
1.62 |
|
31-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Fall back silently to ~ or / rather than checking -c with access(), this was the old behaviour.
|
#
1.61 |
|
31-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Because pledge(2) does not allow us to pass directory file descriptors around, we can't use file descriptors for the working directory because we will be unable to pass it to a privileged process to tell it where to read or write files or spawn children. So move tmux back to using strings for the current working directory. We try to check it exists with access() when it is set but ultimately fall back to ~ if it fails at time of use (or / if that fails too).
|
#
1.60 |
|
28-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Like options, move the environ struct into environ.c.
|
#
1.59 |
|
27-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Move struct options into options.c.
|
#
1.58 |
|
23-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Remove some unnecessary checks before free().
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_8_BASE
|
#
1.57 |
|
26-Apr-2015 |
nicm |
Remove panes from layout if spawning them fails, reported by Anthony J Bentley.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_7_BASE
|
#
1.56 |
|
05-Feb-2015 |
nicm |
Remove a couple of now-unused variables.
|
#
1.55 |
|
05-Feb-2015 |
nicm |
Wrap all the individual format_* calls in a single format_defaults functions.
|
#
1.54 |
|
12-Nov-2014 |
nicm |
Add -b to splitw like joinw, from Felix Rosencrantz.
|
#
1.53 |
|
20-Oct-2014 |
nicm |
Move template defines back into .c files.
|
#
1.52 |
|
20-Oct-2014 |
nicm |
Instead of setting up the default keys by building the key struct directly with a helper function in the cmd_entry, include a table of bind-key commands and pass them through the command parser and a temporary cmd_q.
As well as being smaller, this will allow default bindings to be command sequences which will probably be needed soon.
|
#
1.51 |
|
01-Sep-2014 |
nicm |
Various minor style and spacing nits.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_6_BASE
|
#
1.50 |
|
13-May-2014 |
nicm |
If multiple arguments are given to new-session, new-window, split-window, respawn-window or respawn-pane, pass them directly to execvp() to help avoid quoting problems. One argument still goes to "sh -c" like before. Requested by many over the years. Patch from J Raynor.
|
#
1.49 |
|
17-Apr-2014 |
nicm |
Set PATH explicitly, either from client or session environment. Previously it came from the session environment. From J Raynor.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_5_BASE
|
#
1.48 |
|
22-Nov-2013 |
nicm |
Handle empty current directory more gracefully.
|
#
1.47 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Don't boke when figuring out working directory from configuration file.
|
#
1.46 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Alter how tmux handles the working directory to internally use file descriptors rather than strings.
- Each session still has a current working directory.
- New sessions still get their working directory from the client that created them or its attached session if any.
- New windows are created by default in the session working directory.
- The -c flag to new, neww, splitw allows the working directory to be overridden.
- The -c flag to attach let's the session working directory be changed.
- The default-path option has been removed.
To get the equivalent to default-path '.', do:
bind c neww -c $PWD
To get the equivalent of default-path '~', do:
bind c neww -c ~
This also changes the client identify protocol to be a set of messages rather than one as well as some other changes that should make it easier to make backwards-compatible protocol changes in future.
|
#
1.45 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Support -c for new-session, based on code from J Raynor.
|
#
1.44 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Restore missing key binding for %, from Chris Johnsen.
|
#
1.43 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Remove the barely-used and unnecessary command check() function.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_4_BASE
|
#
1.42 |
|
25-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Revert the command-prefix change which breaks sequences of commands.
|
#
1.41 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add resize-pane -Z to temporary zoom the active pane to occupy the full window or unzoom (restored to the normal layout) if it already zoomed, bound to C-b z by default. The pane is unzoomed on pretty much any excuse whatsoever.
We considered making this a new layout but the requirements are quite different from layouts so decided it is better as a special case. Each current layout cell is saved, a temporary one-cell layout generated and all except the active pane set to NULL.
Prompted by suggestions and scripts from several. Thanks to Aaron Jensen and Thiago Padilha for testing an earlier version.
|
#
1.40 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add a command queue to standardize and simplify commands that call other commands and allow a command to block execution of subsequent commands. This allows run-shell and if-shell to be synchronous which has been much requested.
Each client has a default command queue and commands are consumed one at a time from it. A command may suspend execution from the queue by returning CMD_RETURN_WAIT and then resume it by calling cmd_continue() - for example run-shell does this from the callback that is fired after the job is freed.
When the command queue becomes empty, command clients are automatically exited (unless attaching). A callback is also fired - this is used for nested commands in, for example, if-shell which can block execution of the client's cmdq until a new cmdq becomes empty.
Also merge all the old error/info/print functions together and lose the old curclient/cmdclient distinction - a cmdq is bound to one client (or none if in the configuration file), this is a command client if c->session is NULL otherwise an attached client.
|
#
1.39 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Fix error reporting for client commands by adding a flag to cmd_find_client to tell it whether or not to show errors, sometimes it's needed and sometimes not.
|
#
1.38 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add option command-prefix which is automatically prepended to any command (apart from a naked default-shell). The default is "exec ".
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_3_BASE
|
#
1.37 |
|
09-Dec-2012 |
nicm |
Use the CMD_*_USAGE defines consistently, from Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.36 |
|
14-Aug-2012 |
nicm |
Use a separate define for each default format template and strip clutter from the choose-tree defaults.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_2_BASE
|
#
1.35 |
|
11-Jul-2012 |
nicm |
Make command exec functions return an enum rather than -1/0/1 values and add a new value to mean "leave client running but don't attach" to fix problems with using some commands in a command sequence. Most of the work by Thomas Adam, problem reported by "jspenguin" on SF bug 3535531.
|
#
1.34 |
|
10-Jul-2012 |
nicm |
xfree is not particularly helpful, remove it. From Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.33 |
|
22-May-2012 |
nicm |
Switch all of the various choose- and list- commands over to the format infrastructure, from Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.32 |
|
17-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add notify hooks for various events, the functions are currently empty stubs but will be filled in for control mode later. From George Nachman.
|
#
1.31 |
|
04-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
free -> xfree.
|
#
1.30 |
|
04-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add -F format to new-window and split-window to use with the -P flag, from George Nachman.
|
#
1.29 |
|
03-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add move-pane command (like join-pane but allows the same window). Also -b flag to join-pane and move-pane to place the pane to the left or above. From George Nachman.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_1_BASE
|
#
1.28 |
|
31-Jan-2012 |
nicm |
Provide defined ways to set the various default-path possibilities: ~ for home directory, . for server start directory, - for session start directory and empty for the pane's working directory (the default). All can also be used as part of a relative path (eg -/foo). Also provide -c flags to neww and splitw to override default-path setting.
Based on a diff from sthen. ok sthen
|
#
1.27 |
|
20-Jan-2012 |
nicm |
Add some const and fix a warning.
|
#
1.26 |
|
09-Dec-2011 |
nicm |
Change the way the working directory for new processes is discovered. If default-path isn't empty, it is used. Otherwise:
1) If tmux neww is run from the command line, the working directory of the client is used.
2) Otherwise sysctl KERN_PROC_CWD is used to retrieve the current working directory of the process in the active pane.
3) If that fails, the directory where the session was created is used.
Support code by Romain Francois, OpenBSD specific bits by me.
Note this requires a recent userland and kernel with KERN_PROC_CWD.
|
#
1.25 |
|
15-Nov-2011 |
nicm |
Make window_pane_index work the same as window_index, from Ben Boeckel.
|
#
1.24 |
|
30-Aug-2011 |
nicm |
Plug memory leak, from Tiago Cunha.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_9_BASE OPENBSD_5_0_BASE
|
#
1.23 |
|
10-Feb-2011 |
nicm |
Size on split-window is -l not -s. Doh.
|
#
1.22 |
|
04-Jan-2011 |
nicm |
Clean up and simplify tmux command argument parsing.
Originally, tmux commands were parsed in the client process into a struct with the command data which was then serialised and sent to the server to be executed. The parsing was later moved into the server (an argv was sent from the client), but the parse step and intermediate struct was kept.
This change removes that struct and the separate parse step. Argument parsing and printing is now common to all commands (in arguments.c) with each command left with just an optional check function (to validate the arguments at parse time), the exec function and a function to set up any key bindings (renamed from the old init function).
This is overall more simple and consistent.
There should be no changes to any commands behaviour or syntax although as this touches every command please watch for any unexpected changes.
|
#
1.21 |
|
01-Jan-2011 |
nicm |
Add a -P option to new-window and split-window to print the new window or pane index in target form (useful to pass it into other commands).
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_8_BASE
|
#
1.20 |
|
27-Jun-2010 |
nicm |
Store the current working directory in the session, change the default-path option to default to empty and make that mean that the stored session CWD is used.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_7_BASE
|
#
1.19 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
New command, join-pane, to split and move an existing pane into the space (like splitw then movep, or the reverse of breakp).
|
#
1.18 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
Use the specified pane for size calculations. Doh.
|
#
1.17 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
Change split-window to accept a pane target (it should be split-pane but renaming the command would be annoying).
|
#
1.16 |
|
03-Dec-2009 |
nicm |
Massive spaces->tabs and trailing whitespace cleanup, hopefully for the last time now I've configured emacs to make them displayed in really annoying colours...
|
#
1.15 |
|
20-Nov-2009 |
nicm |
When -h and -p are given to split-window, calculate the percentage size using the width instead of the height.
|
#
1.14 |
|
13-Nov-2009 |
nicm |
Get rid of the ugly CMD_CHFLAG macro and use a const string (eg "dDU") in the command entry structs and a couple of functions to check/set the flags.
|
#
1.13 |
|
21-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
Use KEYC_NONE constant instead of 0 on init.
|
#
1.12 |
|
16-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
Rather than constructing an entire termios struct from ttydefaults.h, just let forkpty do it and then alter the bits that should be changed after fork. A little neater and more portable.
|
#
1.11 |
|
01-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
When using tmux as a login shell, there is currently no way to specify a shell to be used as a login shell inside tmux, so add a default-shell session option. This sets the shell invoked as a login shell when the default-command option is empty.
The default option value is whichever of $SHELL, getpwuid(getuid())'s pw_shell or /bin/sh is valid first.
Based on a diff from martynas@, changed by me to be a session option rather than a window option.
|
#
1.10 |
|
25-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
Print -l and -p when showing command, pointed out by Tiago Cunha.
|
#
1.9 |
|
13-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
When creating a new session from the command-line where there is an external terminal, copy the termios(4) special characters and use them for new windows created in the new session. Suggested by Theo.
|
#
1.8 |
|
08-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
Infrastructure and commands to manage the environment for processes started within tmux.
There is a global environment, copied from the external environment when the server is started and each sesssion has an (initially empty) session environment which overrides it.
New commands set-environment and show-environment manipulate or display the environments.
A new session option, update-environment, is a space-separated list of variables which are updated from the external environment into the session environment every time a new session is created - the default is DISPLAY.
|
#
1.7 |
|
26-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Make all messages sent between the client and server fixed size.
This is the first of two changes to make the protocol more resilient and less sensitive to other changes in the code, particularly with commands. The client now packs argv into a buffer and sends it to the server for parsing, rather than doing it itself and sending the parsed command data.
As a side-effect this also removes a lot of now-unused command marshalling code.
Mixing a server without this change and a client with or vice versa will cause tmux to hang or crash, please ensure that tmux is entirely killed before upgrading.
|
#
1.6 |
|
22-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
window_add_pane cannot fail, so remove the unused cause argument and don't bother to check for a NULL return.
|
#
1.5 |
|
19-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Improved layout code.
Each window now has a tree of layout cells associated with it. In this tree, each node is either a horizontal or vertical cell containing a list of other cells running from left-to-right or top-to-bottom, or a leaf cell which is associated with a pane.
The major functional changes are:
- panes may now be split arbitrarily both horizontally (splitw -h, C-b %) and vertically (splitw -v, C-b "); - panes may be resized both horizontally and vertically (resizep -L/-R/-U/-D, bound to C-b left/right/up/down and C-b M-left/right/up/down); - layouts are now applied and then may be modified by resizing or splitting panes, rather than being fixed and reapplied when the window is resized or panes are added; - manual-vertical layout is no longer necessary, and active-only layout is gone (but may return in future); - the main-pane layouts now reduce the size of the main pane to fit all panes if possible.
Thanks to all who tested.
|
#
1.4 |
|
13-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Having fixed flags for single-character getopt options is a bit hard to maintain and is only going to get worse as more are used. So instead, add a new uint64_t member to cmd_entry which is a bitmask of upper and lowercase options accepted by the command.
This means new single character options can be used without the need to add it explicitly to the list.
|
#
1.3 |
|
07-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
The fix for default-path (use target session options instead of global options) is required here as well, doh.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_6_BASE
|
#
1.2 |
|
25-Jun-2009 |
nicm |
lines variable can be -1 (to be ignored), so should be signed. Found by lint.
|
#
1.1 |
|
01-Jun-2009 |
nicm |
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another.
ok deraadt pirofti
|
#
1.96 |
|
15-Oct-2019 |
nicm |
Add support for percentage sizes for resize-pane ("-x 10%"). Also change split-window and join-pane -l to accept similar percentages and deprecate -p. From Anindya Mukherjee.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_6_BASE
|
#
1.95 |
|
03-May-2019 |
nicm |
Allow panes to be empty (no command), output can be piped to them with split-window or display-message -I.
|
#
1.94 |
|
28-Apr-2019 |
nicm |
Support multiple occurances of the same argument. Use this for a new flag -e to new-window, split-window, respawn-window, respawn-pane to pass environment variables into the newly created process. From Steffen Christgau in GitHub issue 1697.
|
#
1.93 |
|
26-Apr-2019 |
nicm |
Merge hooks into options and make each one an array option. This allows multiple commands to be easily bound to one hook. set-hook and show-hooks remain but they are now variants of set-option and show-options. show-options now has a -H flag to show hooks (by default they are not shown).
|
#
1.92 |
|
17-Apr-2019 |
nicm |
Break new window and pane creation common code from various commands and window.c into a separate file spawn.c.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_5_BASE
|
#
1.91 |
|
18-Oct-2018 |
nicm |
Support for windows larger than visible on the attached client. This has been a limitation for a long time.
There are two new options, window-size and default-size, and a new command, resize-window. The force-width and force-height options and the session_width and session_height formats have been removed.
The new window-size option tells tmux how to work out the size of windows: largest means it picks the size of the largest session, smallest the smallest session (similar to the old behaviour) and manual means that it does not automatically resize windows. The default is currently largest but this may change. aggressive-resize modifies the choice of session for largest and smallest as it did before.
If a window is in a session attached to a client that is too small, only part of the window is shown. tmux attempts to keep the cursor visible, so the part of the window displayed is changed as the cursor moves (with a small delay, to try and avoid excess redrawing when applications redraw status lines or similar that are not currently visible). The offset of the visible portion of the window is shown in status-right.
Drawing windows which are larger than the client is not as efficient as those which fit, particularly when the cursor moves, so it is recommended to avoid using this on slow machines or networks (set window-size to smallest or manual).
The resize-window command can be used to resize a window manually. If it is used, the window-size option is automatically set to manual for the window (undo this with "setw -u window-size"). resize-window works in a similar way to resize-pane (-U -D -L -R -x -y flags) but also has -a and -A flags. -a sets the window to the size of the smallest client (what it would be if window-size was smallest) and -A the largest.
For the same behaviour as force-width or force-height, use resize-window -x or -y, and "setw -u window-size" to revert to automatic sizing..
If the global window-size option is set to manual, the default-size option is used for new windows. If -x or -y is used with new-session, that sets the default-size option for the new session.
The maximum size of a window is 10000x10000. But expect applications to complain and much higher memory use if making a window excessively big. The minimum size is the size required for the current layout including borders.
The refresh-client command can be used to pan around a window, -U -D -L -R moves up, down, left or right and -c returns to automatic cursor tracking. The position is reset when the current window is changed.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_4_BASE
|
#
1.90 |
|
24-May-2018 |
nicm |
Make server_client_get_cwd used (almost) everywhere we need to work out the cwd, and do not fall back to "." as it is pretty useless. GitHub issue 1331.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_3_BASE
|
#
1.89 |
|
16-Mar-2018 |
nicm |
Insert full size panes at the right position, from KOIE Hidetaka in GitHub issue 1284.
|
#
1.88 |
|
01-Mar-2018 |
nicm |
Expand formats in window and session names.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_2_BASE
|
#
1.87 |
|
30-Aug-2017 |
nicm |
Pass flags into cmd_find_from_* to fix prefer-unattached, reported by Thomas Sattler.
|
#
1.86 |
|
21-Jul-2017 |
nicm |
Add -c for respawn-pane and respawn-window, from J Raynor.
|
#
1.85 |
|
30-May-2017 |
nicm |
Rewrite of choose mode, both to simplify and tidy the code and to add some modern features.
Now the common code is in mode-tree.c, which provides an API used by the three modes now separated into window-{buffer,client,tree}.c. Buffer mode shows buffers, client mode clients and tree mode a tree of sessions, windows and panes.
Each mode has a common set of key bindings plus a few that are specific to the mode. Other changes are:
- each mode has a preview pane: for buffers this is the buffer content (very useful), for others it is a preview of the pane;
- items may be sorted in different ways ('O' key);
- multiple items may be tagged and an operation applied to all of them (for example, to delete multiple buffers at once);
- in tree mode a command may be run on the selected item (session, window, pane) or on tagged items (key ':');
- displayed items may be filtered in tree mode by using a format (this is used to implement find-window) (key 'f');
- the custom format (-F) for the display is no longer available;
- shortcut keys change from 0-9, a-z, A-Z which was always a bit weird with keys used for other uses to 0-9, M-a to M-z.
Now that the code is simpler, other improvements will come later.
Primary key bindings for each mode are documented under the commands in the man page (choose-buffer, choose-client, choose-tree).
Parts written by Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.84 |
|
25-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Do not update TERM into config file parsing has finished.
|
#
1.83 |
|
22-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Get rid of the extra layer of flags and cmd_prepare() and just store the CMD_FIND_* flags in the cmd_entry and call it for the command. Commands with special requirements call it themselves and update the target for hooks to use.
|
#
1.82 |
|
22-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Mouse bindings and hooks set up an initial current state when running a command. This is used for the session, window and pane for all commands in the command sequence if there is no -t or -s.
However, using it for all commands in the command sequence means that if the active pane or current session is changed, subsequent commands still use the previous state. So make commands which explicitly change the current state (such as neww and selectp) update it themselves for later commands. Commands which may invalidate the state (like killp) are already OK because an invalid state will be ignored.
Also fill in the current state for all key bindings rather than just the mouse, so that any omissions are easier to spot.
|
#
1.81 |
|
21-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Add cmd_find_from_winlink_pane and use it in a couple of places, and make functions that can't fail void.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_1_BASE
|
#
1.80 |
|
09-Mar-2017 |
nicm |
Move server_fill_environ into environ.c and move some other common code into it.
|
#
1.79 |
|
08-Mar-2017 |
nicm |
Add a helper function for the most common format_create/defaults/expand pattern.
|
#
1.78 |
|
27-Feb-2017 |
nicm |
If splitw -b is used, insert the new pane before the current one in the pane list. This means the numbering is in order (for example for display-panes) and fixes a problem with redrawing the active pane borders.
|
#
1.77 |
|
03-Feb-2017 |
nicm |
Add a window or pane id "tag" to each format tree and use it to separate jobs, this means that if the same job is used for different windows or panes (for example in pane-border-format), it will be run separately for each pane.
|
#
1.76 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Use the notify name string instead of going via an enum and change existing hooks to use notifys instead.
|
#
1.75 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Mass rename struct cmd_q to struct cmdq_item and related.
|
#
1.74 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Rewrite command queue handling. Each client still has a command queue, but there is also now a global command queue. Instead of command queues being dispatched on demand from wherever the command happens to be added, they are now all dispatched from the top level server loop. Command queues may now also include callbacks as well as commands, and items may be inserted after the current command as well as at the end.
This all makes command queues significantly more predictable and easier to use, and avoids the complex multiple nested command queues used by source-file, if-shell and friends.
A mass rename of struct cmdq to a better name (cmdq_item probably) is coming.
|
#
1.73 |
|
13-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Trying to do hooks generically is way too complicated and unreliable and confusing, particularly trying to automatically figure out what target hooks should be using. So simplify it:
- drop before hooks entirely, they don't seem to be very useful;
- commands with special requirements now fire their own after hook (for example, if they change session or window, or if they have -t and -s and need to choose which one the hook uses as current target);
- commands with no special requirements can have the CMD_AFTERHOOK flag added and they will use the -t state.
At the moment new-session, new-window, split-window fire their own hook, and display-message uses the flag. The remaining commands still need to be looked at.
|
#
1.72 |
|
13-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Some improvements and bug fixes for hooks:
- Prepare the state again before the "after" hooks are run, because the command may have killed or moved windows.
- Use the hooks list from the newly prepared target, not the old hooks list (only matters for new-session really).
- Correctly detect an invalid current state and ignore it in cmd_find_target ("killw; swapw").
- Change neww, new, killp, killw, splitw, swapp, swapw to update the current state (used if no explicit target is given) to something more useful after they have finished. For example, neww changes it to the newly created window.
Hooks are still relatively new and primitive so there are likely to be more changes to come.
Parts based on bug reports from Uwe Werler and Iblis Lin.
|
#
1.71 |
|
10-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Add static in cmd-* and fix a few other nits.
|
#
1.70 |
|
04-Sep-2016 |
nicm |
Add support for performing a full width split (with splitw -f), rather than splitting the current cell. From Stephen Kent.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_0_BASE
|
#
1.69 |
|
06-Jun-2016 |
nicm |
Insert new panes after the pane being split in the list rather than always after the active pane. This is more sensible when doing it with commands rather than keys.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_9_BASE
|
#
1.68 |
|
19-Jan-2016 |
nicm |
I no longer use my SourceForge address so replace it.
|
#
1.67 |
|
14-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Instead of combined flags for -c, -s, -t, split into different sets using an enum and simplify the parsing code.
|
#
1.66 |
|
13-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Use member names in cmd_entry definitions so I stop getting confused about the order.
|
#
1.65 |
|
13-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Instead of every command resolving the target (-t or -s) itself, prepare the state (client, session, winlink, pane) for it it before entering the command. Each command provides some flags that tell the prepare step what it is expecting.
This is a requirement for having hooks on commands (for example, if you hook "select-window -t1:2", the hook command should to operate on window 1:2 not whatever it thinks is the current window), and should allow some other target improvements.
The old cmd_find_* functions remain for the moment but that layer will be dropped later.
Joint work with Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.64 |
|
11-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Add cmdq as an argument to format_create and add a format for the command name (will also be used for more later).
|
#
1.63 |
|
08-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Remove format_create_flags and just pass flags to format_create.
|
#
1.62 |
|
31-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Fall back silently to ~ or / rather than checking -c with access(), this was the old behaviour.
|
#
1.61 |
|
31-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Because pledge(2) does not allow us to pass directory file descriptors around, we can't use file descriptors for the working directory because we will be unable to pass it to a privileged process to tell it where to read or write files or spawn children. So move tmux back to using strings for the current working directory. We try to check it exists with access() when it is set but ultimately fall back to ~ if it fails at time of use (or / if that fails too).
|
#
1.60 |
|
28-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Like options, move the environ struct into environ.c.
|
#
1.59 |
|
27-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Move struct options into options.c.
|
#
1.58 |
|
23-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Remove some unnecessary checks before free().
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_8_BASE
|
#
1.57 |
|
26-Apr-2015 |
nicm |
Remove panes from layout if spawning them fails, reported by Anthony J Bentley.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_7_BASE
|
#
1.56 |
|
05-Feb-2015 |
nicm |
Remove a couple of now-unused variables.
|
#
1.55 |
|
05-Feb-2015 |
nicm |
Wrap all the individual format_* calls in a single format_defaults functions.
|
#
1.54 |
|
12-Nov-2014 |
nicm |
Add -b to splitw like joinw, from Felix Rosencrantz.
|
#
1.53 |
|
20-Oct-2014 |
nicm |
Move template defines back into .c files.
|
#
1.52 |
|
20-Oct-2014 |
nicm |
Instead of setting up the default keys by building the key struct directly with a helper function in the cmd_entry, include a table of bind-key commands and pass them through the command parser and a temporary cmd_q.
As well as being smaller, this will allow default bindings to be command sequences which will probably be needed soon.
|
#
1.51 |
|
01-Sep-2014 |
nicm |
Various minor style and spacing nits.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_6_BASE
|
#
1.50 |
|
13-May-2014 |
nicm |
If multiple arguments are given to new-session, new-window, split-window, respawn-window or respawn-pane, pass them directly to execvp() to help avoid quoting problems. One argument still goes to "sh -c" like before. Requested by many over the years. Patch from J Raynor.
|
#
1.49 |
|
17-Apr-2014 |
nicm |
Set PATH explicitly, either from client or session environment. Previously it came from the session environment. From J Raynor.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_5_BASE
|
#
1.48 |
|
22-Nov-2013 |
nicm |
Handle empty current directory more gracefully.
|
#
1.47 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Don't boke when figuring out working directory from configuration file.
|
#
1.46 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Alter how tmux handles the working directory to internally use file descriptors rather than strings.
- Each session still has a current working directory.
- New sessions still get their working directory from the client that created them or its attached session if any.
- New windows are created by default in the session working directory.
- The -c flag to new, neww, splitw allows the working directory to be overridden.
- The -c flag to attach let's the session working directory be changed.
- The default-path option has been removed.
To get the equivalent to default-path '.', do:
bind c neww -c $PWD
To get the equivalent of default-path '~', do:
bind c neww -c ~
This also changes the client identify protocol to be a set of messages rather than one as well as some other changes that should make it easier to make backwards-compatible protocol changes in future.
|
#
1.45 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Support -c for new-session, based on code from J Raynor.
|
#
1.44 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Restore missing key binding for %, from Chris Johnsen.
|
#
1.43 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Remove the barely-used and unnecessary command check() function.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_4_BASE
|
#
1.42 |
|
25-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Revert the command-prefix change which breaks sequences of commands.
|
#
1.41 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add resize-pane -Z to temporary zoom the active pane to occupy the full window or unzoom (restored to the normal layout) if it already zoomed, bound to C-b z by default. The pane is unzoomed on pretty much any excuse whatsoever.
We considered making this a new layout but the requirements are quite different from layouts so decided it is better as a special case. Each current layout cell is saved, a temporary one-cell layout generated and all except the active pane set to NULL.
Prompted by suggestions and scripts from several. Thanks to Aaron Jensen and Thiago Padilha for testing an earlier version.
|
#
1.40 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add a command queue to standardize and simplify commands that call other commands and allow a command to block execution of subsequent commands. This allows run-shell and if-shell to be synchronous which has been much requested.
Each client has a default command queue and commands are consumed one at a time from it. A command may suspend execution from the queue by returning CMD_RETURN_WAIT and then resume it by calling cmd_continue() - for example run-shell does this from the callback that is fired after the job is freed.
When the command queue becomes empty, command clients are automatically exited (unless attaching). A callback is also fired - this is used for nested commands in, for example, if-shell which can block execution of the client's cmdq until a new cmdq becomes empty.
Also merge all the old error/info/print functions together and lose the old curclient/cmdclient distinction - a cmdq is bound to one client (or none if in the configuration file), this is a command client if c->session is NULL otherwise an attached client.
|
#
1.39 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Fix error reporting for client commands by adding a flag to cmd_find_client to tell it whether or not to show errors, sometimes it's needed and sometimes not.
|
#
1.38 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add option command-prefix which is automatically prepended to any command (apart from a naked default-shell). The default is "exec ".
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_3_BASE
|
#
1.37 |
|
09-Dec-2012 |
nicm |
Use the CMD_*_USAGE defines consistently, from Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.36 |
|
14-Aug-2012 |
nicm |
Use a separate define for each default format template and strip clutter from the choose-tree defaults.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_2_BASE
|
#
1.35 |
|
11-Jul-2012 |
nicm |
Make command exec functions return an enum rather than -1/0/1 values and add a new value to mean "leave client running but don't attach" to fix problems with using some commands in a command sequence. Most of the work by Thomas Adam, problem reported by "jspenguin" on SF bug 3535531.
|
#
1.34 |
|
10-Jul-2012 |
nicm |
xfree is not particularly helpful, remove it. From Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.33 |
|
22-May-2012 |
nicm |
Switch all of the various choose- and list- commands over to the format infrastructure, from Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.32 |
|
17-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add notify hooks for various events, the functions are currently empty stubs but will be filled in for control mode later. From George Nachman.
|
#
1.31 |
|
04-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
free -> xfree.
|
#
1.30 |
|
04-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add -F format to new-window and split-window to use with the -P flag, from George Nachman.
|
#
1.29 |
|
03-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add move-pane command (like join-pane but allows the same window). Also -b flag to join-pane and move-pane to place the pane to the left or above. From George Nachman.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_1_BASE
|
#
1.28 |
|
31-Jan-2012 |
nicm |
Provide defined ways to set the various default-path possibilities: ~ for home directory, . for server start directory, - for session start directory and empty for the pane's working directory (the default). All can also be used as part of a relative path (eg -/foo). Also provide -c flags to neww and splitw to override default-path setting.
Based on a diff from sthen. ok sthen
|
#
1.27 |
|
20-Jan-2012 |
nicm |
Add some const and fix a warning.
|
#
1.26 |
|
09-Dec-2011 |
nicm |
Change the way the working directory for new processes is discovered. If default-path isn't empty, it is used. Otherwise:
1) If tmux neww is run from the command line, the working directory of the client is used.
2) Otherwise sysctl KERN_PROC_CWD is used to retrieve the current working directory of the process in the active pane.
3) If that fails, the directory where the session was created is used.
Support code by Romain Francois, OpenBSD specific bits by me.
Note this requires a recent userland and kernel with KERN_PROC_CWD.
|
#
1.25 |
|
15-Nov-2011 |
nicm |
Make window_pane_index work the same as window_index, from Ben Boeckel.
|
#
1.24 |
|
30-Aug-2011 |
nicm |
Plug memory leak, from Tiago Cunha.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_9_BASE OPENBSD_5_0_BASE
|
#
1.23 |
|
10-Feb-2011 |
nicm |
Size on split-window is -l not -s. Doh.
|
#
1.22 |
|
04-Jan-2011 |
nicm |
Clean up and simplify tmux command argument parsing.
Originally, tmux commands were parsed in the client process into a struct with the command data which was then serialised and sent to the server to be executed. The parsing was later moved into the server (an argv was sent from the client), but the parse step and intermediate struct was kept.
This change removes that struct and the separate parse step. Argument parsing and printing is now common to all commands (in arguments.c) with each command left with just an optional check function (to validate the arguments at parse time), the exec function and a function to set up any key bindings (renamed from the old init function).
This is overall more simple and consistent.
There should be no changes to any commands behaviour or syntax although as this touches every command please watch for any unexpected changes.
|
#
1.21 |
|
01-Jan-2011 |
nicm |
Add a -P option to new-window and split-window to print the new window or pane index in target form (useful to pass it into other commands).
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_8_BASE
|
#
1.20 |
|
27-Jun-2010 |
nicm |
Store the current working directory in the session, change the default-path option to default to empty and make that mean that the stored session CWD is used.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_7_BASE
|
#
1.19 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
New command, join-pane, to split and move an existing pane into the space (like splitw then movep, or the reverse of breakp).
|
#
1.18 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
Use the specified pane for size calculations. Doh.
|
#
1.17 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
Change split-window to accept a pane target (it should be split-pane but renaming the command would be annoying).
|
#
1.16 |
|
03-Dec-2009 |
nicm |
Massive spaces->tabs and trailing whitespace cleanup, hopefully for the last time now I've configured emacs to make them displayed in really annoying colours...
|
#
1.15 |
|
20-Nov-2009 |
nicm |
When -h and -p are given to split-window, calculate the percentage size using the width instead of the height.
|
#
1.14 |
|
13-Nov-2009 |
nicm |
Get rid of the ugly CMD_CHFLAG macro and use a const string (eg "dDU") in the command entry structs and a couple of functions to check/set the flags.
|
#
1.13 |
|
21-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
Use KEYC_NONE constant instead of 0 on init.
|
#
1.12 |
|
16-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
Rather than constructing an entire termios struct from ttydefaults.h, just let forkpty do it and then alter the bits that should be changed after fork. A little neater and more portable.
|
#
1.11 |
|
01-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
When using tmux as a login shell, there is currently no way to specify a shell to be used as a login shell inside tmux, so add a default-shell session option. This sets the shell invoked as a login shell when the default-command option is empty.
The default option value is whichever of $SHELL, getpwuid(getuid())'s pw_shell or /bin/sh is valid first.
Based on a diff from martynas@, changed by me to be a session option rather than a window option.
|
#
1.10 |
|
25-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
Print -l and -p when showing command, pointed out by Tiago Cunha.
|
#
1.9 |
|
13-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
When creating a new session from the command-line where there is an external terminal, copy the termios(4) special characters and use them for new windows created in the new session. Suggested by Theo.
|
#
1.8 |
|
08-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
Infrastructure and commands to manage the environment for processes started within tmux.
There is a global environment, copied from the external environment when the server is started and each sesssion has an (initially empty) session environment which overrides it.
New commands set-environment and show-environment manipulate or display the environments.
A new session option, update-environment, is a space-separated list of variables which are updated from the external environment into the session environment every time a new session is created - the default is DISPLAY.
|
#
1.7 |
|
26-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Make all messages sent between the client and server fixed size.
This is the first of two changes to make the protocol more resilient and less sensitive to other changes in the code, particularly with commands. The client now packs argv into a buffer and sends it to the server for parsing, rather than doing it itself and sending the parsed command data.
As a side-effect this also removes a lot of now-unused command marshalling code.
Mixing a server without this change and a client with or vice versa will cause tmux to hang or crash, please ensure that tmux is entirely killed before upgrading.
|
#
1.6 |
|
22-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
window_add_pane cannot fail, so remove the unused cause argument and don't bother to check for a NULL return.
|
#
1.5 |
|
19-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Improved layout code.
Each window now has a tree of layout cells associated with it. In this tree, each node is either a horizontal or vertical cell containing a list of other cells running from left-to-right or top-to-bottom, or a leaf cell which is associated with a pane.
The major functional changes are:
- panes may now be split arbitrarily both horizontally (splitw -h, C-b %) and vertically (splitw -v, C-b "); - panes may be resized both horizontally and vertically (resizep -L/-R/-U/-D, bound to C-b left/right/up/down and C-b M-left/right/up/down); - layouts are now applied and then may be modified by resizing or splitting panes, rather than being fixed and reapplied when the window is resized or panes are added; - manual-vertical layout is no longer necessary, and active-only layout is gone (but may return in future); - the main-pane layouts now reduce the size of the main pane to fit all panes if possible.
Thanks to all who tested.
|
#
1.4 |
|
13-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Having fixed flags for single-character getopt options is a bit hard to maintain and is only going to get worse as more are used. So instead, add a new uint64_t member to cmd_entry which is a bitmask of upper and lowercase options accepted by the command.
This means new single character options can be used without the need to add it explicitly to the list.
|
#
1.3 |
|
07-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
The fix for default-path (use target session options instead of global options) is required here as well, doh.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_6_BASE
|
#
1.2 |
|
25-Jun-2009 |
nicm |
lines variable can be -1 (to be ignored), so should be signed. Found by lint.
|
#
1.1 |
|
01-Jun-2009 |
nicm |
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another.
ok deraadt pirofti
|
#
1.95 |
|
03-May-2019 |
nicm |
Allow panes to be empty (no command), output can be piped to them with split-window or display-message -I.
|
#
1.94 |
|
28-Apr-2019 |
nicm |
Support multiple occurances of the same argument. Use this for a new flag -e to new-window, split-window, respawn-window, respawn-pane to pass environment variables into the newly created process. From Steffen Christgau in GitHub issue 1697.
|
#
1.93 |
|
26-Apr-2019 |
nicm |
Merge hooks into options and make each one an array option. This allows multiple commands to be easily bound to one hook. set-hook and show-hooks remain but they are now variants of set-option and show-options. show-options now has a -H flag to show hooks (by default they are not shown).
|
#
1.92 |
|
17-Apr-2019 |
nicm |
Break new window and pane creation common code from various commands and window.c into a separate file spawn.c.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_5_BASE
|
#
1.91 |
|
18-Oct-2018 |
nicm |
Support for windows larger than visible on the attached client. This has been a limitation for a long time.
There are two new options, window-size and default-size, and a new command, resize-window. The force-width and force-height options and the session_width and session_height formats have been removed.
The new window-size option tells tmux how to work out the size of windows: largest means it picks the size of the largest session, smallest the smallest session (similar to the old behaviour) and manual means that it does not automatically resize windows. The default is currently largest but this may change. aggressive-resize modifies the choice of session for largest and smallest as it did before.
If a window is in a session attached to a client that is too small, only part of the window is shown. tmux attempts to keep the cursor visible, so the part of the window displayed is changed as the cursor moves (with a small delay, to try and avoid excess redrawing when applications redraw status lines or similar that are not currently visible). The offset of the visible portion of the window is shown in status-right.
Drawing windows which are larger than the client is not as efficient as those which fit, particularly when the cursor moves, so it is recommended to avoid using this on slow machines or networks (set window-size to smallest or manual).
The resize-window command can be used to resize a window manually. If it is used, the window-size option is automatically set to manual for the window (undo this with "setw -u window-size"). resize-window works in a similar way to resize-pane (-U -D -L -R -x -y flags) but also has -a and -A flags. -a sets the window to the size of the smallest client (what it would be if window-size was smallest) and -A the largest.
For the same behaviour as force-width or force-height, use resize-window -x or -y, and "setw -u window-size" to revert to automatic sizing..
If the global window-size option is set to manual, the default-size option is used for new windows. If -x or -y is used with new-session, that sets the default-size option for the new session.
The maximum size of a window is 10000x10000. But expect applications to complain and much higher memory use if making a window excessively big. The minimum size is the size required for the current layout including borders.
The refresh-client command can be used to pan around a window, -U -D -L -R moves up, down, left or right and -c returns to automatic cursor tracking. The position is reset when the current window is changed.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_4_BASE
|
#
1.90 |
|
24-May-2018 |
nicm |
Make server_client_get_cwd used (almost) everywhere we need to work out the cwd, and do not fall back to "." as it is pretty useless. GitHub issue 1331.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_3_BASE
|
#
1.89 |
|
16-Mar-2018 |
nicm |
Insert full size panes at the right position, from KOIE Hidetaka in GitHub issue 1284.
|
#
1.88 |
|
01-Mar-2018 |
nicm |
Expand formats in window and session names.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_2_BASE
|
#
1.87 |
|
30-Aug-2017 |
nicm |
Pass flags into cmd_find_from_* to fix prefer-unattached, reported by Thomas Sattler.
|
#
1.86 |
|
21-Jul-2017 |
nicm |
Add -c for respawn-pane and respawn-window, from J Raynor.
|
#
1.85 |
|
30-May-2017 |
nicm |
Rewrite of choose mode, both to simplify and tidy the code and to add some modern features.
Now the common code is in mode-tree.c, which provides an API used by the three modes now separated into window-{buffer,client,tree}.c. Buffer mode shows buffers, client mode clients and tree mode a tree of sessions, windows and panes.
Each mode has a common set of key bindings plus a few that are specific to the mode. Other changes are:
- each mode has a preview pane: for buffers this is the buffer content (very useful), for others it is a preview of the pane;
- items may be sorted in different ways ('O' key);
- multiple items may be tagged and an operation applied to all of them (for example, to delete multiple buffers at once);
- in tree mode a command may be run on the selected item (session, window, pane) or on tagged items (key ':');
- displayed items may be filtered in tree mode by using a format (this is used to implement find-window) (key 'f');
- the custom format (-F) for the display is no longer available;
- shortcut keys change from 0-9, a-z, A-Z which was always a bit weird with keys used for other uses to 0-9, M-a to M-z.
Now that the code is simpler, other improvements will come later.
Primary key bindings for each mode are documented under the commands in the man page (choose-buffer, choose-client, choose-tree).
Parts written by Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.84 |
|
25-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Do not update TERM into config file parsing has finished.
|
#
1.83 |
|
22-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Get rid of the extra layer of flags and cmd_prepare() and just store the CMD_FIND_* flags in the cmd_entry and call it for the command. Commands with special requirements call it themselves and update the target for hooks to use.
|
#
1.82 |
|
22-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Mouse bindings and hooks set up an initial current state when running a command. This is used for the session, window and pane for all commands in the command sequence if there is no -t or -s.
However, using it for all commands in the command sequence means that if the active pane or current session is changed, subsequent commands still use the previous state. So make commands which explicitly change the current state (such as neww and selectp) update it themselves for later commands. Commands which may invalidate the state (like killp) are already OK because an invalid state will be ignored.
Also fill in the current state for all key bindings rather than just the mouse, so that any omissions are easier to spot.
|
#
1.81 |
|
21-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Add cmd_find_from_winlink_pane and use it in a couple of places, and make functions that can't fail void.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_1_BASE
|
#
1.80 |
|
09-Mar-2017 |
nicm |
Move server_fill_environ into environ.c and move some other common code into it.
|
#
1.79 |
|
08-Mar-2017 |
nicm |
Add a helper function for the most common format_create/defaults/expand pattern.
|
#
1.78 |
|
27-Feb-2017 |
nicm |
If splitw -b is used, insert the new pane before the current one in the pane list. This means the numbering is in order (for example for display-panes) and fixes a problem with redrawing the active pane borders.
|
#
1.77 |
|
03-Feb-2017 |
nicm |
Add a window or pane id "tag" to each format tree and use it to separate jobs, this means that if the same job is used for different windows or panes (for example in pane-border-format), it will be run separately for each pane.
|
#
1.76 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Use the notify name string instead of going via an enum and change existing hooks to use notifys instead.
|
#
1.75 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Mass rename struct cmd_q to struct cmdq_item and related.
|
#
1.74 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Rewrite command queue handling. Each client still has a command queue, but there is also now a global command queue. Instead of command queues being dispatched on demand from wherever the command happens to be added, they are now all dispatched from the top level server loop. Command queues may now also include callbacks as well as commands, and items may be inserted after the current command as well as at the end.
This all makes command queues significantly more predictable and easier to use, and avoids the complex multiple nested command queues used by source-file, if-shell and friends.
A mass rename of struct cmdq to a better name (cmdq_item probably) is coming.
|
#
1.73 |
|
13-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Trying to do hooks generically is way too complicated and unreliable and confusing, particularly trying to automatically figure out what target hooks should be using. So simplify it:
- drop before hooks entirely, they don't seem to be very useful;
- commands with special requirements now fire their own after hook (for example, if they change session or window, or if they have -t and -s and need to choose which one the hook uses as current target);
- commands with no special requirements can have the CMD_AFTERHOOK flag added and they will use the -t state.
At the moment new-session, new-window, split-window fire their own hook, and display-message uses the flag. The remaining commands still need to be looked at.
|
#
1.72 |
|
13-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Some improvements and bug fixes for hooks:
- Prepare the state again before the "after" hooks are run, because the command may have killed or moved windows.
- Use the hooks list from the newly prepared target, not the old hooks list (only matters for new-session really).
- Correctly detect an invalid current state and ignore it in cmd_find_target ("killw; swapw").
- Change neww, new, killp, killw, splitw, swapp, swapw to update the current state (used if no explicit target is given) to something more useful after they have finished. For example, neww changes it to the newly created window.
Hooks are still relatively new and primitive so there are likely to be more changes to come.
Parts based on bug reports from Uwe Werler and Iblis Lin.
|
#
1.71 |
|
10-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Add static in cmd-* and fix a few other nits.
|
#
1.70 |
|
04-Sep-2016 |
nicm |
Add support for performing a full width split (with splitw -f), rather than splitting the current cell. From Stephen Kent.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_0_BASE
|
#
1.69 |
|
06-Jun-2016 |
nicm |
Insert new panes after the pane being split in the list rather than always after the active pane. This is more sensible when doing it with commands rather than keys.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_9_BASE
|
#
1.68 |
|
19-Jan-2016 |
nicm |
I no longer use my SourceForge address so replace it.
|
#
1.67 |
|
14-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Instead of combined flags for -c, -s, -t, split into different sets using an enum and simplify the parsing code.
|
#
1.66 |
|
13-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Use member names in cmd_entry definitions so I stop getting confused about the order.
|
#
1.65 |
|
13-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Instead of every command resolving the target (-t or -s) itself, prepare the state (client, session, winlink, pane) for it it before entering the command. Each command provides some flags that tell the prepare step what it is expecting.
This is a requirement for having hooks on commands (for example, if you hook "select-window -t1:2", the hook command should to operate on window 1:2 not whatever it thinks is the current window), and should allow some other target improvements.
The old cmd_find_* functions remain for the moment but that layer will be dropped later.
Joint work with Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.64 |
|
11-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Add cmdq as an argument to format_create and add a format for the command name (will also be used for more later).
|
#
1.63 |
|
08-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Remove format_create_flags and just pass flags to format_create.
|
#
1.62 |
|
31-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Fall back silently to ~ or / rather than checking -c with access(), this was the old behaviour.
|
#
1.61 |
|
31-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Because pledge(2) does not allow us to pass directory file descriptors around, we can't use file descriptors for the working directory because we will be unable to pass it to a privileged process to tell it where to read or write files or spawn children. So move tmux back to using strings for the current working directory. We try to check it exists with access() when it is set but ultimately fall back to ~ if it fails at time of use (or / if that fails too).
|
#
1.60 |
|
28-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Like options, move the environ struct into environ.c.
|
#
1.59 |
|
27-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Move struct options into options.c.
|
#
1.58 |
|
23-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Remove some unnecessary checks before free().
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_8_BASE
|
#
1.57 |
|
26-Apr-2015 |
nicm |
Remove panes from layout if spawning them fails, reported by Anthony J Bentley.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_7_BASE
|
#
1.56 |
|
05-Feb-2015 |
nicm |
Remove a couple of now-unused variables.
|
#
1.55 |
|
05-Feb-2015 |
nicm |
Wrap all the individual format_* calls in a single format_defaults functions.
|
#
1.54 |
|
12-Nov-2014 |
nicm |
Add -b to splitw like joinw, from Felix Rosencrantz.
|
#
1.53 |
|
20-Oct-2014 |
nicm |
Move template defines back into .c files.
|
#
1.52 |
|
20-Oct-2014 |
nicm |
Instead of setting up the default keys by building the key struct directly with a helper function in the cmd_entry, include a table of bind-key commands and pass them through the command parser and a temporary cmd_q.
As well as being smaller, this will allow default bindings to be command sequences which will probably be needed soon.
|
#
1.51 |
|
01-Sep-2014 |
nicm |
Various minor style and spacing nits.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_6_BASE
|
#
1.50 |
|
13-May-2014 |
nicm |
If multiple arguments are given to new-session, new-window, split-window, respawn-window or respawn-pane, pass them directly to execvp() to help avoid quoting problems. One argument still goes to "sh -c" like before. Requested by many over the years. Patch from J Raynor.
|
#
1.49 |
|
17-Apr-2014 |
nicm |
Set PATH explicitly, either from client or session environment. Previously it came from the session environment. From J Raynor.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_5_BASE
|
#
1.48 |
|
22-Nov-2013 |
nicm |
Handle empty current directory more gracefully.
|
#
1.47 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Don't boke when figuring out working directory from configuration file.
|
#
1.46 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Alter how tmux handles the working directory to internally use file descriptors rather than strings.
- Each session still has a current working directory.
- New sessions still get their working directory from the client that created them or its attached session if any.
- New windows are created by default in the session working directory.
- The -c flag to new, neww, splitw allows the working directory to be overridden.
- The -c flag to attach let's the session working directory be changed.
- The default-path option has been removed.
To get the equivalent to default-path '.', do:
bind c neww -c $PWD
To get the equivalent of default-path '~', do:
bind c neww -c ~
This also changes the client identify protocol to be a set of messages rather than one as well as some other changes that should make it easier to make backwards-compatible protocol changes in future.
|
#
1.45 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Support -c for new-session, based on code from J Raynor.
|
#
1.44 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Restore missing key binding for %, from Chris Johnsen.
|
#
1.43 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Remove the barely-used and unnecessary command check() function.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_4_BASE
|
#
1.42 |
|
25-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Revert the command-prefix change which breaks sequences of commands.
|
#
1.41 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add resize-pane -Z to temporary zoom the active pane to occupy the full window or unzoom (restored to the normal layout) if it already zoomed, bound to C-b z by default. The pane is unzoomed on pretty much any excuse whatsoever.
We considered making this a new layout but the requirements are quite different from layouts so decided it is better as a special case. Each current layout cell is saved, a temporary one-cell layout generated and all except the active pane set to NULL.
Prompted by suggestions and scripts from several. Thanks to Aaron Jensen and Thiago Padilha for testing an earlier version.
|
#
1.40 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add a command queue to standardize and simplify commands that call other commands and allow a command to block execution of subsequent commands. This allows run-shell and if-shell to be synchronous which has been much requested.
Each client has a default command queue and commands are consumed one at a time from it. A command may suspend execution from the queue by returning CMD_RETURN_WAIT and then resume it by calling cmd_continue() - for example run-shell does this from the callback that is fired after the job is freed.
When the command queue becomes empty, command clients are automatically exited (unless attaching). A callback is also fired - this is used for nested commands in, for example, if-shell which can block execution of the client's cmdq until a new cmdq becomes empty.
Also merge all the old error/info/print functions together and lose the old curclient/cmdclient distinction - a cmdq is bound to one client (or none if in the configuration file), this is a command client if c->session is NULL otherwise an attached client.
|
#
1.39 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Fix error reporting for client commands by adding a flag to cmd_find_client to tell it whether or not to show errors, sometimes it's needed and sometimes not.
|
#
1.38 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add option command-prefix which is automatically prepended to any command (apart from a naked default-shell). The default is "exec ".
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_3_BASE
|
#
1.37 |
|
09-Dec-2012 |
nicm |
Use the CMD_*_USAGE defines consistently, from Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.36 |
|
14-Aug-2012 |
nicm |
Use a separate define for each default format template and strip clutter from the choose-tree defaults.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_2_BASE
|
#
1.35 |
|
11-Jul-2012 |
nicm |
Make command exec functions return an enum rather than -1/0/1 values and add a new value to mean "leave client running but don't attach" to fix problems with using some commands in a command sequence. Most of the work by Thomas Adam, problem reported by "jspenguin" on SF bug 3535531.
|
#
1.34 |
|
10-Jul-2012 |
nicm |
xfree is not particularly helpful, remove it. From Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.33 |
|
22-May-2012 |
nicm |
Switch all of the various choose- and list- commands over to the format infrastructure, from Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.32 |
|
17-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add notify hooks for various events, the functions are currently empty stubs but will be filled in for control mode later. From George Nachman.
|
#
1.31 |
|
04-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
free -> xfree.
|
#
1.30 |
|
04-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add -F format to new-window and split-window to use with the -P flag, from George Nachman.
|
#
1.29 |
|
03-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add move-pane command (like join-pane but allows the same window). Also -b flag to join-pane and move-pane to place the pane to the left or above. From George Nachman.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_1_BASE
|
#
1.28 |
|
31-Jan-2012 |
nicm |
Provide defined ways to set the various default-path possibilities: ~ for home directory, . for server start directory, - for session start directory and empty for the pane's working directory (the default). All can also be used as part of a relative path (eg -/foo). Also provide -c flags to neww and splitw to override default-path setting.
Based on a diff from sthen. ok sthen
|
#
1.27 |
|
20-Jan-2012 |
nicm |
Add some const and fix a warning.
|
#
1.26 |
|
09-Dec-2011 |
nicm |
Change the way the working directory for new processes is discovered. If default-path isn't empty, it is used. Otherwise:
1) If tmux neww is run from the command line, the working directory of the client is used.
2) Otherwise sysctl KERN_PROC_CWD is used to retrieve the current working directory of the process in the active pane.
3) If that fails, the directory where the session was created is used.
Support code by Romain Francois, OpenBSD specific bits by me.
Note this requires a recent userland and kernel with KERN_PROC_CWD.
|
#
1.25 |
|
15-Nov-2011 |
nicm |
Make window_pane_index work the same as window_index, from Ben Boeckel.
|
#
1.24 |
|
30-Aug-2011 |
nicm |
Plug memory leak, from Tiago Cunha.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_9_BASE OPENBSD_5_0_BASE
|
#
1.23 |
|
10-Feb-2011 |
nicm |
Size on split-window is -l not -s. Doh.
|
#
1.22 |
|
04-Jan-2011 |
nicm |
Clean up and simplify tmux command argument parsing.
Originally, tmux commands were parsed in the client process into a struct with the command data which was then serialised and sent to the server to be executed. The parsing was later moved into the server (an argv was sent from the client), but the parse step and intermediate struct was kept.
This change removes that struct and the separate parse step. Argument parsing and printing is now common to all commands (in arguments.c) with each command left with just an optional check function (to validate the arguments at parse time), the exec function and a function to set up any key bindings (renamed from the old init function).
This is overall more simple and consistent.
There should be no changes to any commands behaviour or syntax although as this touches every command please watch for any unexpected changes.
|
#
1.21 |
|
01-Jan-2011 |
nicm |
Add a -P option to new-window and split-window to print the new window or pane index in target form (useful to pass it into other commands).
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_8_BASE
|
#
1.20 |
|
27-Jun-2010 |
nicm |
Store the current working directory in the session, change the default-path option to default to empty and make that mean that the stored session CWD is used.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_7_BASE
|
#
1.19 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
New command, join-pane, to split and move an existing pane into the space (like splitw then movep, or the reverse of breakp).
|
#
1.18 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
Use the specified pane for size calculations. Doh.
|
#
1.17 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
Change split-window to accept a pane target (it should be split-pane but renaming the command would be annoying).
|
#
1.16 |
|
03-Dec-2009 |
nicm |
Massive spaces->tabs and trailing whitespace cleanup, hopefully for the last time now I've configured emacs to make them displayed in really annoying colours...
|
#
1.15 |
|
20-Nov-2009 |
nicm |
When -h and -p are given to split-window, calculate the percentage size using the width instead of the height.
|
#
1.14 |
|
13-Nov-2009 |
nicm |
Get rid of the ugly CMD_CHFLAG macro and use a const string (eg "dDU") in the command entry structs and a couple of functions to check/set the flags.
|
#
1.13 |
|
21-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
Use KEYC_NONE constant instead of 0 on init.
|
#
1.12 |
|
16-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
Rather than constructing an entire termios struct from ttydefaults.h, just let forkpty do it and then alter the bits that should be changed after fork. A little neater and more portable.
|
#
1.11 |
|
01-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
When using tmux as a login shell, there is currently no way to specify a shell to be used as a login shell inside tmux, so add a default-shell session option. This sets the shell invoked as a login shell when the default-command option is empty.
The default option value is whichever of $SHELL, getpwuid(getuid())'s pw_shell or /bin/sh is valid first.
Based on a diff from martynas@, changed by me to be a session option rather than a window option.
|
#
1.10 |
|
25-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
Print -l and -p when showing command, pointed out by Tiago Cunha.
|
#
1.9 |
|
13-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
When creating a new session from the command-line where there is an external terminal, copy the termios(4) special characters and use them for new windows created in the new session. Suggested by Theo.
|
#
1.8 |
|
08-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
Infrastructure and commands to manage the environment for processes started within tmux.
There is a global environment, copied from the external environment when the server is started and each sesssion has an (initially empty) session environment which overrides it.
New commands set-environment and show-environment manipulate or display the environments.
A new session option, update-environment, is a space-separated list of variables which are updated from the external environment into the session environment every time a new session is created - the default is DISPLAY.
|
#
1.7 |
|
26-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Make all messages sent between the client and server fixed size.
This is the first of two changes to make the protocol more resilient and less sensitive to other changes in the code, particularly with commands. The client now packs argv into a buffer and sends it to the server for parsing, rather than doing it itself and sending the parsed command data.
As a side-effect this also removes a lot of now-unused command marshalling code.
Mixing a server without this change and a client with or vice versa will cause tmux to hang or crash, please ensure that tmux is entirely killed before upgrading.
|
#
1.6 |
|
22-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
window_add_pane cannot fail, so remove the unused cause argument and don't bother to check for a NULL return.
|
#
1.5 |
|
19-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Improved layout code.
Each window now has a tree of layout cells associated with it. In this tree, each node is either a horizontal or vertical cell containing a list of other cells running from left-to-right or top-to-bottom, or a leaf cell which is associated with a pane.
The major functional changes are:
- panes may now be split arbitrarily both horizontally (splitw -h, C-b %) and vertically (splitw -v, C-b "); - panes may be resized both horizontally and vertically (resizep -L/-R/-U/-D, bound to C-b left/right/up/down and C-b M-left/right/up/down); - layouts are now applied and then may be modified by resizing or splitting panes, rather than being fixed and reapplied when the window is resized or panes are added; - manual-vertical layout is no longer necessary, and active-only layout is gone (but may return in future); - the main-pane layouts now reduce the size of the main pane to fit all panes if possible.
Thanks to all who tested.
|
#
1.4 |
|
13-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Having fixed flags for single-character getopt options is a bit hard to maintain and is only going to get worse as more are used. So instead, add a new uint64_t member to cmd_entry which is a bitmask of upper and lowercase options accepted by the command.
This means new single character options can be used without the need to add it explicitly to the list.
|
#
1.3 |
|
07-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
The fix for default-path (use target session options instead of global options) is required here as well, doh.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_6_BASE
|
#
1.2 |
|
25-Jun-2009 |
nicm |
lines variable can be -1 (to be ignored), so should be signed. Found by lint.
|
#
1.1 |
|
01-Jun-2009 |
nicm |
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another.
ok deraadt pirofti
|
#
1.94 |
|
28-Apr-2019 |
nicm |
Support multiple occurances of the same argument. Use this for a new flag -e to new-window, split-window, respawn-window, respawn-pane to pass environment variables into the newly created process. From Steffen Christgau in GitHub issue 1697.
|
#
1.93 |
|
26-Apr-2019 |
nicm |
Merge hooks into options and make each one an array option. This allows multiple commands to be easily bound to one hook. set-hook and show-hooks remain but they are now variants of set-option and show-options. show-options now has a -H flag to show hooks (by default they are not shown).
|
#
1.92 |
|
17-Apr-2019 |
nicm |
Break new window and pane creation common code from various commands and window.c into a separate file spawn.c.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_5_BASE
|
#
1.91 |
|
18-Oct-2018 |
nicm |
Support for windows larger than visible on the attached client. This has been a limitation for a long time.
There are two new options, window-size and default-size, and a new command, resize-window. The force-width and force-height options and the session_width and session_height formats have been removed.
The new window-size option tells tmux how to work out the size of windows: largest means it picks the size of the largest session, smallest the smallest session (similar to the old behaviour) and manual means that it does not automatically resize windows. The default is currently largest but this may change. aggressive-resize modifies the choice of session for largest and smallest as it did before.
If a window is in a session attached to a client that is too small, only part of the window is shown. tmux attempts to keep the cursor visible, so the part of the window displayed is changed as the cursor moves (with a small delay, to try and avoid excess redrawing when applications redraw status lines or similar that are not currently visible). The offset of the visible portion of the window is shown in status-right.
Drawing windows which are larger than the client is not as efficient as those which fit, particularly when the cursor moves, so it is recommended to avoid using this on slow machines or networks (set window-size to smallest or manual).
The resize-window command can be used to resize a window manually. If it is used, the window-size option is automatically set to manual for the window (undo this with "setw -u window-size"). resize-window works in a similar way to resize-pane (-U -D -L -R -x -y flags) but also has -a and -A flags. -a sets the window to the size of the smallest client (what it would be if window-size was smallest) and -A the largest.
For the same behaviour as force-width or force-height, use resize-window -x or -y, and "setw -u window-size" to revert to automatic sizing..
If the global window-size option is set to manual, the default-size option is used for new windows. If -x or -y is used with new-session, that sets the default-size option for the new session.
The maximum size of a window is 10000x10000. But expect applications to complain and much higher memory use if making a window excessively big. The minimum size is the size required for the current layout including borders.
The refresh-client command can be used to pan around a window, -U -D -L -R moves up, down, left or right and -c returns to automatic cursor tracking. The position is reset when the current window is changed.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_4_BASE
|
#
1.90 |
|
24-May-2018 |
nicm |
Make server_client_get_cwd used (almost) everywhere we need to work out the cwd, and do not fall back to "." as it is pretty useless. GitHub issue 1331.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_3_BASE
|
#
1.89 |
|
16-Mar-2018 |
nicm |
Insert full size panes at the right position, from KOIE Hidetaka in GitHub issue 1284.
|
#
1.88 |
|
01-Mar-2018 |
nicm |
Expand formats in window and session names.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_2_BASE
|
#
1.87 |
|
30-Aug-2017 |
nicm |
Pass flags into cmd_find_from_* to fix prefer-unattached, reported by Thomas Sattler.
|
#
1.86 |
|
21-Jul-2017 |
nicm |
Add -c for respawn-pane and respawn-window, from J Raynor.
|
#
1.85 |
|
30-May-2017 |
nicm |
Rewrite of choose mode, both to simplify and tidy the code and to add some modern features.
Now the common code is in mode-tree.c, which provides an API used by the three modes now separated into window-{buffer,client,tree}.c. Buffer mode shows buffers, client mode clients and tree mode a tree of sessions, windows and panes.
Each mode has a common set of key bindings plus a few that are specific to the mode. Other changes are:
- each mode has a preview pane: for buffers this is the buffer content (very useful), for others it is a preview of the pane;
- items may be sorted in different ways ('O' key);
- multiple items may be tagged and an operation applied to all of them (for example, to delete multiple buffers at once);
- in tree mode a command may be run on the selected item (session, window, pane) or on tagged items (key ':');
- displayed items may be filtered in tree mode by using a format (this is used to implement find-window) (key 'f');
- the custom format (-F) for the display is no longer available;
- shortcut keys change from 0-9, a-z, A-Z which was always a bit weird with keys used for other uses to 0-9, M-a to M-z.
Now that the code is simpler, other improvements will come later.
Primary key bindings for each mode are documented under the commands in the man page (choose-buffer, choose-client, choose-tree).
Parts written by Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.84 |
|
25-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Do not update TERM into config file parsing has finished.
|
#
1.83 |
|
22-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Get rid of the extra layer of flags and cmd_prepare() and just store the CMD_FIND_* flags in the cmd_entry and call it for the command. Commands with special requirements call it themselves and update the target for hooks to use.
|
#
1.82 |
|
22-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Mouse bindings and hooks set up an initial current state when running a command. This is used for the session, window and pane for all commands in the command sequence if there is no -t or -s.
However, using it for all commands in the command sequence means that if the active pane or current session is changed, subsequent commands still use the previous state. So make commands which explicitly change the current state (such as neww and selectp) update it themselves for later commands. Commands which may invalidate the state (like killp) are already OK because an invalid state will be ignored.
Also fill in the current state for all key bindings rather than just the mouse, so that any omissions are easier to spot.
|
#
1.81 |
|
21-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Add cmd_find_from_winlink_pane and use it in a couple of places, and make functions that can't fail void.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_1_BASE
|
#
1.80 |
|
09-Mar-2017 |
nicm |
Move server_fill_environ into environ.c and move some other common code into it.
|
#
1.79 |
|
08-Mar-2017 |
nicm |
Add a helper function for the most common format_create/defaults/expand pattern.
|
#
1.78 |
|
27-Feb-2017 |
nicm |
If splitw -b is used, insert the new pane before the current one in the pane list. This means the numbering is in order (for example for display-panes) and fixes a problem with redrawing the active pane borders.
|
#
1.77 |
|
03-Feb-2017 |
nicm |
Add a window or pane id "tag" to each format tree and use it to separate jobs, this means that if the same job is used for different windows or panes (for example in pane-border-format), it will be run separately for each pane.
|
#
1.76 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Use the notify name string instead of going via an enum and change existing hooks to use notifys instead.
|
#
1.75 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Mass rename struct cmd_q to struct cmdq_item and related.
|
#
1.74 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Rewrite command queue handling. Each client still has a command queue, but there is also now a global command queue. Instead of command queues being dispatched on demand from wherever the command happens to be added, they are now all dispatched from the top level server loop. Command queues may now also include callbacks as well as commands, and items may be inserted after the current command as well as at the end.
This all makes command queues significantly more predictable and easier to use, and avoids the complex multiple nested command queues used by source-file, if-shell and friends.
A mass rename of struct cmdq to a better name (cmdq_item probably) is coming.
|
#
1.73 |
|
13-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Trying to do hooks generically is way too complicated and unreliable and confusing, particularly trying to automatically figure out what target hooks should be using. So simplify it:
- drop before hooks entirely, they don't seem to be very useful;
- commands with special requirements now fire their own after hook (for example, if they change session or window, or if they have -t and -s and need to choose which one the hook uses as current target);
- commands with no special requirements can have the CMD_AFTERHOOK flag added and they will use the -t state.
At the moment new-session, new-window, split-window fire their own hook, and display-message uses the flag. The remaining commands still need to be looked at.
|
#
1.72 |
|
13-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Some improvements and bug fixes for hooks:
- Prepare the state again before the "after" hooks are run, because the command may have killed or moved windows.
- Use the hooks list from the newly prepared target, not the old hooks list (only matters for new-session really).
- Correctly detect an invalid current state and ignore it in cmd_find_target ("killw; swapw").
- Change neww, new, killp, killw, splitw, swapp, swapw to update the current state (used if no explicit target is given) to something more useful after they have finished. For example, neww changes it to the newly created window.
Hooks are still relatively new and primitive so there are likely to be more changes to come.
Parts based on bug reports from Uwe Werler and Iblis Lin.
|
#
1.71 |
|
10-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Add static in cmd-* and fix a few other nits.
|
#
1.70 |
|
04-Sep-2016 |
nicm |
Add support for performing a full width split (with splitw -f), rather than splitting the current cell. From Stephen Kent.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_0_BASE
|
#
1.69 |
|
06-Jun-2016 |
nicm |
Insert new panes after the pane being split in the list rather than always after the active pane. This is more sensible when doing it with commands rather than keys.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_9_BASE
|
#
1.68 |
|
19-Jan-2016 |
nicm |
I no longer use my SourceForge address so replace it.
|
#
1.67 |
|
14-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Instead of combined flags for -c, -s, -t, split into different sets using an enum and simplify the parsing code.
|
#
1.66 |
|
13-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Use member names in cmd_entry definitions so I stop getting confused about the order.
|
#
1.65 |
|
13-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Instead of every command resolving the target (-t or -s) itself, prepare the state (client, session, winlink, pane) for it it before entering the command. Each command provides some flags that tell the prepare step what it is expecting.
This is a requirement for having hooks on commands (for example, if you hook "select-window -t1:2", the hook command should to operate on window 1:2 not whatever it thinks is the current window), and should allow some other target improvements.
The old cmd_find_* functions remain for the moment but that layer will be dropped later.
Joint work with Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.64 |
|
11-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Add cmdq as an argument to format_create and add a format for the command name (will also be used for more later).
|
#
1.63 |
|
08-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Remove format_create_flags and just pass flags to format_create.
|
#
1.62 |
|
31-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Fall back silently to ~ or / rather than checking -c with access(), this was the old behaviour.
|
#
1.61 |
|
31-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Because pledge(2) does not allow us to pass directory file descriptors around, we can't use file descriptors for the working directory because we will be unable to pass it to a privileged process to tell it where to read or write files or spawn children. So move tmux back to using strings for the current working directory. We try to check it exists with access() when it is set but ultimately fall back to ~ if it fails at time of use (or / if that fails too).
|
#
1.60 |
|
28-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Like options, move the environ struct into environ.c.
|
#
1.59 |
|
27-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Move struct options into options.c.
|
#
1.58 |
|
23-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Remove some unnecessary checks before free().
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_8_BASE
|
#
1.57 |
|
26-Apr-2015 |
nicm |
Remove panes from layout if spawning them fails, reported by Anthony J Bentley.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_7_BASE
|
#
1.56 |
|
05-Feb-2015 |
nicm |
Remove a couple of now-unused variables.
|
#
1.55 |
|
05-Feb-2015 |
nicm |
Wrap all the individual format_* calls in a single format_defaults functions.
|
#
1.54 |
|
12-Nov-2014 |
nicm |
Add -b to splitw like joinw, from Felix Rosencrantz.
|
#
1.53 |
|
20-Oct-2014 |
nicm |
Move template defines back into .c files.
|
#
1.52 |
|
20-Oct-2014 |
nicm |
Instead of setting up the default keys by building the key struct directly with a helper function in the cmd_entry, include a table of bind-key commands and pass them through the command parser and a temporary cmd_q.
As well as being smaller, this will allow default bindings to be command sequences which will probably be needed soon.
|
#
1.51 |
|
01-Sep-2014 |
nicm |
Various minor style and spacing nits.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_6_BASE
|
#
1.50 |
|
13-May-2014 |
nicm |
If multiple arguments are given to new-session, new-window, split-window, respawn-window or respawn-pane, pass them directly to execvp() to help avoid quoting problems. One argument still goes to "sh -c" like before. Requested by many over the years. Patch from J Raynor.
|
#
1.49 |
|
17-Apr-2014 |
nicm |
Set PATH explicitly, either from client or session environment. Previously it came from the session environment. From J Raynor.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_5_BASE
|
#
1.48 |
|
22-Nov-2013 |
nicm |
Handle empty current directory more gracefully.
|
#
1.47 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Don't boke when figuring out working directory from configuration file.
|
#
1.46 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Alter how tmux handles the working directory to internally use file descriptors rather than strings.
- Each session still has a current working directory.
- New sessions still get their working directory from the client that created them or its attached session if any.
- New windows are created by default in the session working directory.
- The -c flag to new, neww, splitw allows the working directory to be overridden.
- The -c flag to attach let's the session working directory be changed.
- The default-path option has been removed.
To get the equivalent to default-path '.', do:
bind c neww -c $PWD
To get the equivalent of default-path '~', do:
bind c neww -c ~
This also changes the client identify protocol to be a set of messages rather than one as well as some other changes that should make it easier to make backwards-compatible protocol changes in future.
|
#
1.45 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Support -c for new-session, based on code from J Raynor.
|
#
1.44 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Restore missing key binding for %, from Chris Johnsen.
|
#
1.43 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Remove the barely-used and unnecessary command check() function.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_4_BASE
|
#
1.42 |
|
25-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Revert the command-prefix change which breaks sequences of commands.
|
#
1.41 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add resize-pane -Z to temporary zoom the active pane to occupy the full window or unzoom (restored to the normal layout) if it already zoomed, bound to C-b z by default. The pane is unzoomed on pretty much any excuse whatsoever.
We considered making this a new layout but the requirements are quite different from layouts so decided it is better as a special case. Each current layout cell is saved, a temporary one-cell layout generated and all except the active pane set to NULL.
Prompted by suggestions and scripts from several. Thanks to Aaron Jensen and Thiago Padilha for testing an earlier version.
|
#
1.40 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add a command queue to standardize and simplify commands that call other commands and allow a command to block execution of subsequent commands. This allows run-shell and if-shell to be synchronous which has been much requested.
Each client has a default command queue and commands are consumed one at a time from it. A command may suspend execution from the queue by returning CMD_RETURN_WAIT and then resume it by calling cmd_continue() - for example run-shell does this from the callback that is fired after the job is freed.
When the command queue becomes empty, command clients are automatically exited (unless attaching). A callback is also fired - this is used for nested commands in, for example, if-shell which can block execution of the client's cmdq until a new cmdq becomes empty.
Also merge all the old error/info/print functions together and lose the old curclient/cmdclient distinction - a cmdq is bound to one client (or none if in the configuration file), this is a command client if c->session is NULL otherwise an attached client.
|
#
1.39 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Fix error reporting for client commands by adding a flag to cmd_find_client to tell it whether or not to show errors, sometimes it's needed and sometimes not.
|
#
1.38 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add option command-prefix which is automatically prepended to any command (apart from a naked default-shell). The default is "exec ".
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_3_BASE
|
#
1.37 |
|
09-Dec-2012 |
nicm |
Use the CMD_*_USAGE defines consistently, from Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.36 |
|
14-Aug-2012 |
nicm |
Use a separate define for each default format template and strip clutter from the choose-tree defaults.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_2_BASE
|
#
1.35 |
|
11-Jul-2012 |
nicm |
Make command exec functions return an enum rather than -1/0/1 values and add a new value to mean "leave client running but don't attach" to fix problems with using some commands in a command sequence. Most of the work by Thomas Adam, problem reported by "jspenguin" on SF bug 3535531.
|
#
1.34 |
|
10-Jul-2012 |
nicm |
xfree is not particularly helpful, remove it. From Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.33 |
|
22-May-2012 |
nicm |
Switch all of the various choose- and list- commands over to the format infrastructure, from Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.32 |
|
17-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add notify hooks for various events, the functions are currently empty stubs but will be filled in for control mode later. From George Nachman.
|
#
1.31 |
|
04-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
free -> xfree.
|
#
1.30 |
|
04-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add -F format to new-window and split-window to use with the -P flag, from George Nachman.
|
#
1.29 |
|
03-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add move-pane command (like join-pane but allows the same window). Also -b flag to join-pane and move-pane to place the pane to the left or above. From George Nachman.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_1_BASE
|
#
1.28 |
|
31-Jan-2012 |
nicm |
Provide defined ways to set the various default-path possibilities: ~ for home directory, . for server start directory, - for session start directory and empty for the pane's working directory (the default). All can also be used as part of a relative path (eg -/foo). Also provide -c flags to neww and splitw to override default-path setting.
Based on a diff from sthen. ok sthen
|
#
1.27 |
|
20-Jan-2012 |
nicm |
Add some const and fix a warning.
|
#
1.26 |
|
09-Dec-2011 |
nicm |
Change the way the working directory for new processes is discovered. If default-path isn't empty, it is used. Otherwise:
1) If tmux neww is run from the command line, the working directory of the client is used.
2) Otherwise sysctl KERN_PROC_CWD is used to retrieve the current working directory of the process in the active pane.
3) If that fails, the directory where the session was created is used.
Support code by Romain Francois, OpenBSD specific bits by me.
Note this requires a recent userland and kernel with KERN_PROC_CWD.
|
#
1.25 |
|
15-Nov-2011 |
nicm |
Make window_pane_index work the same as window_index, from Ben Boeckel.
|
#
1.24 |
|
30-Aug-2011 |
nicm |
Plug memory leak, from Tiago Cunha.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_9_BASE OPENBSD_5_0_BASE
|
#
1.23 |
|
10-Feb-2011 |
nicm |
Size on split-window is -l not -s. Doh.
|
#
1.22 |
|
04-Jan-2011 |
nicm |
Clean up and simplify tmux command argument parsing.
Originally, tmux commands were parsed in the client process into a struct with the command data which was then serialised and sent to the server to be executed. The parsing was later moved into the server (an argv was sent from the client), but the parse step and intermediate struct was kept.
This change removes that struct and the separate parse step. Argument parsing and printing is now common to all commands (in arguments.c) with each command left with just an optional check function (to validate the arguments at parse time), the exec function and a function to set up any key bindings (renamed from the old init function).
This is overall more simple and consistent.
There should be no changes to any commands behaviour or syntax although as this touches every command please watch for any unexpected changes.
|
#
1.21 |
|
01-Jan-2011 |
nicm |
Add a -P option to new-window and split-window to print the new window or pane index in target form (useful to pass it into other commands).
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_8_BASE
|
#
1.20 |
|
27-Jun-2010 |
nicm |
Store the current working directory in the session, change the default-path option to default to empty and make that mean that the stored session CWD is used.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_7_BASE
|
#
1.19 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
New command, join-pane, to split and move an existing pane into the space (like splitw then movep, or the reverse of breakp).
|
#
1.18 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
Use the specified pane for size calculations. Doh.
|
#
1.17 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
Change split-window to accept a pane target (it should be split-pane but renaming the command would be annoying).
|
#
1.16 |
|
03-Dec-2009 |
nicm |
Massive spaces->tabs and trailing whitespace cleanup, hopefully for the last time now I've configured emacs to make them displayed in really annoying colours...
|
#
1.15 |
|
20-Nov-2009 |
nicm |
When -h and -p are given to split-window, calculate the percentage size using the width instead of the height.
|
#
1.14 |
|
13-Nov-2009 |
nicm |
Get rid of the ugly CMD_CHFLAG macro and use a const string (eg "dDU") in the command entry structs and a couple of functions to check/set the flags.
|
#
1.13 |
|
21-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
Use KEYC_NONE constant instead of 0 on init.
|
#
1.12 |
|
16-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
Rather than constructing an entire termios struct from ttydefaults.h, just let forkpty do it and then alter the bits that should be changed after fork. A little neater and more portable.
|
#
1.11 |
|
01-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
When using tmux as a login shell, there is currently no way to specify a shell to be used as a login shell inside tmux, so add a default-shell session option. This sets the shell invoked as a login shell when the default-command option is empty.
The default option value is whichever of $SHELL, getpwuid(getuid())'s pw_shell or /bin/sh is valid first.
Based on a diff from martynas@, changed by me to be a session option rather than a window option.
|
#
1.10 |
|
25-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
Print -l and -p when showing command, pointed out by Tiago Cunha.
|
#
1.9 |
|
13-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
When creating a new session from the command-line where there is an external terminal, copy the termios(4) special characters and use them for new windows created in the new session. Suggested by Theo.
|
#
1.8 |
|
08-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
Infrastructure and commands to manage the environment for processes started within tmux.
There is a global environment, copied from the external environment when the server is started and each sesssion has an (initially empty) session environment which overrides it.
New commands set-environment and show-environment manipulate or display the environments.
A new session option, update-environment, is a space-separated list of variables which are updated from the external environment into the session environment every time a new session is created - the default is DISPLAY.
|
#
1.7 |
|
26-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Make all messages sent between the client and server fixed size.
This is the first of two changes to make the protocol more resilient and less sensitive to other changes in the code, particularly with commands. The client now packs argv into a buffer and sends it to the server for parsing, rather than doing it itself and sending the parsed command data.
As a side-effect this also removes a lot of now-unused command marshalling code.
Mixing a server without this change and a client with or vice versa will cause tmux to hang or crash, please ensure that tmux is entirely killed before upgrading.
|
#
1.6 |
|
22-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
window_add_pane cannot fail, so remove the unused cause argument and don't bother to check for a NULL return.
|
#
1.5 |
|
19-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Improved layout code.
Each window now has a tree of layout cells associated with it. In this tree, each node is either a horizontal or vertical cell containing a list of other cells running from left-to-right or top-to-bottom, or a leaf cell which is associated with a pane.
The major functional changes are:
- panes may now be split arbitrarily both horizontally (splitw -h, C-b %) and vertically (splitw -v, C-b "); - panes may be resized both horizontally and vertically (resizep -L/-R/-U/-D, bound to C-b left/right/up/down and C-b M-left/right/up/down); - layouts are now applied and then may be modified by resizing or splitting panes, rather than being fixed and reapplied when the window is resized or panes are added; - manual-vertical layout is no longer necessary, and active-only layout is gone (but may return in future); - the main-pane layouts now reduce the size of the main pane to fit all panes if possible.
Thanks to all who tested.
|
#
1.4 |
|
13-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Having fixed flags for single-character getopt options is a bit hard to maintain and is only going to get worse as more are used. So instead, add a new uint64_t member to cmd_entry which is a bitmask of upper and lowercase options accepted by the command.
This means new single character options can be used without the need to add it explicitly to the list.
|
#
1.3 |
|
07-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
The fix for default-path (use target session options instead of global options) is required here as well, doh.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_6_BASE
|
#
1.2 |
|
25-Jun-2009 |
nicm |
lines variable can be -1 (to be ignored), so should be signed. Found by lint.
|
#
1.1 |
|
01-Jun-2009 |
nicm |
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another.
ok deraadt pirofti
|
#
1.91 |
|
18-Oct-2018 |
nicm |
Support for windows larger than visible on the attached client. This has been a limitation for a long time.
There are two new options, window-size and default-size, and a new command, resize-window. The force-width and force-height options and the session_width and session_height formats have been removed.
The new window-size option tells tmux how to work out the size of windows: largest means it picks the size of the largest session, smallest the smallest session (similar to the old behaviour) and manual means that it does not automatically resize windows. The default is currently largest but this may change. aggressive-resize modifies the choice of session for largest and smallest as it did before.
If a window is in a session attached to a client that is too small, only part of the window is shown. tmux attempts to keep the cursor visible, so the part of the window displayed is changed as the cursor moves (with a small delay, to try and avoid excess redrawing when applications redraw status lines or similar that are not currently visible). The offset of the visible portion of the window is shown in status-right.
Drawing windows which are larger than the client is not as efficient as those which fit, particularly when the cursor moves, so it is recommended to avoid using this on slow machines or networks (set window-size to smallest or manual).
The resize-window command can be used to resize a window manually. If it is used, the window-size option is automatically set to manual for the window (undo this with "setw -u window-size"). resize-window works in a similar way to resize-pane (-U -D -L -R -x -y flags) but also has -a and -A flags. -a sets the window to the size of the smallest client (what it would be if window-size was smallest) and -A the largest.
For the same behaviour as force-width or force-height, use resize-window -x or -y, and "setw -u window-size" to revert to automatic sizing..
If the global window-size option is set to manual, the default-size option is used for new windows. If -x or -y is used with new-session, that sets the default-size option for the new session.
The maximum size of a window is 10000x10000. But expect applications to complain and much higher memory use if making a window excessively big. The minimum size is the size required for the current layout including borders.
The refresh-client command can be used to pan around a window, -U -D -L -R moves up, down, left or right and -c returns to automatic cursor tracking. The position is reset when the current window is changed.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_4_BASE
|
#
1.90 |
|
24-May-2018 |
nicm |
Make server_client_get_cwd used (almost) everywhere we need to work out the cwd, and do not fall back to "." as it is pretty useless. GitHub issue 1331.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_3_BASE
|
#
1.89 |
|
16-Mar-2018 |
nicm |
Insert full size panes at the right position, from KOIE Hidetaka in GitHub issue 1284.
|
#
1.88 |
|
01-Mar-2018 |
nicm |
Expand formats in window and session names.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_2_BASE
|
#
1.87 |
|
30-Aug-2017 |
nicm |
Pass flags into cmd_find_from_* to fix prefer-unattached, reported by Thomas Sattler.
|
#
1.86 |
|
21-Jul-2017 |
nicm |
Add -c for respawn-pane and respawn-window, from J Raynor.
|
#
1.85 |
|
30-May-2017 |
nicm |
Rewrite of choose mode, both to simplify and tidy the code and to add some modern features.
Now the common code is in mode-tree.c, which provides an API used by the three modes now separated into window-{buffer,client,tree}.c. Buffer mode shows buffers, client mode clients and tree mode a tree of sessions, windows and panes.
Each mode has a common set of key bindings plus a few that are specific to the mode. Other changes are:
- each mode has a preview pane: for buffers this is the buffer content (very useful), for others it is a preview of the pane;
- items may be sorted in different ways ('O' key);
- multiple items may be tagged and an operation applied to all of them (for example, to delete multiple buffers at once);
- in tree mode a command may be run on the selected item (session, window, pane) or on tagged items (key ':');
- displayed items may be filtered in tree mode by using a format (this is used to implement find-window) (key 'f');
- the custom format (-F) for the display is no longer available;
- shortcut keys change from 0-9, a-z, A-Z which was always a bit weird with keys used for other uses to 0-9, M-a to M-z.
Now that the code is simpler, other improvements will come later.
Primary key bindings for each mode are documented under the commands in the man page (choose-buffer, choose-client, choose-tree).
Parts written by Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.84 |
|
25-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Do not update TERM into config file parsing has finished.
|
#
1.83 |
|
22-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Get rid of the extra layer of flags and cmd_prepare() and just store the CMD_FIND_* flags in the cmd_entry and call it for the command. Commands with special requirements call it themselves and update the target for hooks to use.
|
#
1.82 |
|
22-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Mouse bindings and hooks set up an initial current state when running a command. This is used for the session, window and pane for all commands in the command sequence if there is no -t or -s.
However, using it for all commands in the command sequence means that if the active pane or current session is changed, subsequent commands still use the previous state. So make commands which explicitly change the current state (such as neww and selectp) update it themselves for later commands. Commands which may invalidate the state (like killp) are already OK because an invalid state will be ignored.
Also fill in the current state for all key bindings rather than just the mouse, so that any omissions are easier to spot.
|
#
1.81 |
|
21-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Add cmd_find_from_winlink_pane and use it in a couple of places, and make functions that can't fail void.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_1_BASE
|
#
1.80 |
|
09-Mar-2017 |
nicm |
Move server_fill_environ into environ.c and move some other common code into it.
|
#
1.79 |
|
08-Mar-2017 |
nicm |
Add a helper function for the most common format_create/defaults/expand pattern.
|
#
1.78 |
|
27-Feb-2017 |
nicm |
If splitw -b is used, insert the new pane before the current one in the pane list. This means the numbering is in order (for example for display-panes) and fixes a problem with redrawing the active pane borders.
|
#
1.77 |
|
03-Feb-2017 |
nicm |
Add a window or pane id "tag" to each format tree and use it to separate jobs, this means that if the same job is used for different windows or panes (for example in pane-border-format), it will be run separately for each pane.
|
#
1.76 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Use the notify name string instead of going via an enum and change existing hooks to use notifys instead.
|
#
1.75 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Mass rename struct cmd_q to struct cmdq_item and related.
|
#
1.74 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Rewrite command queue handling. Each client still has a command queue, but there is also now a global command queue. Instead of command queues being dispatched on demand from wherever the command happens to be added, they are now all dispatched from the top level server loop. Command queues may now also include callbacks as well as commands, and items may be inserted after the current command as well as at the end.
This all makes command queues significantly more predictable and easier to use, and avoids the complex multiple nested command queues used by source-file, if-shell and friends.
A mass rename of struct cmdq to a better name (cmdq_item probably) is coming.
|
#
1.73 |
|
13-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Trying to do hooks generically is way too complicated and unreliable and confusing, particularly trying to automatically figure out what target hooks should be using. So simplify it:
- drop before hooks entirely, they don't seem to be very useful;
- commands with special requirements now fire their own after hook (for example, if they change session or window, or if they have -t and -s and need to choose which one the hook uses as current target);
- commands with no special requirements can have the CMD_AFTERHOOK flag added and they will use the -t state.
At the moment new-session, new-window, split-window fire their own hook, and display-message uses the flag. The remaining commands still need to be looked at.
|
#
1.72 |
|
13-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Some improvements and bug fixes for hooks:
- Prepare the state again before the "after" hooks are run, because the command may have killed or moved windows.
- Use the hooks list from the newly prepared target, not the old hooks list (only matters for new-session really).
- Correctly detect an invalid current state and ignore it in cmd_find_target ("killw; swapw").
- Change neww, new, killp, killw, splitw, swapp, swapw to update the current state (used if no explicit target is given) to something more useful after they have finished. For example, neww changes it to the newly created window.
Hooks are still relatively new and primitive so there are likely to be more changes to come.
Parts based on bug reports from Uwe Werler and Iblis Lin.
|
#
1.71 |
|
10-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Add static in cmd-* and fix a few other nits.
|
#
1.70 |
|
04-Sep-2016 |
nicm |
Add support for performing a full width split (with splitw -f), rather than splitting the current cell. From Stephen Kent.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_0_BASE
|
#
1.69 |
|
06-Jun-2016 |
nicm |
Insert new panes after the pane being split in the list rather than always after the active pane. This is more sensible when doing it with commands rather than keys.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_9_BASE
|
#
1.68 |
|
19-Jan-2016 |
nicm |
I no longer use my SourceForge address so replace it.
|
#
1.67 |
|
14-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Instead of combined flags for -c, -s, -t, split into different sets using an enum and simplify the parsing code.
|
#
1.66 |
|
13-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Use member names in cmd_entry definitions so I stop getting confused about the order.
|
#
1.65 |
|
13-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Instead of every command resolving the target (-t or -s) itself, prepare the state (client, session, winlink, pane) for it it before entering the command. Each command provides some flags that tell the prepare step what it is expecting.
This is a requirement for having hooks on commands (for example, if you hook "select-window -t1:2", the hook command should to operate on window 1:2 not whatever it thinks is the current window), and should allow some other target improvements.
The old cmd_find_* functions remain for the moment but that layer will be dropped later.
Joint work with Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.64 |
|
11-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Add cmdq as an argument to format_create and add a format for the command name (will also be used for more later).
|
#
1.63 |
|
08-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Remove format_create_flags and just pass flags to format_create.
|
#
1.62 |
|
31-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Fall back silently to ~ or / rather than checking -c with access(), this was the old behaviour.
|
#
1.61 |
|
31-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Because pledge(2) does not allow us to pass directory file descriptors around, we can't use file descriptors for the working directory because we will be unable to pass it to a privileged process to tell it where to read or write files or spawn children. So move tmux back to using strings for the current working directory. We try to check it exists with access() when it is set but ultimately fall back to ~ if it fails at time of use (or / if that fails too).
|
#
1.60 |
|
28-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Like options, move the environ struct into environ.c.
|
#
1.59 |
|
27-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Move struct options into options.c.
|
#
1.58 |
|
23-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Remove some unnecessary checks before free().
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_8_BASE
|
#
1.57 |
|
26-Apr-2015 |
nicm |
Remove panes from layout if spawning them fails, reported by Anthony J Bentley.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_7_BASE
|
#
1.56 |
|
05-Feb-2015 |
nicm |
Remove a couple of now-unused variables.
|
#
1.55 |
|
05-Feb-2015 |
nicm |
Wrap all the individual format_* calls in a single format_defaults functions.
|
#
1.54 |
|
12-Nov-2014 |
nicm |
Add -b to splitw like joinw, from Felix Rosencrantz.
|
#
1.53 |
|
20-Oct-2014 |
nicm |
Move template defines back into .c files.
|
#
1.52 |
|
20-Oct-2014 |
nicm |
Instead of setting up the default keys by building the key struct directly with a helper function in the cmd_entry, include a table of bind-key commands and pass them through the command parser and a temporary cmd_q.
As well as being smaller, this will allow default bindings to be command sequences which will probably be needed soon.
|
#
1.51 |
|
01-Sep-2014 |
nicm |
Various minor style and spacing nits.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_6_BASE
|
#
1.50 |
|
13-May-2014 |
nicm |
If multiple arguments are given to new-session, new-window, split-window, respawn-window or respawn-pane, pass them directly to execvp() to help avoid quoting problems. One argument still goes to "sh -c" like before. Requested by many over the years. Patch from J Raynor.
|
#
1.49 |
|
17-Apr-2014 |
nicm |
Set PATH explicitly, either from client or session environment. Previously it came from the session environment. From J Raynor.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_5_BASE
|
#
1.48 |
|
22-Nov-2013 |
nicm |
Handle empty current directory more gracefully.
|
#
1.47 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Don't boke when figuring out working directory from configuration file.
|
#
1.46 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Alter how tmux handles the working directory to internally use file descriptors rather than strings.
- Each session still has a current working directory.
- New sessions still get their working directory from the client that created them or its attached session if any.
- New windows are created by default in the session working directory.
- The -c flag to new, neww, splitw allows the working directory to be overridden.
- The -c flag to attach let's the session working directory be changed.
- The default-path option has been removed.
To get the equivalent to default-path '.', do:
bind c neww -c $PWD
To get the equivalent of default-path '~', do:
bind c neww -c ~
This also changes the client identify protocol to be a set of messages rather than one as well as some other changes that should make it easier to make backwards-compatible protocol changes in future.
|
#
1.45 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Support -c for new-session, based on code from J Raynor.
|
#
1.44 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Restore missing key binding for %, from Chris Johnsen.
|
#
1.43 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Remove the barely-used and unnecessary command check() function.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_4_BASE
|
#
1.42 |
|
25-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Revert the command-prefix change which breaks sequences of commands.
|
#
1.41 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add resize-pane -Z to temporary zoom the active pane to occupy the full window or unzoom (restored to the normal layout) if it already zoomed, bound to C-b z by default. The pane is unzoomed on pretty much any excuse whatsoever.
We considered making this a new layout but the requirements are quite different from layouts so decided it is better as a special case. Each current layout cell is saved, a temporary one-cell layout generated and all except the active pane set to NULL.
Prompted by suggestions and scripts from several. Thanks to Aaron Jensen and Thiago Padilha for testing an earlier version.
|
#
1.40 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add a command queue to standardize and simplify commands that call other commands and allow a command to block execution of subsequent commands. This allows run-shell and if-shell to be synchronous which has been much requested.
Each client has a default command queue and commands are consumed one at a time from it. A command may suspend execution from the queue by returning CMD_RETURN_WAIT and then resume it by calling cmd_continue() - for example run-shell does this from the callback that is fired after the job is freed.
When the command queue becomes empty, command clients are automatically exited (unless attaching). A callback is also fired - this is used for nested commands in, for example, if-shell which can block execution of the client's cmdq until a new cmdq becomes empty.
Also merge all the old error/info/print functions together and lose the old curclient/cmdclient distinction - a cmdq is bound to one client (or none if in the configuration file), this is a command client if c->session is NULL otherwise an attached client.
|
#
1.39 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Fix error reporting for client commands by adding a flag to cmd_find_client to tell it whether or not to show errors, sometimes it's needed and sometimes not.
|
#
1.38 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add option command-prefix which is automatically prepended to any command (apart from a naked default-shell). The default is "exec ".
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_3_BASE
|
#
1.37 |
|
09-Dec-2012 |
nicm |
Use the CMD_*_USAGE defines consistently, from Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.36 |
|
14-Aug-2012 |
nicm |
Use a separate define for each default format template and strip clutter from the choose-tree defaults.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_2_BASE
|
#
1.35 |
|
11-Jul-2012 |
nicm |
Make command exec functions return an enum rather than -1/0/1 values and add a new value to mean "leave client running but don't attach" to fix problems with using some commands in a command sequence. Most of the work by Thomas Adam, problem reported by "jspenguin" on SF bug 3535531.
|
#
1.34 |
|
10-Jul-2012 |
nicm |
xfree is not particularly helpful, remove it. From Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.33 |
|
22-May-2012 |
nicm |
Switch all of the various choose- and list- commands over to the format infrastructure, from Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.32 |
|
17-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add notify hooks for various events, the functions are currently empty stubs but will be filled in for control mode later. From George Nachman.
|
#
1.31 |
|
04-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
free -> xfree.
|
#
1.30 |
|
04-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add -F format to new-window and split-window to use with the -P flag, from George Nachman.
|
#
1.29 |
|
03-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add move-pane command (like join-pane but allows the same window). Also -b flag to join-pane and move-pane to place the pane to the left or above. From George Nachman.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_1_BASE
|
#
1.28 |
|
31-Jan-2012 |
nicm |
Provide defined ways to set the various default-path possibilities: ~ for home directory, . for server start directory, - for session start directory and empty for the pane's working directory (the default). All can also be used as part of a relative path (eg -/foo). Also provide -c flags to neww and splitw to override default-path setting.
Based on a diff from sthen. ok sthen
|
#
1.27 |
|
20-Jan-2012 |
nicm |
Add some const and fix a warning.
|
#
1.26 |
|
09-Dec-2011 |
nicm |
Change the way the working directory for new processes is discovered. If default-path isn't empty, it is used. Otherwise:
1) If tmux neww is run from the command line, the working directory of the client is used.
2) Otherwise sysctl KERN_PROC_CWD is used to retrieve the current working directory of the process in the active pane.
3) If that fails, the directory where the session was created is used.
Support code by Romain Francois, OpenBSD specific bits by me.
Note this requires a recent userland and kernel with KERN_PROC_CWD.
|
#
1.25 |
|
15-Nov-2011 |
nicm |
Make window_pane_index work the same as window_index, from Ben Boeckel.
|
#
1.24 |
|
30-Aug-2011 |
nicm |
Plug memory leak, from Tiago Cunha.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_9_BASE OPENBSD_5_0_BASE
|
#
1.23 |
|
10-Feb-2011 |
nicm |
Size on split-window is -l not -s. Doh.
|
#
1.22 |
|
04-Jan-2011 |
nicm |
Clean up and simplify tmux command argument parsing.
Originally, tmux commands were parsed in the client process into a struct with the command data which was then serialised and sent to the server to be executed. The parsing was later moved into the server (an argv was sent from the client), but the parse step and intermediate struct was kept.
This change removes that struct and the separate parse step. Argument parsing and printing is now common to all commands (in arguments.c) with each command left with just an optional check function (to validate the arguments at parse time), the exec function and a function to set up any key bindings (renamed from the old init function).
This is overall more simple and consistent.
There should be no changes to any commands behaviour or syntax although as this touches every command please watch for any unexpected changes.
|
#
1.21 |
|
01-Jan-2011 |
nicm |
Add a -P option to new-window and split-window to print the new window or pane index in target form (useful to pass it into other commands).
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_8_BASE
|
#
1.20 |
|
27-Jun-2010 |
nicm |
Store the current working directory in the session, change the default-path option to default to empty and make that mean that the stored session CWD is used.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_7_BASE
|
#
1.19 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
New command, join-pane, to split and move an existing pane into the space (like splitw then movep, or the reverse of breakp).
|
#
1.18 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
Use the specified pane for size calculations. Doh.
|
#
1.17 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
Change split-window to accept a pane target (it should be split-pane but renaming the command would be annoying).
|
#
1.16 |
|
03-Dec-2009 |
nicm |
Massive spaces->tabs and trailing whitespace cleanup, hopefully for the last time now I've configured emacs to make them displayed in really annoying colours...
|
#
1.15 |
|
20-Nov-2009 |
nicm |
When -h and -p are given to split-window, calculate the percentage size using the width instead of the height.
|
#
1.14 |
|
13-Nov-2009 |
nicm |
Get rid of the ugly CMD_CHFLAG macro and use a const string (eg "dDU") in the command entry structs and a couple of functions to check/set the flags.
|
#
1.13 |
|
21-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
Use KEYC_NONE constant instead of 0 on init.
|
#
1.12 |
|
16-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
Rather than constructing an entire termios struct from ttydefaults.h, just let forkpty do it and then alter the bits that should be changed after fork. A little neater and more portable.
|
#
1.11 |
|
01-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
When using tmux as a login shell, there is currently no way to specify a shell to be used as a login shell inside tmux, so add a default-shell session option. This sets the shell invoked as a login shell when the default-command option is empty.
The default option value is whichever of $SHELL, getpwuid(getuid())'s pw_shell or /bin/sh is valid first.
Based on a diff from martynas@, changed by me to be a session option rather than a window option.
|
#
1.10 |
|
25-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
Print -l and -p when showing command, pointed out by Tiago Cunha.
|
#
1.9 |
|
13-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
When creating a new session from the command-line where there is an external terminal, copy the termios(4) special characters and use them for new windows created in the new session. Suggested by Theo.
|
#
1.8 |
|
08-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
Infrastructure and commands to manage the environment for processes started within tmux.
There is a global environment, copied from the external environment when the server is started and each sesssion has an (initially empty) session environment which overrides it.
New commands set-environment and show-environment manipulate or display the environments.
A new session option, update-environment, is a space-separated list of variables which are updated from the external environment into the session environment every time a new session is created - the default is DISPLAY.
|
#
1.7 |
|
26-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Make all messages sent between the client and server fixed size.
This is the first of two changes to make the protocol more resilient and less sensitive to other changes in the code, particularly with commands. The client now packs argv into a buffer and sends it to the server for parsing, rather than doing it itself and sending the parsed command data.
As a side-effect this also removes a lot of now-unused command marshalling code.
Mixing a server without this change and a client with or vice versa will cause tmux to hang or crash, please ensure that tmux is entirely killed before upgrading.
|
#
1.6 |
|
22-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
window_add_pane cannot fail, so remove the unused cause argument and don't bother to check for a NULL return.
|
#
1.5 |
|
19-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Improved layout code.
Each window now has a tree of layout cells associated with it. In this tree, each node is either a horizontal or vertical cell containing a list of other cells running from left-to-right or top-to-bottom, or a leaf cell which is associated with a pane.
The major functional changes are:
- panes may now be split arbitrarily both horizontally (splitw -h, C-b %) and vertically (splitw -v, C-b "); - panes may be resized both horizontally and vertically (resizep -L/-R/-U/-D, bound to C-b left/right/up/down and C-b M-left/right/up/down); - layouts are now applied and then may be modified by resizing or splitting panes, rather than being fixed and reapplied when the window is resized or panes are added; - manual-vertical layout is no longer necessary, and active-only layout is gone (but may return in future); - the main-pane layouts now reduce the size of the main pane to fit all panes if possible.
Thanks to all who tested.
|
#
1.4 |
|
13-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Having fixed flags for single-character getopt options is a bit hard to maintain and is only going to get worse as more are used. So instead, add a new uint64_t member to cmd_entry which is a bitmask of upper and lowercase options accepted by the command.
This means new single character options can be used without the need to add it explicitly to the list.
|
#
1.3 |
|
07-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
The fix for default-path (use target session options instead of global options) is required here as well, doh.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_6_BASE
|
#
1.2 |
|
25-Jun-2009 |
nicm |
lines variable can be -1 (to be ignored), so should be signed. Found by lint.
|
#
1.1 |
|
01-Jun-2009 |
nicm |
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another.
ok deraadt pirofti
|
#
1.90 |
|
24-May-2018 |
nicm |
Make server_client_get_cwd used (almost) everywhere we need to work out the cwd, and do not fall back to "." as it is pretty useless. GitHub issue 1331.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_3_BASE
|
#
1.89 |
|
16-Mar-2018 |
nicm |
Insert full size panes at the right position, from KOIE Hidetaka in GitHub issue 1284.
|
#
1.88 |
|
01-Mar-2018 |
nicm |
Expand formats in window and session names.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_2_BASE
|
#
1.87 |
|
30-Aug-2017 |
nicm |
Pass flags into cmd_find_from_* to fix prefer-unattached, reported by Thomas Sattler.
|
#
1.86 |
|
21-Jul-2017 |
nicm |
Add -c for respawn-pane and respawn-window, from J Raynor.
|
#
1.85 |
|
30-May-2017 |
nicm |
Rewrite of choose mode, both to simplify and tidy the code and to add some modern features.
Now the common code is in mode-tree.c, which provides an API used by the three modes now separated into window-{buffer,client,tree}.c. Buffer mode shows buffers, client mode clients and tree mode a tree of sessions, windows and panes.
Each mode has a common set of key bindings plus a few that are specific to the mode. Other changes are:
- each mode has a preview pane: for buffers this is the buffer content (very useful), for others it is a preview of the pane;
- items may be sorted in different ways ('O' key);
- multiple items may be tagged and an operation applied to all of them (for example, to delete multiple buffers at once);
- in tree mode a command may be run on the selected item (session, window, pane) or on tagged items (key ':');
- displayed items may be filtered in tree mode by using a format (this is used to implement find-window) (key 'f');
- the custom format (-F) for the display is no longer available;
- shortcut keys change from 0-9, a-z, A-Z which was always a bit weird with keys used for other uses to 0-9, M-a to M-z.
Now that the code is simpler, other improvements will come later.
Primary key bindings for each mode are documented under the commands in the man page (choose-buffer, choose-client, choose-tree).
Parts written by Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.84 |
|
25-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Do not update TERM into config file parsing has finished.
|
#
1.83 |
|
22-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Get rid of the extra layer of flags and cmd_prepare() and just store the CMD_FIND_* flags in the cmd_entry and call it for the command. Commands with special requirements call it themselves and update the target for hooks to use.
|
#
1.82 |
|
22-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Mouse bindings and hooks set up an initial current state when running a command. This is used for the session, window and pane for all commands in the command sequence if there is no -t or -s.
However, using it for all commands in the command sequence means that if the active pane or current session is changed, subsequent commands still use the previous state. So make commands which explicitly change the current state (such as neww and selectp) update it themselves for later commands. Commands which may invalidate the state (like killp) are already OK because an invalid state will be ignored.
Also fill in the current state for all key bindings rather than just the mouse, so that any omissions are easier to spot.
|
#
1.81 |
|
21-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Add cmd_find_from_winlink_pane and use it in a couple of places, and make functions that can't fail void.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_1_BASE
|
#
1.80 |
|
09-Mar-2017 |
nicm |
Move server_fill_environ into environ.c and move some other common code into it.
|
#
1.79 |
|
08-Mar-2017 |
nicm |
Add a helper function for the most common format_create/defaults/expand pattern.
|
#
1.78 |
|
27-Feb-2017 |
nicm |
If splitw -b is used, insert the new pane before the current one in the pane list. This means the numbering is in order (for example for display-panes) and fixes a problem with redrawing the active pane borders.
|
#
1.77 |
|
03-Feb-2017 |
nicm |
Add a window or pane id "tag" to each format tree and use it to separate jobs, this means that if the same job is used for different windows or panes (for example in pane-border-format), it will be run separately for each pane.
|
#
1.76 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Use the notify name string instead of going via an enum and change existing hooks to use notifys instead.
|
#
1.75 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Mass rename struct cmd_q to struct cmdq_item and related.
|
#
1.74 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Rewrite command queue handling. Each client still has a command queue, but there is also now a global command queue. Instead of command queues being dispatched on demand from wherever the command happens to be added, they are now all dispatched from the top level server loop. Command queues may now also include callbacks as well as commands, and items may be inserted after the current command as well as at the end.
This all makes command queues significantly more predictable and easier to use, and avoids the complex multiple nested command queues used by source-file, if-shell and friends.
A mass rename of struct cmdq to a better name (cmdq_item probably) is coming.
|
#
1.73 |
|
13-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Trying to do hooks generically is way too complicated and unreliable and confusing, particularly trying to automatically figure out what target hooks should be using. So simplify it:
- drop before hooks entirely, they don't seem to be very useful;
- commands with special requirements now fire their own after hook (for example, if they change session or window, or if they have -t and -s and need to choose which one the hook uses as current target);
- commands with no special requirements can have the CMD_AFTERHOOK flag added and they will use the -t state.
At the moment new-session, new-window, split-window fire their own hook, and display-message uses the flag. The remaining commands still need to be looked at.
|
#
1.72 |
|
13-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Some improvements and bug fixes for hooks:
- Prepare the state again before the "after" hooks are run, because the command may have killed or moved windows.
- Use the hooks list from the newly prepared target, not the old hooks list (only matters for new-session really).
- Correctly detect an invalid current state and ignore it in cmd_find_target ("killw; swapw").
- Change neww, new, killp, killw, splitw, swapp, swapw to update the current state (used if no explicit target is given) to something more useful after they have finished. For example, neww changes it to the newly created window.
Hooks are still relatively new and primitive so there are likely to be more changes to come.
Parts based on bug reports from Uwe Werler and Iblis Lin.
|
#
1.71 |
|
10-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Add static in cmd-* and fix a few other nits.
|
#
1.70 |
|
04-Sep-2016 |
nicm |
Add support for performing a full width split (with splitw -f), rather than splitting the current cell. From Stephen Kent.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_0_BASE
|
#
1.69 |
|
06-Jun-2016 |
nicm |
Insert new panes after the pane being split in the list rather than always after the active pane. This is more sensible when doing it with commands rather than keys.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_9_BASE
|
#
1.68 |
|
19-Jan-2016 |
nicm |
I no longer use my SourceForge address so replace it.
|
#
1.67 |
|
14-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Instead of combined flags for -c, -s, -t, split into different sets using an enum and simplify the parsing code.
|
#
1.66 |
|
13-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Use member names in cmd_entry definitions so I stop getting confused about the order.
|
#
1.65 |
|
13-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Instead of every command resolving the target (-t or -s) itself, prepare the state (client, session, winlink, pane) for it it before entering the command. Each command provides some flags that tell the prepare step what it is expecting.
This is a requirement for having hooks on commands (for example, if you hook "select-window -t1:2", the hook command should to operate on window 1:2 not whatever it thinks is the current window), and should allow some other target improvements.
The old cmd_find_* functions remain for the moment but that layer will be dropped later.
Joint work with Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.64 |
|
11-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Add cmdq as an argument to format_create and add a format for the command name (will also be used for more later).
|
#
1.63 |
|
08-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Remove format_create_flags and just pass flags to format_create.
|
#
1.62 |
|
31-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Fall back silently to ~ or / rather than checking -c with access(), this was the old behaviour.
|
#
1.61 |
|
31-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Because pledge(2) does not allow us to pass directory file descriptors around, we can't use file descriptors for the working directory because we will be unable to pass it to a privileged process to tell it where to read or write files or spawn children. So move tmux back to using strings for the current working directory. We try to check it exists with access() when it is set but ultimately fall back to ~ if it fails at time of use (or / if that fails too).
|
#
1.60 |
|
28-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Like options, move the environ struct into environ.c.
|
#
1.59 |
|
27-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Move struct options into options.c.
|
#
1.58 |
|
23-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Remove some unnecessary checks before free().
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_8_BASE
|
#
1.57 |
|
26-Apr-2015 |
nicm |
Remove panes from layout if spawning them fails, reported by Anthony J Bentley.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_7_BASE
|
#
1.56 |
|
05-Feb-2015 |
nicm |
Remove a couple of now-unused variables.
|
#
1.55 |
|
05-Feb-2015 |
nicm |
Wrap all the individual format_* calls in a single format_defaults functions.
|
#
1.54 |
|
12-Nov-2014 |
nicm |
Add -b to splitw like joinw, from Felix Rosencrantz.
|
#
1.53 |
|
20-Oct-2014 |
nicm |
Move template defines back into .c files.
|
#
1.52 |
|
20-Oct-2014 |
nicm |
Instead of setting up the default keys by building the key struct directly with a helper function in the cmd_entry, include a table of bind-key commands and pass them through the command parser and a temporary cmd_q.
As well as being smaller, this will allow default bindings to be command sequences which will probably be needed soon.
|
#
1.51 |
|
01-Sep-2014 |
nicm |
Various minor style and spacing nits.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_6_BASE
|
#
1.50 |
|
13-May-2014 |
nicm |
If multiple arguments are given to new-session, new-window, split-window, respawn-window or respawn-pane, pass them directly to execvp() to help avoid quoting problems. One argument still goes to "sh -c" like before. Requested by many over the years. Patch from J Raynor.
|
#
1.49 |
|
17-Apr-2014 |
nicm |
Set PATH explicitly, either from client or session environment. Previously it came from the session environment. From J Raynor.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_5_BASE
|
#
1.48 |
|
22-Nov-2013 |
nicm |
Handle empty current directory more gracefully.
|
#
1.47 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Don't boke when figuring out working directory from configuration file.
|
#
1.46 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Alter how tmux handles the working directory to internally use file descriptors rather than strings.
- Each session still has a current working directory.
- New sessions still get their working directory from the client that created them or its attached session if any.
- New windows are created by default in the session working directory.
- The -c flag to new, neww, splitw allows the working directory to be overridden.
- The -c flag to attach let's the session working directory be changed.
- The default-path option has been removed.
To get the equivalent to default-path '.', do:
bind c neww -c $PWD
To get the equivalent of default-path '~', do:
bind c neww -c ~
This also changes the client identify protocol to be a set of messages rather than one as well as some other changes that should make it easier to make backwards-compatible protocol changes in future.
|
#
1.45 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Support -c for new-session, based on code from J Raynor.
|
#
1.44 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Restore missing key binding for %, from Chris Johnsen.
|
#
1.43 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Remove the barely-used and unnecessary command check() function.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_4_BASE
|
#
1.42 |
|
25-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Revert the command-prefix change which breaks sequences of commands.
|
#
1.41 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add resize-pane -Z to temporary zoom the active pane to occupy the full window or unzoom (restored to the normal layout) if it already zoomed, bound to C-b z by default. The pane is unzoomed on pretty much any excuse whatsoever.
We considered making this a new layout but the requirements are quite different from layouts so decided it is better as a special case. Each current layout cell is saved, a temporary one-cell layout generated and all except the active pane set to NULL.
Prompted by suggestions and scripts from several. Thanks to Aaron Jensen and Thiago Padilha for testing an earlier version.
|
#
1.40 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add a command queue to standardize and simplify commands that call other commands and allow a command to block execution of subsequent commands. This allows run-shell and if-shell to be synchronous which has been much requested.
Each client has a default command queue and commands are consumed one at a time from it. A command may suspend execution from the queue by returning CMD_RETURN_WAIT and then resume it by calling cmd_continue() - for example run-shell does this from the callback that is fired after the job is freed.
When the command queue becomes empty, command clients are automatically exited (unless attaching). A callback is also fired - this is used for nested commands in, for example, if-shell which can block execution of the client's cmdq until a new cmdq becomes empty.
Also merge all the old error/info/print functions together and lose the old curclient/cmdclient distinction - a cmdq is bound to one client (or none if in the configuration file), this is a command client if c->session is NULL otherwise an attached client.
|
#
1.39 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Fix error reporting for client commands by adding a flag to cmd_find_client to tell it whether or not to show errors, sometimes it's needed and sometimes not.
|
#
1.38 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add option command-prefix which is automatically prepended to any command (apart from a naked default-shell). The default is "exec ".
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_3_BASE
|
#
1.37 |
|
09-Dec-2012 |
nicm |
Use the CMD_*_USAGE defines consistently, from Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.36 |
|
14-Aug-2012 |
nicm |
Use a separate define for each default format template and strip clutter from the choose-tree defaults.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_2_BASE
|
#
1.35 |
|
11-Jul-2012 |
nicm |
Make command exec functions return an enum rather than -1/0/1 values and add a new value to mean "leave client running but don't attach" to fix problems with using some commands in a command sequence. Most of the work by Thomas Adam, problem reported by "jspenguin" on SF bug 3535531.
|
#
1.34 |
|
10-Jul-2012 |
nicm |
xfree is not particularly helpful, remove it. From Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.33 |
|
22-May-2012 |
nicm |
Switch all of the various choose- and list- commands over to the format infrastructure, from Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.32 |
|
17-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add notify hooks for various events, the functions are currently empty stubs but will be filled in for control mode later. From George Nachman.
|
#
1.31 |
|
04-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
free -> xfree.
|
#
1.30 |
|
04-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add -F format to new-window and split-window to use with the -P flag, from George Nachman.
|
#
1.29 |
|
03-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add move-pane command (like join-pane but allows the same window). Also -b flag to join-pane and move-pane to place the pane to the left or above. From George Nachman.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_1_BASE
|
#
1.28 |
|
31-Jan-2012 |
nicm |
Provide defined ways to set the various default-path possibilities: ~ for home directory, . for server start directory, - for session start directory and empty for the pane's working directory (the default). All can also be used as part of a relative path (eg -/foo). Also provide -c flags to neww and splitw to override default-path setting.
Based on a diff from sthen. ok sthen
|
#
1.27 |
|
20-Jan-2012 |
nicm |
Add some const and fix a warning.
|
#
1.26 |
|
09-Dec-2011 |
nicm |
Change the way the working directory for new processes is discovered. If default-path isn't empty, it is used. Otherwise:
1) If tmux neww is run from the command line, the working directory of the client is used.
2) Otherwise sysctl KERN_PROC_CWD is used to retrieve the current working directory of the process in the active pane.
3) If that fails, the directory where the session was created is used.
Support code by Romain Francois, OpenBSD specific bits by me.
Note this requires a recent userland and kernel with KERN_PROC_CWD.
|
#
1.25 |
|
15-Nov-2011 |
nicm |
Make window_pane_index work the same as window_index, from Ben Boeckel.
|
#
1.24 |
|
30-Aug-2011 |
nicm |
Plug memory leak, from Tiago Cunha.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_9_BASE OPENBSD_5_0_BASE
|
#
1.23 |
|
10-Feb-2011 |
nicm |
Size on split-window is -l not -s. Doh.
|
#
1.22 |
|
04-Jan-2011 |
nicm |
Clean up and simplify tmux command argument parsing.
Originally, tmux commands were parsed in the client process into a struct with the command data which was then serialised and sent to the server to be executed. The parsing was later moved into the server (an argv was sent from the client), but the parse step and intermediate struct was kept.
This change removes that struct and the separate parse step. Argument parsing and printing is now common to all commands (in arguments.c) with each command left with just an optional check function (to validate the arguments at parse time), the exec function and a function to set up any key bindings (renamed from the old init function).
This is overall more simple and consistent.
There should be no changes to any commands behaviour or syntax although as this touches every command please watch for any unexpected changes.
|
#
1.21 |
|
01-Jan-2011 |
nicm |
Add a -P option to new-window and split-window to print the new window or pane index in target form (useful to pass it into other commands).
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_8_BASE
|
#
1.20 |
|
27-Jun-2010 |
nicm |
Store the current working directory in the session, change the default-path option to default to empty and make that mean that the stored session CWD is used.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_7_BASE
|
#
1.19 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
New command, join-pane, to split and move an existing pane into the space (like splitw then movep, or the reverse of breakp).
|
#
1.18 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
Use the specified pane for size calculations. Doh.
|
#
1.17 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
Change split-window to accept a pane target (it should be split-pane but renaming the command would be annoying).
|
#
1.16 |
|
03-Dec-2009 |
nicm |
Massive spaces->tabs and trailing whitespace cleanup, hopefully for the last time now I've configured emacs to make them displayed in really annoying colours...
|
#
1.15 |
|
20-Nov-2009 |
nicm |
When -h and -p are given to split-window, calculate the percentage size using the width instead of the height.
|
#
1.14 |
|
13-Nov-2009 |
nicm |
Get rid of the ugly CMD_CHFLAG macro and use a const string (eg "dDU") in the command entry structs and a couple of functions to check/set the flags.
|
#
1.13 |
|
21-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
Use KEYC_NONE constant instead of 0 on init.
|
#
1.12 |
|
16-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
Rather than constructing an entire termios struct from ttydefaults.h, just let forkpty do it and then alter the bits that should be changed after fork. A little neater and more portable.
|
#
1.11 |
|
01-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
When using tmux as a login shell, there is currently no way to specify a shell to be used as a login shell inside tmux, so add a default-shell session option. This sets the shell invoked as a login shell when the default-command option is empty.
The default option value is whichever of $SHELL, getpwuid(getuid())'s pw_shell or /bin/sh is valid first.
Based on a diff from martynas@, changed by me to be a session option rather than a window option.
|
#
1.10 |
|
25-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
Print -l and -p when showing command, pointed out by Tiago Cunha.
|
#
1.9 |
|
13-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
When creating a new session from the command-line where there is an external terminal, copy the termios(4) special characters and use them for new windows created in the new session. Suggested by Theo.
|
#
1.8 |
|
08-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
Infrastructure and commands to manage the environment for processes started within tmux.
There is a global environment, copied from the external environment when the server is started and each sesssion has an (initially empty) session environment which overrides it.
New commands set-environment and show-environment manipulate or display the environments.
A new session option, update-environment, is a space-separated list of variables which are updated from the external environment into the session environment every time a new session is created - the default is DISPLAY.
|
#
1.7 |
|
26-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Make all messages sent between the client and server fixed size.
This is the first of two changes to make the protocol more resilient and less sensitive to other changes in the code, particularly with commands. The client now packs argv into a buffer and sends it to the server for parsing, rather than doing it itself and sending the parsed command data.
As a side-effect this also removes a lot of now-unused command marshalling code.
Mixing a server without this change and a client with or vice versa will cause tmux to hang or crash, please ensure that tmux is entirely killed before upgrading.
|
#
1.6 |
|
22-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
window_add_pane cannot fail, so remove the unused cause argument and don't bother to check for a NULL return.
|
#
1.5 |
|
19-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Improved layout code.
Each window now has a tree of layout cells associated with it. In this tree, each node is either a horizontal or vertical cell containing a list of other cells running from left-to-right or top-to-bottom, or a leaf cell which is associated with a pane.
The major functional changes are:
- panes may now be split arbitrarily both horizontally (splitw -h, C-b %) and vertically (splitw -v, C-b "); - panes may be resized both horizontally and vertically (resizep -L/-R/-U/-D, bound to C-b left/right/up/down and C-b M-left/right/up/down); - layouts are now applied and then may be modified by resizing or splitting panes, rather than being fixed and reapplied when the window is resized or panes are added; - manual-vertical layout is no longer necessary, and active-only layout is gone (but may return in future); - the main-pane layouts now reduce the size of the main pane to fit all panes if possible.
Thanks to all who tested.
|
#
1.4 |
|
13-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Having fixed flags for single-character getopt options is a bit hard to maintain and is only going to get worse as more are used. So instead, add a new uint64_t member to cmd_entry which is a bitmask of upper and lowercase options accepted by the command.
This means new single character options can be used without the need to add it explicitly to the list.
|
#
1.3 |
|
07-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
The fix for default-path (use target session options instead of global options) is required here as well, doh.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_6_BASE
|
#
1.2 |
|
25-Jun-2009 |
nicm |
lines variable can be -1 (to be ignored), so should be signed. Found by lint.
|
#
1.1 |
|
01-Jun-2009 |
nicm |
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another.
ok deraadt pirofti
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_3_BASE
|
#
1.89 |
|
16-Mar-2018 |
nicm |
Insert full size panes at the right position, from KOIE Hidetaka in GitHub issue 1284.
|
#
1.88 |
|
01-Mar-2018 |
nicm |
Expand formats in window and session names.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_2_BASE
|
#
1.87 |
|
30-Aug-2017 |
nicm |
Pass flags into cmd_find_from_* to fix prefer-unattached, reported by Thomas Sattler.
|
#
1.86 |
|
21-Jul-2017 |
nicm |
Add -c for respawn-pane and respawn-window, from J Raynor.
|
#
1.85 |
|
30-May-2017 |
nicm |
Rewrite of choose mode, both to simplify and tidy the code and to add some modern features.
Now the common code is in mode-tree.c, which provides an API used by the three modes now separated into window-{buffer,client,tree}.c. Buffer mode shows buffers, client mode clients and tree mode a tree of sessions, windows and panes.
Each mode has a common set of key bindings plus a few that are specific to the mode. Other changes are:
- each mode has a preview pane: for buffers this is the buffer content (very useful), for others it is a preview of the pane;
- items may be sorted in different ways ('O' key);
- multiple items may be tagged and an operation applied to all of them (for example, to delete multiple buffers at once);
- in tree mode a command may be run on the selected item (session, window, pane) or on tagged items (key ':');
- displayed items may be filtered in tree mode by using a format (this is used to implement find-window) (key 'f');
- the custom format (-F) for the display is no longer available;
- shortcut keys change from 0-9, a-z, A-Z which was always a bit weird with keys used for other uses to 0-9, M-a to M-z.
Now that the code is simpler, other improvements will come later.
Primary key bindings for each mode are documented under the commands in the man page (choose-buffer, choose-client, choose-tree).
Parts written by Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.84 |
|
25-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Do not update TERM into config file parsing has finished.
|
#
1.83 |
|
22-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Get rid of the extra layer of flags and cmd_prepare() and just store the CMD_FIND_* flags in the cmd_entry and call it for the command. Commands with special requirements call it themselves and update the target for hooks to use.
|
#
1.82 |
|
22-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Mouse bindings and hooks set up an initial current state when running a command. This is used for the session, window and pane for all commands in the command sequence if there is no -t or -s.
However, using it for all commands in the command sequence means that if the active pane or current session is changed, subsequent commands still use the previous state. So make commands which explicitly change the current state (such as neww and selectp) update it themselves for later commands. Commands which may invalidate the state (like killp) are already OK because an invalid state will be ignored.
Also fill in the current state for all key bindings rather than just the mouse, so that any omissions are easier to spot.
|
#
1.81 |
|
21-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Add cmd_find_from_winlink_pane and use it in a couple of places, and make functions that can't fail void.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_1_BASE
|
#
1.80 |
|
09-Mar-2017 |
nicm |
Move server_fill_environ into environ.c and move some other common code into it.
|
#
1.79 |
|
08-Mar-2017 |
nicm |
Add a helper function for the most common format_create/defaults/expand pattern.
|
#
1.78 |
|
27-Feb-2017 |
nicm |
If splitw -b is used, insert the new pane before the current one in the pane list. This means the numbering is in order (for example for display-panes) and fixes a problem with redrawing the active pane borders.
|
#
1.77 |
|
03-Feb-2017 |
nicm |
Add a window or pane id "tag" to each format tree and use it to separate jobs, this means that if the same job is used for different windows or panes (for example in pane-border-format), it will be run separately for each pane.
|
#
1.76 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Use the notify name string instead of going via an enum and change existing hooks to use notifys instead.
|
#
1.75 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Mass rename struct cmd_q to struct cmdq_item and related.
|
#
1.74 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Rewrite command queue handling. Each client still has a command queue, but there is also now a global command queue. Instead of command queues being dispatched on demand from wherever the command happens to be added, they are now all dispatched from the top level server loop. Command queues may now also include callbacks as well as commands, and items may be inserted after the current command as well as at the end.
This all makes command queues significantly more predictable and easier to use, and avoids the complex multiple nested command queues used by source-file, if-shell and friends.
A mass rename of struct cmdq to a better name (cmdq_item probably) is coming.
|
#
1.73 |
|
13-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Trying to do hooks generically is way too complicated and unreliable and confusing, particularly trying to automatically figure out what target hooks should be using. So simplify it:
- drop before hooks entirely, they don't seem to be very useful;
- commands with special requirements now fire their own after hook (for example, if they change session or window, or if they have -t and -s and need to choose which one the hook uses as current target);
- commands with no special requirements can have the CMD_AFTERHOOK flag added and they will use the -t state.
At the moment new-session, new-window, split-window fire their own hook, and display-message uses the flag. The remaining commands still need to be looked at.
|
#
1.72 |
|
13-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Some improvements and bug fixes for hooks:
- Prepare the state again before the "after" hooks are run, because the command may have killed or moved windows.
- Use the hooks list from the newly prepared target, not the old hooks list (only matters for new-session really).
- Correctly detect an invalid current state and ignore it in cmd_find_target ("killw; swapw").
- Change neww, new, killp, killw, splitw, swapp, swapw to update the current state (used if no explicit target is given) to something more useful after they have finished. For example, neww changes it to the newly created window.
Hooks are still relatively new and primitive so there are likely to be more changes to come.
Parts based on bug reports from Uwe Werler and Iblis Lin.
|
#
1.71 |
|
10-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Add static in cmd-* and fix a few other nits.
|
#
1.70 |
|
04-Sep-2016 |
nicm |
Add support for performing a full width split (with splitw -f), rather than splitting the current cell. From Stephen Kent.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_0_BASE
|
#
1.69 |
|
06-Jun-2016 |
nicm |
Insert new panes after the pane being split in the list rather than always after the active pane. This is more sensible when doing it with commands rather than keys.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_9_BASE
|
#
1.68 |
|
19-Jan-2016 |
nicm |
I no longer use my SourceForge address so replace it.
|
#
1.67 |
|
14-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Instead of combined flags for -c, -s, -t, split into different sets using an enum and simplify the parsing code.
|
#
1.66 |
|
13-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Use member names in cmd_entry definitions so I stop getting confused about the order.
|
#
1.65 |
|
13-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Instead of every command resolving the target (-t or -s) itself, prepare the state (client, session, winlink, pane) for it it before entering the command. Each command provides some flags that tell the prepare step what it is expecting.
This is a requirement for having hooks on commands (for example, if you hook "select-window -t1:2", the hook command should to operate on window 1:2 not whatever it thinks is the current window), and should allow some other target improvements.
The old cmd_find_* functions remain for the moment but that layer will be dropped later.
Joint work with Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.64 |
|
11-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Add cmdq as an argument to format_create and add a format for the command name (will also be used for more later).
|
#
1.63 |
|
08-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Remove format_create_flags and just pass flags to format_create.
|
#
1.62 |
|
31-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Fall back silently to ~ or / rather than checking -c with access(), this was the old behaviour.
|
#
1.61 |
|
31-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Because pledge(2) does not allow us to pass directory file descriptors around, we can't use file descriptors for the working directory because we will be unable to pass it to a privileged process to tell it where to read or write files or spawn children. So move tmux back to using strings for the current working directory. We try to check it exists with access() when it is set but ultimately fall back to ~ if it fails at time of use (or / if that fails too).
|
#
1.60 |
|
28-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Like options, move the environ struct into environ.c.
|
#
1.59 |
|
27-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Move struct options into options.c.
|
#
1.58 |
|
23-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Remove some unnecessary checks before free().
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_8_BASE
|
#
1.57 |
|
26-Apr-2015 |
nicm |
Remove panes from layout if spawning them fails, reported by Anthony J Bentley.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_7_BASE
|
#
1.56 |
|
05-Feb-2015 |
nicm |
Remove a couple of now-unused variables.
|
#
1.55 |
|
05-Feb-2015 |
nicm |
Wrap all the individual format_* calls in a single format_defaults functions.
|
#
1.54 |
|
12-Nov-2014 |
nicm |
Add -b to splitw like joinw, from Felix Rosencrantz.
|
#
1.53 |
|
20-Oct-2014 |
nicm |
Move template defines back into .c files.
|
#
1.52 |
|
20-Oct-2014 |
nicm |
Instead of setting up the default keys by building the key struct directly with a helper function in the cmd_entry, include a table of bind-key commands and pass them through the command parser and a temporary cmd_q.
As well as being smaller, this will allow default bindings to be command sequences which will probably be needed soon.
|
#
1.51 |
|
01-Sep-2014 |
nicm |
Various minor style and spacing nits.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_6_BASE
|
#
1.50 |
|
13-May-2014 |
nicm |
If multiple arguments are given to new-session, new-window, split-window, respawn-window or respawn-pane, pass them directly to execvp() to help avoid quoting problems. One argument still goes to "sh -c" like before. Requested by many over the years. Patch from J Raynor.
|
#
1.49 |
|
17-Apr-2014 |
nicm |
Set PATH explicitly, either from client or session environment. Previously it came from the session environment. From J Raynor.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_5_BASE
|
#
1.48 |
|
22-Nov-2013 |
nicm |
Handle empty current directory more gracefully.
|
#
1.47 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Don't boke when figuring out working directory from configuration file.
|
#
1.46 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Alter how tmux handles the working directory to internally use file descriptors rather than strings.
- Each session still has a current working directory.
- New sessions still get their working directory from the client that created them or its attached session if any.
- New windows are created by default in the session working directory.
- The -c flag to new, neww, splitw allows the working directory to be overridden.
- The -c flag to attach let's the session working directory be changed.
- The default-path option has been removed.
To get the equivalent to default-path '.', do:
bind c neww -c $PWD
To get the equivalent of default-path '~', do:
bind c neww -c ~
This also changes the client identify protocol to be a set of messages rather than one as well as some other changes that should make it easier to make backwards-compatible protocol changes in future.
|
#
1.45 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Support -c for new-session, based on code from J Raynor.
|
#
1.44 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Restore missing key binding for %, from Chris Johnsen.
|
#
1.43 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Remove the barely-used and unnecessary command check() function.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_4_BASE
|
#
1.42 |
|
25-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Revert the command-prefix change which breaks sequences of commands.
|
#
1.41 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add resize-pane -Z to temporary zoom the active pane to occupy the full window or unzoom (restored to the normal layout) if it already zoomed, bound to C-b z by default. The pane is unzoomed on pretty much any excuse whatsoever.
We considered making this a new layout but the requirements are quite different from layouts so decided it is better as a special case. Each current layout cell is saved, a temporary one-cell layout generated and all except the active pane set to NULL.
Prompted by suggestions and scripts from several. Thanks to Aaron Jensen and Thiago Padilha for testing an earlier version.
|
#
1.40 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add a command queue to standardize and simplify commands that call other commands and allow a command to block execution of subsequent commands. This allows run-shell and if-shell to be synchronous which has been much requested.
Each client has a default command queue and commands are consumed one at a time from it. A command may suspend execution from the queue by returning CMD_RETURN_WAIT and then resume it by calling cmd_continue() - for example run-shell does this from the callback that is fired after the job is freed.
When the command queue becomes empty, command clients are automatically exited (unless attaching). A callback is also fired - this is used for nested commands in, for example, if-shell which can block execution of the client's cmdq until a new cmdq becomes empty.
Also merge all the old error/info/print functions together and lose the old curclient/cmdclient distinction - a cmdq is bound to one client (or none if in the configuration file), this is a command client if c->session is NULL otherwise an attached client.
|
#
1.39 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Fix error reporting for client commands by adding a flag to cmd_find_client to tell it whether or not to show errors, sometimes it's needed and sometimes not.
|
#
1.38 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add option command-prefix which is automatically prepended to any command (apart from a naked default-shell). The default is "exec ".
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_3_BASE
|
#
1.37 |
|
09-Dec-2012 |
nicm |
Use the CMD_*_USAGE defines consistently, from Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.36 |
|
14-Aug-2012 |
nicm |
Use a separate define for each default format template and strip clutter from the choose-tree defaults.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_2_BASE
|
#
1.35 |
|
11-Jul-2012 |
nicm |
Make command exec functions return an enum rather than -1/0/1 values and add a new value to mean "leave client running but don't attach" to fix problems with using some commands in a command sequence. Most of the work by Thomas Adam, problem reported by "jspenguin" on SF bug 3535531.
|
#
1.34 |
|
10-Jul-2012 |
nicm |
xfree is not particularly helpful, remove it. From Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.33 |
|
22-May-2012 |
nicm |
Switch all of the various choose- and list- commands over to the format infrastructure, from Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.32 |
|
17-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add notify hooks for various events, the functions are currently empty stubs but will be filled in for control mode later. From George Nachman.
|
#
1.31 |
|
04-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
free -> xfree.
|
#
1.30 |
|
04-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add -F format to new-window and split-window to use with the -P flag, from George Nachman.
|
#
1.29 |
|
03-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add move-pane command (like join-pane but allows the same window). Also -b flag to join-pane and move-pane to place the pane to the left or above. From George Nachman.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_1_BASE
|
#
1.28 |
|
31-Jan-2012 |
nicm |
Provide defined ways to set the various default-path possibilities: ~ for home directory, . for server start directory, - for session start directory and empty for the pane's working directory (the default). All can also be used as part of a relative path (eg -/foo). Also provide -c flags to neww and splitw to override default-path setting.
Based on a diff from sthen. ok sthen
|
#
1.27 |
|
20-Jan-2012 |
nicm |
Add some const and fix a warning.
|
#
1.26 |
|
09-Dec-2011 |
nicm |
Change the way the working directory for new processes is discovered. If default-path isn't empty, it is used. Otherwise:
1) If tmux neww is run from the command line, the working directory of the client is used.
2) Otherwise sysctl KERN_PROC_CWD is used to retrieve the current working directory of the process in the active pane.
3) If that fails, the directory where the session was created is used.
Support code by Romain Francois, OpenBSD specific bits by me.
Note this requires a recent userland and kernel with KERN_PROC_CWD.
|
#
1.25 |
|
15-Nov-2011 |
nicm |
Make window_pane_index work the same as window_index, from Ben Boeckel.
|
#
1.24 |
|
30-Aug-2011 |
nicm |
Plug memory leak, from Tiago Cunha.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_9_BASE OPENBSD_5_0_BASE
|
#
1.23 |
|
10-Feb-2011 |
nicm |
Size on split-window is -l not -s. Doh.
|
#
1.22 |
|
04-Jan-2011 |
nicm |
Clean up and simplify tmux command argument parsing.
Originally, tmux commands were parsed in the client process into a struct with the command data which was then serialised and sent to the server to be executed. The parsing was later moved into the server (an argv was sent from the client), but the parse step and intermediate struct was kept.
This change removes that struct and the separate parse step. Argument parsing and printing is now common to all commands (in arguments.c) with each command left with just an optional check function (to validate the arguments at parse time), the exec function and a function to set up any key bindings (renamed from the old init function).
This is overall more simple and consistent.
There should be no changes to any commands behaviour or syntax although as this touches every command please watch for any unexpected changes.
|
#
1.21 |
|
01-Jan-2011 |
nicm |
Add a -P option to new-window and split-window to print the new window or pane index in target form (useful to pass it into other commands).
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_8_BASE
|
#
1.20 |
|
27-Jun-2010 |
nicm |
Store the current working directory in the session, change the default-path option to default to empty and make that mean that the stored session CWD is used.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_7_BASE
|
#
1.19 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
New command, join-pane, to split and move an existing pane into the space (like splitw then movep, or the reverse of breakp).
|
#
1.18 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
Use the specified pane for size calculations. Doh.
|
#
1.17 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
Change split-window to accept a pane target (it should be split-pane but renaming the command would be annoying).
|
#
1.16 |
|
03-Dec-2009 |
nicm |
Massive spaces->tabs and trailing whitespace cleanup, hopefully for the last time now I've configured emacs to make them displayed in really annoying colours...
|
#
1.15 |
|
20-Nov-2009 |
nicm |
When -h and -p are given to split-window, calculate the percentage size using the width instead of the height.
|
#
1.14 |
|
13-Nov-2009 |
nicm |
Get rid of the ugly CMD_CHFLAG macro and use a const string (eg "dDU") in the command entry structs and a couple of functions to check/set the flags.
|
#
1.13 |
|
21-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
Use KEYC_NONE constant instead of 0 on init.
|
#
1.12 |
|
16-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
Rather than constructing an entire termios struct from ttydefaults.h, just let forkpty do it and then alter the bits that should be changed after fork. A little neater and more portable.
|
#
1.11 |
|
01-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
When using tmux as a login shell, there is currently no way to specify a shell to be used as a login shell inside tmux, so add a default-shell session option. This sets the shell invoked as a login shell when the default-command option is empty.
The default option value is whichever of $SHELL, getpwuid(getuid())'s pw_shell or /bin/sh is valid first.
Based on a diff from martynas@, changed by me to be a session option rather than a window option.
|
#
1.10 |
|
25-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
Print -l and -p when showing command, pointed out by Tiago Cunha.
|
#
1.9 |
|
13-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
When creating a new session from the command-line where there is an external terminal, copy the termios(4) special characters and use them for new windows created in the new session. Suggested by Theo.
|
#
1.8 |
|
08-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
Infrastructure and commands to manage the environment for processes started within tmux.
There is a global environment, copied from the external environment when the server is started and each sesssion has an (initially empty) session environment which overrides it.
New commands set-environment and show-environment manipulate or display the environments.
A new session option, update-environment, is a space-separated list of variables which are updated from the external environment into the session environment every time a new session is created - the default is DISPLAY.
|
#
1.7 |
|
26-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Make all messages sent between the client and server fixed size.
This is the first of two changes to make the protocol more resilient and less sensitive to other changes in the code, particularly with commands. The client now packs argv into a buffer and sends it to the server for parsing, rather than doing it itself and sending the parsed command data.
As a side-effect this also removes a lot of now-unused command marshalling code.
Mixing a server without this change and a client with or vice versa will cause tmux to hang or crash, please ensure that tmux is entirely killed before upgrading.
|
#
1.6 |
|
22-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
window_add_pane cannot fail, so remove the unused cause argument and don't bother to check for a NULL return.
|
#
1.5 |
|
19-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Improved layout code.
Each window now has a tree of layout cells associated with it. In this tree, each node is either a horizontal or vertical cell containing a list of other cells running from left-to-right or top-to-bottom, or a leaf cell which is associated with a pane.
The major functional changes are:
- panes may now be split arbitrarily both horizontally (splitw -h, C-b %) and vertically (splitw -v, C-b "); - panes may be resized both horizontally and vertically (resizep -L/-R/-U/-D, bound to C-b left/right/up/down and C-b M-left/right/up/down); - layouts are now applied and then may be modified by resizing or splitting panes, rather than being fixed and reapplied when the window is resized or panes are added; - manual-vertical layout is no longer necessary, and active-only layout is gone (but may return in future); - the main-pane layouts now reduce the size of the main pane to fit all panes if possible.
Thanks to all who tested.
|
#
1.4 |
|
13-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Having fixed flags for single-character getopt options is a bit hard to maintain and is only going to get worse as more are used. So instead, add a new uint64_t member to cmd_entry which is a bitmask of upper and lowercase options accepted by the command.
This means new single character options can be used without the need to add it explicitly to the list.
|
#
1.3 |
|
07-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
The fix for default-path (use target session options instead of global options) is required here as well, doh.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_6_BASE
|
#
1.2 |
|
25-Jun-2009 |
nicm |
lines variable can be -1 (to be ignored), so should be signed. Found by lint.
|
#
1.1 |
|
01-Jun-2009 |
nicm |
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another.
ok deraadt pirofti
|
#
1.88 |
|
01-Mar-2018 |
nicm |
Expand formats in window and session names.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_2_BASE
|
#
1.87 |
|
30-Aug-2017 |
nicm |
Pass flags into cmd_find_from_* to fix prefer-unattached, reported by Thomas Sattler.
|
#
1.86 |
|
21-Jul-2017 |
nicm |
Add -c for respawn-pane and respawn-window, from J Raynor.
|
#
1.85 |
|
30-May-2017 |
nicm |
Rewrite of choose mode, both to simplify and tidy the code and to add some modern features.
Now the common code is in mode-tree.c, which provides an API used by the three modes now separated into window-{buffer,client,tree}.c. Buffer mode shows buffers, client mode clients and tree mode a tree of sessions, windows and panes.
Each mode has a common set of key bindings plus a few that are specific to the mode. Other changes are:
- each mode has a preview pane: for buffers this is the buffer content (very useful), for others it is a preview of the pane;
- items may be sorted in different ways ('O' key);
- multiple items may be tagged and an operation applied to all of them (for example, to delete multiple buffers at once);
- in tree mode a command may be run on the selected item (session, window, pane) or on tagged items (key ':');
- displayed items may be filtered in tree mode by using a format (this is used to implement find-window) (key 'f');
- the custom format (-F) for the display is no longer available;
- shortcut keys change from 0-9, a-z, A-Z which was always a bit weird with keys used for other uses to 0-9, M-a to M-z.
Now that the code is simpler, other improvements will come later.
Primary key bindings for each mode are documented under the commands in the man page (choose-buffer, choose-client, choose-tree).
Parts written by Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.84 |
|
25-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Do not update TERM into config file parsing has finished.
|
#
1.83 |
|
22-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Get rid of the extra layer of flags and cmd_prepare() and just store the CMD_FIND_* flags in the cmd_entry and call it for the command. Commands with special requirements call it themselves and update the target for hooks to use.
|
#
1.82 |
|
22-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Mouse bindings and hooks set up an initial current state when running a command. This is used for the session, window and pane for all commands in the command sequence if there is no -t or -s.
However, using it for all commands in the command sequence means that if the active pane or current session is changed, subsequent commands still use the previous state. So make commands which explicitly change the current state (such as neww and selectp) update it themselves for later commands. Commands which may invalidate the state (like killp) are already OK because an invalid state will be ignored.
Also fill in the current state for all key bindings rather than just the mouse, so that any omissions are easier to spot.
|
#
1.81 |
|
21-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Add cmd_find_from_winlink_pane and use it in a couple of places, and make functions that can't fail void.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_1_BASE
|
#
1.80 |
|
09-Mar-2017 |
nicm |
Move server_fill_environ into environ.c and move some other common code into it.
|
#
1.79 |
|
08-Mar-2017 |
nicm |
Add a helper function for the most common format_create/defaults/expand pattern.
|
#
1.78 |
|
27-Feb-2017 |
nicm |
If splitw -b is used, insert the new pane before the current one in the pane list. This means the numbering is in order (for example for display-panes) and fixes a problem with redrawing the active pane borders.
|
#
1.77 |
|
03-Feb-2017 |
nicm |
Add a window or pane id "tag" to each format tree and use it to separate jobs, this means that if the same job is used for different windows or panes (for example in pane-border-format), it will be run separately for each pane.
|
#
1.76 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Use the notify name string instead of going via an enum and change existing hooks to use notifys instead.
|
#
1.75 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Mass rename struct cmd_q to struct cmdq_item and related.
|
#
1.74 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Rewrite command queue handling. Each client still has a command queue, but there is also now a global command queue. Instead of command queues being dispatched on demand from wherever the command happens to be added, they are now all dispatched from the top level server loop. Command queues may now also include callbacks as well as commands, and items may be inserted after the current command as well as at the end.
This all makes command queues significantly more predictable and easier to use, and avoids the complex multiple nested command queues used by source-file, if-shell and friends.
A mass rename of struct cmdq to a better name (cmdq_item probably) is coming.
|
#
1.73 |
|
13-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Trying to do hooks generically is way too complicated and unreliable and confusing, particularly trying to automatically figure out what target hooks should be using. So simplify it:
- drop before hooks entirely, they don't seem to be very useful;
- commands with special requirements now fire their own after hook (for example, if they change session or window, or if they have -t and -s and need to choose which one the hook uses as current target);
- commands with no special requirements can have the CMD_AFTERHOOK flag added and they will use the -t state.
At the moment new-session, new-window, split-window fire their own hook, and display-message uses the flag. The remaining commands still need to be looked at.
|
#
1.72 |
|
13-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Some improvements and bug fixes for hooks:
- Prepare the state again before the "after" hooks are run, because the command may have killed or moved windows.
- Use the hooks list from the newly prepared target, not the old hooks list (only matters for new-session really).
- Correctly detect an invalid current state and ignore it in cmd_find_target ("killw; swapw").
- Change neww, new, killp, killw, splitw, swapp, swapw to update the current state (used if no explicit target is given) to something more useful after they have finished. For example, neww changes it to the newly created window.
Hooks are still relatively new and primitive so there are likely to be more changes to come.
Parts based on bug reports from Uwe Werler and Iblis Lin.
|
#
1.71 |
|
10-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Add static in cmd-* and fix a few other nits.
|
#
1.70 |
|
04-Sep-2016 |
nicm |
Add support for performing a full width split (with splitw -f), rather than splitting the current cell. From Stephen Kent.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_0_BASE
|
#
1.69 |
|
06-Jun-2016 |
nicm |
Insert new panes after the pane being split in the list rather than always after the active pane. This is more sensible when doing it with commands rather than keys.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_9_BASE
|
#
1.68 |
|
19-Jan-2016 |
nicm |
I no longer use my SourceForge address so replace it.
|
#
1.67 |
|
14-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Instead of combined flags for -c, -s, -t, split into different sets using an enum and simplify the parsing code.
|
#
1.66 |
|
13-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Use member names in cmd_entry definitions so I stop getting confused about the order.
|
#
1.65 |
|
13-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Instead of every command resolving the target (-t or -s) itself, prepare the state (client, session, winlink, pane) for it it before entering the command. Each command provides some flags that tell the prepare step what it is expecting.
This is a requirement for having hooks on commands (for example, if you hook "select-window -t1:2", the hook command should to operate on window 1:2 not whatever it thinks is the current window), and should allow some other target improvements.
The old cmd_find_* functions remain for the moment but that layer will be dropped later.
Joint work with Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.64 |
|
11-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Add cmdq as an argument to format_create and add a format for the command name (will also be used for more later).
|
#
1.63 |
|
08-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Remove format_create_flags and just pass flags to format_create.
|
#
1.62 |
|
31-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Fall back silently to ~ or / rather than checking -c with access(), this was the old behaviour.
|
#
1.61 |
|
31-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Because pledge(2) does not allow us to pass directory file descriptors around, we can't use file descriptors for the working directory because we will be unable to pass it to a privileged process to tell it where to read or write files or spawn children. So move tmux back to using strings for the current working directory. We try to check it exists with access() when it is set but ultimately fall back to ~ if it fails at time of use (or / if that fails too).
|
#
1.60 |
|
28-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Like options, move the environ struct into environ.c.
|
#
1.59 |
|
27-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Move struct options into options.c.
|
#
1.58 |
|
23-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Remove some unnecessary checks before free().
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_8_BASE
|
#
1.57 |
|
26-Apr-2015 |
nicm |
Remove panes from layout if spawning them fails, reported by Anthony J Bentley.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_7_BASE
|
#
1.56 |
|
05-Feb-2015 |
nicm |
Remove a couple of now-unused variables.
|
#
1.55 |
|
05-Feb-2015 |
nicm |
Wrap all the individual format_* calls in a single format_defaults functions.
|
#
1.54 |
|
12-Nov-2014 |
nicm |
Add -b to splitw like joinw, from Felix Rosencrantz.
|
#
1.53 |
|
20-Oct-2014 |
nicm |
Move template defines back into .c files.
|
#
1.52 |
|
20-Oct-2014 |
nicm |
Instead of setting up the default keys by building the key struct directly with a helper function in the cmd_entry, include a table of bind-key commands and pass them through the command parser and a temporary cmd_q.
As well as being smaller, this will allow default bindings to be command sequences which will probably be needed soon.
|
#
1.51 |
|
01-Sep-2014 |
nicm |
Various minor style and spacing nits.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_6_BASE
|
#
1.50 |
|
13-May-2014 |
nicm |
If multiple arguments are given to new-session, new-window, split-window, respawn-window or respawn-pane, pass them directly to execvp() to help avoid quoting problems. One argument still goes to "sh -c" like before. Requested by many over the years. Patch from J Raynor.
|
#
1.49 |
|
17-Apr-2014 |
nicm |
Set PATH explicitly, either from client or session environment. Previously it came from the session environment. From J Raynor.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_5_BASE
|
#
1.48 |
|
22-Nov-2013 |
nicm |
Handle empty current directory more gracefully.
|
#
1.47 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Don't boke when figuring out working directory from configuration file.
|
#
1.46 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Alter how tmux handles the working directory to internally use file descriptors rather than strings.
- Each session still has a current working directory.
- New sessions still get their working directory from the client that created them or its attached session if any.
- New windows are created by default in the session working directory.
- The -c flag to new, neww, splitw allows the working directory to be overridden.
- The -c flag to attach let's the session working directory be changed.
- The default-path option has been removed.
To get the equivalent to default-path '.', do:
bind c neww -c $PWD
To get the equivalent of default-path '~', do:
bind c neww -c ~
This also changes the client identify protocol to be a set of messages rather than one as well as some other changes that should make it easier to make backwards-compatible protocol changes in future.
|
#
1.45 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Support -c for new-session, based on code from J Raynor.
|
#
1.44 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Restore missing key binding for %, from Chris Johnsen.
|
#
1.43 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Remove the barely-used and unnecessary command check() function.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_4_BASE
|
#
1.42 |
|
25-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Revert the command-prefix change which breaks sequences of commands.
|
#
1.41 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add resize-pane -Z to temporary zoom the active pane to occupy the full window or unzoom (restored to the normal layout) if it already zoomed, bound to C-b z by default. The pane is unzoomed on pretty much any excuse whatsoever.
We considered making this a new layout but the requirements are quite different from layouts so decided it is better as a special case. Each current layout cell is saved, a temporary one-cell layout generated and all except the active pane set to NULL.
Prompted by suggestions and scripts from several. Thanks to Aaron Jensen and Thiago Padilha for testing an earlier version.
|
#
1.40 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add a command queue to standardize and simplify commands that call other commands and allow a command to block execution of subsequent commands. This allows run-shell and if-shell to be synchronous which has been much requested.
Each client has a default command queue and commands are consumed one at a time from it. A command may suspend execution from the queue by returning CMD_RETURN_WAIT and then resume it by calling cmd_continue() - for example run-shell does this from the callback that is fired after the job is freed.
When the command queue becomes empty, command clients are automatically exited (unless attaching). A callback is also fired - this is used for nested commands in, for example, if-shell which can block execution of the client's cmdq until a new cmdq becomes empty.
Also merge all the old error/info/print functions together and lose the old curclient/cmdclient distinction - a cmdq is bound to one client (or none if in the configuration file), this is a command client if c->session is NULL otherwise an attached client.
|
#
1.39 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Fix error reporting for client commands by adding a flag to cmd_find_client to tell it whether or not to show errors, sometimes it's needed and sometimes not.
|
#
1.38 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add option command-prefix which is automatically prepended to any command (apart from a naked default-shell). The default is "exec ".
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_3_BASE
|
#
1.37 |
|
09-Dec-2012 |
nicm |
Use the CMD_*_USAGE defines consistently, from Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.36 |
|
14-Aug-2012 |
nicm |
Use a separate define for each default format template and strip clutter from the choose-tree defaults.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_2_BASE
|
#
1.35 |
|
11-Jul-2012 |
nicm |
Make command exec functions return an enum rather than -1/0/1 values and add a new value to mean "leave client running but don't attach" to fix problems with using some commands in a command sequence. Most of the work by Thomas Adam, problem reported by "jspenguin" on SF bug 3535531.
|
#
1.34 |
|
10-Jul-2012 |
nicm |
xfree is not particularly helpful, remove it. From Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.33 |
|
22-May-2012 |
nicm |
Switch all of the various choose- and list- commands over to the format infrastructure, from Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.32 |
|
17-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add notify hooks for various events, the functions are currently empty stubs but will be filled in for control mode later. From George Nachman.
|
#
1.31 |
|
04-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
free -> xfree.
|
#
1.30 |
|
04-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add -F format to new-window and split-window to use with the -P flag, from George Nachman.
|
#
1.29 |
|
03-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add move-pane command (like join-pane but allows the same window). Also -b flag to join-pane and move-pane to place the pane to the left or above. From George Nachman.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_1_BASE
|
#
1.28 |
|
31-Jan-2012 |
nicm |
Provide defined ways to set the various default-path possibilities: ~ for home directory, . for server start directory, - for session start directory and empty for the pane's working directory (the default). All can also be used as part of a relative path (eg -/foo). Also provide -c flags to neww and splitw to override default-path setting.
Based on a diff from sthen. ok sthen
|
#
1.27 |
|
20-Jan-2012 |
nicm |
Add some const and fix a warning.
|
#
1.26 |
|
09-Dec-2011 |
nicm |
Change the way the working directory for new processes is discovered. If default-path isn't empty, it is used. Otherwise:
1) If tmux neww is run from the command line, the working directory of the client is used.
2) Otherwise sysctl KERN_PROC_CWD is used to retrieve the current working directory of the process in the active pane.
3) If that fails, the directory where the session was created is used.
Support code by Romain Francois, OpenBSD specific bits by me.
Note this requires a recent userland and kernel with KERN_PROC_CWD.
|
#
1.25 |
|
15-Nov-2011 |
nicm |
Make window_pane_index work the same as window_index, from Ben Boeckel.
|
#
1.24 |
|
30-Aug-2011 |
nicm |
Plug memory leak, from Tiago Cunha.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_9_BASE OPENBSD_5_0_BASE
|
#
1.23 |
|
10-Feb-2011 |
nicm |
Size on split-window is -l not -s. Doh.
|
#
1.22 |
|
04-Jan-2011 |
nicm |
Clean up and simplify tmux command argument parsing.
Originally, tmux commands were parsed in the client process into a struct with the command data which was then serialised and sent to the server to be executed. The parsing was later moved into the server (an argv was sent from the client), but the parse step and intermediate struct was kept.
This change removes that struct and the separate parse step. Argument parsing and printing is now common to all commands (in arguments.c) with each command left with just an optional check function (to validate the arguments at parse time), the exec function and a function to set up any key bindings (renamed from the old init function).
This is overall more simple and consistent.
There should be no changes to any commands behaviour or syntax although as this touches every command please watch for any unexpected changes.
|
#
1.21 |
|
01-Jan-2011 |
nicm |
Add a -P option to new-window and split-window to print the new window or pane index in target form (useful to pass it into other commands).
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_8_BASE
|
#
1.20 |
|
27-Jun-2010 |
nicm |
Store the current working directory in the session, change the default-path option to default to empty and make that mean that the stored session CWD is used.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_7_BASE
|
#
1.19 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
New command, join-pane, to split and move an existing pane into the space (like splitw then movep, or the reverse of breakp).
|
#
1.18 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
Use the specified pane for size calculations. Doh.
|
#
1.17 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
Change split-window to accept a pane target (it should be split-pane but renaming the command would be annoying).
|
#
1.16 |
|
03-Dec-2009 |
nicm |
Massive spaces->tabs and trailing whitespace cleanup, hopefully for the last time now I've configured emacs to make them displayed in really annoying colours...
|
#
1.15 |
|
20-Nov-2009 |
nicm |
When -h and -p are given to split-window, calculate the percentage size using the width instead of the height.
|
#
1.14 |
|
13-Nov-2009 |
nicm |
Get rid of the ugly CMD_CHFLAG macro and use a const string (eg "dDU") in the command entry structs and a couple of functions to check/set the flags.
|
#
1.13 |
|
21-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
Use KEYC_NONE constant instead of 0 on init.
|
#
1.12 |
|
16-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
Rather than constructing an entire termios struct from ttydefaults.h, just let forkpty do it and then alter the bits that should be changed after fork. A little neater and more portable.
|
#
1.11 |
|
01-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
When using tmux as a login shell, there is currently no way to specify a shell to be used as a login shell inside tmux, so add a default-shell session option. This sets the shell invoked as a login shell when the default-command option is empty.
The default option value is whichever of $SHELL, getpwuid(getuid())'s pw_shell or /bin/sh is valid first.
Based on a diff from martynas@, changed by me to be a session option rather than a window option.
|
#
1.10 |
|
25-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
Print -l and -p when showing command, pointed out by Tiago Cunha.
|
#
1.9 |
|
13-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
When creating a new session from the command-line where there is an external terminal, copy the termios(4) special characters and use them for new windows created in the new session. Suggested by Theo.
|
#
1.8 |
|
08-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
Infrastructure and commands to manage the environment for processes started within tmux.
There is a global environment, copied from the external environment when the server is started and each sesssion has an (initially empty) session environment which overrides it.
New commands set-environment and show-environment manipulate or display the environments.
A new session option, update-environment, is a space-separated list of variables which are updated from the external environment into the session environment every time a new session is created - the default is DISPLAY.
|
#
1.7 |
|
26-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Make all messages sent between the client and server fixed size.
This is the first of two changes to make the protocol more resilient and less sensitive to other changes in the code, particularly with commands. The client now packs argv into a buffer and sends it to the server for parsing, rather than doing it itself and sending the parsed command data.
As a side-effect this also removes a lot of now-unused command marshalling code.
Mixing a server without this change and a client with or vice versa will cause tmux to hang or crash, please ensure that tmux is entirely killed before upgrading.
|
#
1.6 |
|
22-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
window_add_pane cannot fail, so remove the unused cause argument and don't bother to check for a NULL return.
|
#
1.5 |
|
19-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Improved layout code.
Each window now has a tree of layout cells associated with it. In this tree, each node is either a horizontal or vertical cell containing a list of other cells running from left-to-right or top-to-bottom, or a leaf cell which is associated with a pane.
The major functional changes are:
- panes may now be split arbitrarily both horizontally (splitw -h, C-b %) and vertically (splitw -v, C-b "); - panes may be resized both horizontally and vertically (resizep -L/-R/-U/-D, bound to C-b left/right/up/down and C-b M-left/right/up/down); - layouts are now applied and then may be modified by resizing or splitting panes, rather than being fixed and reapplied when the window is resized or panes are added; - manual-vertical layout is no longer necessary, and active-only layout is gone (but may return in future); - the main-pane layouts now reduce the size of the main pane to fit all panes if possible.
Thanks to all who tested.
|
#
1.4 |
|
13-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Having fixed flags for single-character getopt options is a bit hard to maintain and is only going to get worse as more are used. So instead, add a new uint64_t member to cmd_entry which is a bitmask of upper and lowercase options accepted by the command.
This means new single character options can be used without the need to add it explicitly to the list.
|
#
1.3 |
|
07-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
The fix for default-path (use target session options instead of global options) is required here as well, doh.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_6_BASE
|
#
1.2 |
|
25-Jun-2009 |
nicm |
lines variable can be -1 (to be ignored), so should be signed. Found by lint.
|
#
1.1 |
|
01-Jun-2009 |
nicm |
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another.
ok deraadt pirofti
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_2_BASE
|
#
1.87 |
|
30-Aug-2017 |
nicm |
Pass flags into cmd_find_from_* to fix prefer-unattached, reported by Thomas Sattler.
|
#
1.86 |
|
21-Jul-2017 |
nicm |
Add -c for respawn-pane and respawn-window, from J Raynor.
|
#
1.85 |
|
30-May-2017 |
nicm |
Rewrite of choose mode, both to simplify and tidy the code and to add some modern features.
Now the common code is in mode-tree.c, which provides an API used by the three modes now separated into window-{buffer,client,tree}.c. Buffer mode shows buffers, client mode clients and tree mode a tree of sessions, windows and panes.
Each mode has a common set of key bindings plus a few that are specific to the mode. Other changes are:
- each mode has a preview pane: for buffers this is the buffer content (very useful), for others it is a preview of the pane;
- items may be sorted in different ways ('O' key);
- multiple items may be tagged and an operation applied to all of them (for example, to delete multiple buffers at once);
- in tree mode a command may be run on the selected item (session, window, pane) or on tagged items (key ':');
- displayed items may be filtered in tree mode by using a format (this is used to implement find-window) (key 'f');
- the custom format (-F) for the display is no longer available;
- shortcut keys change from 0-9, a-z, A-Z which was always a bit weird with keys used for other uses to 0-9, M-a to M-z.
Now that the code is simpler, other improvements will come later.
Primary key bindings for each mode are documented under the commands in the man page (choose-buffer, choose-client, choose-tree).
Parts written by Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.84 |
|
25-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Do not update TERM into config file parsing has finished.
|
#
1.83 |
|
22-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Get rid of the extra layer of flags and cmd_prepare() and just store the CMD_FIND_* flags in the cmd_entry and call it for the command. Commands with special requirements call it themselves and update the target for hooks to use.
|
#
1.82 |
|
22-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Mouse bindings and hooks set up an initial current state when running a command. This is used for the session, window and pane for all commands in the command sequence if there is no -t or -s.
However, using it for all commands in the command sequence means that if the active pane or current session is changed, subsequent commands still use the previous state. So make commands which explicitly change the current state (such as neww and selectp) update it themselves for later commands. Commands which may invalidate the state (like killp) are already OK because an invalid state will be ignored.
Also fill in the current state for all key bindings rather than just the mouse, so that any omissions are easier to spot.
|
#
1.81 |
|
21-Apr-2017 |
nicm |
Add cmd_find_from_winlink_pane and use it in a couple of places, and make functions that can't fail void.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_1_BASE
|
#
1.80 |
|
09-Mar-2017 |
nicm |
Move server_fill_environ into environ.c and move some other common code into it.
|
#
1.79 |
|
08-Mar-2017 |
nicm |
Add a helper function for the most common format_create/defaults/expand pattern.
|
#
1.78 |
|
27-Feb-2017 |
nicm |
If splitw -b is used, insert the new pane before the current one in the pane list. This means the numbering is in order (for example for display-panes) and fixes a problem with redrawing the active pane borders.
|
#
1.77 |
|
03-Feb-2017 |
nicm |
Add a window or pane id "tag" to each format tree and use it to separate jobs, this means that if the same job is used for different windows or panes (for example in pane-border-format), it will be run separately for each pane.
|
#
1.76 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Use the notify name string instead of going via an enum and change existing hooks to use notifys instead.
|
#
1.75 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Mass rename struct cmd_q to struct cmdq_item and related.
|
#
1.74 |
|
16-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Rewrite command queue handling. Each client still has a command queue, but there is also now a global command queue. Instead of command queues being dispatched on demand from wherever the command happens to be added, they are now all dispatched from the top level server loop. Command queues may now also include callbacks as well as commands, and items may be inserted after the current command as well as at the end.
This all makes command queues significantly more predictable and easier to use, and avoids the complex multiple nested command queues used by source-file, if-shell and friends.
A mass rename of struct cmdq to a better name (cmdq_item probably) is coming.
|
#
1.73 |
|
13-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Trying to do hooks generically is way too complicated and unreliable and confusing, particularly trying to automatically figure out what target hooks should be using. So simplify it:
- drop before hooks entirely, they don't seem to be very useful;
- commands with special requirements now fire their own after hook (for example, if they change session or window, or if they have -t and -s and need to choose which one the hook uses as current target);
- commands with no special requirements can have the CMD_AFTERHOOK flag added and they will use the -t state.
At the moment new-session, new-window, split-window fire their own hook, and display-message uses the flag. The remaining commands still need to be looked at.
|
#
1.72 |
|
13-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Some improvements and bug fixes for hooks:
- Prepare the state again before the "after" hooks are run, because the command may have killed or moved windows.
- Use the hooks list from the newly prepared target, not the old hooks list (only matters for new-session really).
- Correctly detect an invalid current state and ignore it in cmd_find_target ("killw; swapw").
- Change neww, new, killp, killw, splitw, swapp, swapw to update the current state (used if no explicit target is given) to something more useful after they have finished. For example, neww changes it to the newly created window.
Hooks are still relatively new and primitive so there are likely to be more changes to come.
Parts based on bug reports from Uwe Werler and Iblis Lin.
|
#
1.71 |
|
10-Oct-2016 |
nicm |
Add static in cmd-* and fix a few other nits.
|
#
1.70 |
|
04-Sep-2016 |
nicm |
Add support for performing a full width split (with splitw -f), rather than splitting the current cell. From Stephen Kent.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_6_0_BASE
|
#
1.69 |
|
06-Jun-2016 |
nicm |
Insert new panes after the pane being split in the list rather than always after the active pane. This is more sensible when doing it with commands rather than keys.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_9_BASE
|
#
1.68 |
|
19-Jan-2016 |
nicm |
I no longer use my SourceForge address so replace it.
|
#
1.67 |
|
14-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Instead of combined flags for -c, -s, -t, split into different sets using an enum and simplify the parsing code.
|
#
1.66 |
|
13-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Use member names in cmd_entry definitions so I stop getting confused about the order.
|
#
1.65 |
|
13-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Instead of every command resolving the target (-t or -s) itself, prepare the state (client, session, winlink, pane) for it it before entering the command. Each command provides some flags that tell the prepare step what it is expecting.
This is a requirement for having hooks on commands (for example, if you hook "select-window -t1:2", the hook command should to operate on window 1:2 not whatever it thinks is the current window), and should allow some other target improvements.
The old cmd_find_* functions remain for the moment but that layer will be dropped later.
Joint work with Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.64 |
|
11-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Add cmdq as an argument to format_create and add a format for the command name (will also be used for more later).
|
#
1.63 |
|
08-Dec-2015 |
nicm |
Remove format_create_flags and just pass flags to format_create.
|
#
1.62 |
|
31-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Fall back silently to ~ or / rather than checking -c with access(), this was the old behaviour.
|
#
1.61 |
|
31-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Because pledge(2) does not allow us to pass directory file descriptors around, we can't use file descriptors for the working directory because we will be unable to pass it to a privileged process to tell it where to read or write files or spawn children. So move tmux back to using strings for the current working directory. We try to check it exists with access() when it is set but ultimately fall back to ~ if it fails at time of use (or / if that fails too).
|
#
1.60 |
|
28-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Like options, move the environ struct into environ.c.
|
#
1.59 |
|
27-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Move struct options into options.c.
|
#
1.58 |
|
23-Oct-2015 |
nicm |
Remove some unnecessary checks before free().
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_8_BASE
|
#
1.57 |
|
26-Apr-2015 |
nicm |
Remove panes from layout if spawning them fails, reported by Anthony J Bentley.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_7_BASE
|
#
1.56 |
|
05-Feb-2015 |
nicm |
Remove a couple of now-unused variables.
|
#
1.55 |
|
05-Feb-2015 |
nicm |
Wrap all the individual format_* calls in a single format_defaults functions.
|
#
1.54 |
|
12-Nov-2014 |
nicm |
Add -b to splitw like joinw, from Felix Rosencrantz.
|
#
1.53 |
|
20-Oct-2014 |
nicm |
Move template defines back into .c files.
|
#
1.52 |
|
20-Oct-2014 |
nicm |
Instead of setting up the default keys by building the key struct directly with a helper function in the cmd_entry, include a table of bind-key commands and pass them through the command parser and a temporary cmd_q.
As well as being smaller, this will allow default bindings to be command sequences which will probably be needed soon.
|
#
1.51 |
|
01-Sep-2014 |
nicm |
Various minor style and spacing nits.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_6_BASE
|
#
1.50 |
|
13-May-2014 |
nicm |
If multiple arguments are given to new-session, new-window, split-window, respawn-window or respawn-pane, pass them directly to execvp() to help avoid quoting problems. One argument still goes to "sh -c" like before. Requested by many over the years. Patch from J Raynor.
|
#
1.49 |
|
17-Apr-2014 |
nicm |
Set PATH explicitly, either from client or session environment. Previously it came from the session environment. From J Raynor.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_5_BASE
|
#
1.48 |
|
22-Nov-2013 |
nicm |
Handle empty current directory more gracefully.
|
#
1.47 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Don't boke when figuring out working directory from configuration file.
|
#
1.46 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Alter how tmux handles the working directory to internally use file descriptors rather than strings.
- Each session still has a current working directory.
- New sessions still get their working directory from the client that created them or its attached session if any.
- New windows are created by default in the session working directory.
- The -c flag to new, neww, splitw allows the working directory to be overridden.
- The -c flag to attach let's the session working directory be changed.
- The default-path option has been removed.
To get the equivalent to default-path '.', do:
bind c neww -c $PWD
To get the equivalent of default-path '~', do:
bind c neww -c ~
This also changes the client identify protocol to be a set of messages rather than one as well as some other changes that should make it easier to make backwards-compatible protocol changes in future.
|
#
1.45 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Support -c for new-session, based on code from J Raynor.
|
#
1.44 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Restore missing key binding for %, from Chris Johnsen.
|
#
1.43 |
|
10-Oct-2013 |
nicm |
Remove the barely-used and unnecessary command check() function.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_4_BASE
|
#
1.42 |
|
25-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Revert the command-prefix change which breaks sequences of commands.
|
#
1.41 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add resize-pane -Z to temporary zoom the active pane to occupy the full window or unzoom (restored to the normal layout) if it already zoomed, bound to C-b z by default. The pane is unzoomed on pretty much any excuse whatsoever.
We considered making this a new layout but the requirements are quite different from layouts so decided it is better as a special case. Each current layout cell is saved, a temporary one-cell layout generated and all except the active pane set to NULL.
Prompted by suggestions and scripts from several. Thanks to Aaron Jensen and Thiago Padilha for testing an earlier version.
|
#
1.40 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add a command queue to standardize and simplify commands that call other commands and allow a command to block execution of subsequent commands. This allows run-shell and if-shell to be synchronous which has been much requested.
Each client has a default command queue and commands are consumed one at a time from it. A command may suspend execution from the queue by returning CMD_RETURN_WAIT and then resume it by calling cmd_continue() - for example run-shell does this from the callback that is fired after the job is freed.
When the command queue becomes empty, command clients are automatically exited (unless attaching). A callback is also fired - this is used for nested commands in, for example, if-shell which can block execution of the client's cmdq until a new cmdq becomes empty.
Also merge all the old error/info/print functions together and lose the old curclient/cmdclient distinction - a cmdq is bound to one client (or none if in the configuration file), this is a command client if c->session is NULL otherwise an attached client.
|
#
1.39 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Fix error reporting for client commands by adding a flag to cmd_find_client to tell it whether or not to show errors, sometimes it's needed and sometimes not.
|
#
1.38 |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
nicm |
Add option command-prefix which is automatically prepended to any command (apart from a naked default-shell). The default is "exec ".
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_3_BASE
|
#
1.37 |
|
09-Dec-2012 |
nicm |
Use the CMD_*_USAGE defines consistently, from Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.36 |
|
14-Aug-2012 |
nicm |
Use a separate define for each default format template and strip clutter from the choose-tree defaults.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_2_BASE
|
#
1.35 |
|
11-Jul-2012 |
nicm |
Make command exec functions return an enum rather than -1/0/1 values and add a new value to mean "leave client running but don't attach" to fix problems with using some commands in a command sequence. Most of the work by Thomas Adam, problem reported by "jspenguin" on SF bug 3535531.
|
#
1.34 |
|
10-Jul-2012 |
nicm |
xfree is not particularly helpful, remove it. From Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.33 |
|
22-May-2012 |
nicm |
Switch all of the various choose- and list- commands over to the format infrastructure, from Thomas Adam.
|
#
1.32 |
|
17-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add notify hooks for various events, the functions are currently empty stubs but will be filled in for control mode later. From George Nachman.
|
#
1.31 |
|
04-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
free -> xfree.
|
#
1.30 |
|
04-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add -F format to new-window and split-window to use with the -P flag, from George Nachman.
|
#
1.29 |
|
03-Mar-2012 |
nicm |
Add move-pane command (like join-pane but allows the same window). Also -b flag to join-pane and move-pane to place the pane to the left or above. From George Nachman.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_5_1_BASE
|
#
1.28 |
|
31-Jan-2012 |
nicm |
Provide defined ways to set the various default-path possibilities: ~ for home directory, . for server start directory, - for session start directory and empty for the pane's working directory (the default). All can also be used as part of a relative path (eg -/foo). Also provide -c flags to neww and splitw to override default-path setting.
Based on a diff from sthen. ok sthen
|
#
1.27 |
|
20-Jan-2012 |
nicm |
Add some const and fix a warning.
|
#
1.26 |
|
09-Dec-2011 |
nicm |
Change the way the working directory for new processes is discovered. If default-path isn't empty, it is used. Otherwise:
1) If tmux neww is run from the command line, the working directory of the client is used.
2) Otherwise sysctl KERN_PROC_CWD is used to retrieve the current working directory of the process in the active pane.
3) If that fails, the directory where the session was created is used.
Support code by Romain Francois, OpenBSD specific bits by me.
Note this requires a recent userland and kernel with KERN_PROC_CWD.
|
#
1.25 |
|
15-Nov-2011 |
nicm |
Make window_pane_index work the same as window_index, from Ben Boeckel.
|
#
1.24 |
|
30-Aug-2011 |
nicm |
Plug memory leak, from Tiago Cunha.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_9_BASE OPENBSD_5_0_BASE
|
#
1.23 |
|
10-Feb-2011 |
nicm |
Size on split-window is -l not -s. Doh.
|
#
1.22 |
|
04-Jan-2011 |
nicm |
Clean up and simplify tmux command argument parsing.
Originally, tmux commands were parsed in the client process into a struct with the command data which was then serialised and sent to the server to be executed. The parsing was later moved into the server (an argv was sent from the client), but the parse step and intermediate struct was kept.
This change removes that struct and the separate parse step. Argument parsing and printing is now common to all commands (in arguments.c) with each command left with just an optional check function (to validate the arguments at parse time), the exec function and a function to set up any key bindings (renamed from the old init function).
This is overall more simple and consistent.
There should be no changes to any commands behaviour or syntax although as this touches every command please watch for any unexpected changes.
|
#
1.21 |
|
01-Jan-2011 |
nicm |
Add a -P option to new-window and split-window to print the new window or pane index in target form (useful to pass it into other commands).
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_8_BASE
|
#
1.20 |
|
27-Jun-2010 |
nicm |
Store the current working directory in the session, change the default-path option to default to empty and make that mean that the stored session CWD is used.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_7_BASE
|
#
1.19 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
New command, join-pane, to split and move an existing pane into the space (like splitw then movep, or the reverse of breakp).
|
#
1.18 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
Use the specified pane for size calculations. Doh.
|
#
1.17 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
nicm |
Change split-window to accept a pane target (it should be split-pane but renaming the command would be annoying).
|
#
1.16 |
|
03-Dec-2009 |
nicm |
Massive spaces->tabs and trailing whitespace cleanup, hopefully for the last time now I've configured emacs to make them displayed in really annoying colours...
|
#
1.15 |
|
20-Nov-2009 |
nicm |
When -h and -p are given to split-window, calculate the percentage size using the width instead of the height.
|
#
1.14 |
|
13-Nov-2009 |
nicm |
Get rid of the ugly CMD_CHFLAG macro and use a const string (eg "dDU") in the command entry structs and a couple of functions to check/set the flags.
|
#
1.13 |
|
21-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
Use KEYC_NONE constant instead of 0 on init.
|
#
1.12 |
|
16-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
Rather than constructing an entire termios struct from ttydefaults.h, just let forkpty do it and then alter the bits that should be changed after fork. A little neater and more portable.
|
#
1.11 |
|
01-Sep-2009 |
nicm |
When using tmux as a login shell, there is currently no way to specify a shell to be used as a login shell inside tmux, so add a default-shell session option. This sets the shell invoked as a login shell when the default-command option is empty.
The default option value is whichever of $SHELL, getpwuid(getuid())'s pw_shell or /bin/sh is valid first.
Based on a diff from martynas@, changed by me to be a session option rather than a window option.
|
#
1.10 |
|
25-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
Print -l and -p when showing command, pointed out by Tiago Cunha.
|
#
1.9 |
|
13-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
When creating a new session from the command-line where there is an external terminal, copy the termios(4) special characters and use them for new windows created in the new session. Suggested by Theo.
|
#
1.8 |
|
08-Aug-2009 |
nicm |
Infrastructure and commands to manage the environment for processes started within tmux.
There is a global environment, copied from the external environment when the server is started and each sesssion has an (initially empty) session environment which overrides it.
New commands set-environment and show-environment manipulate or display the environments.
A new session option, update-environment, is a space-separated list of variables which are updated from the external environment into the session environment every time a new session is created - the default is DISPLAY.
|
#
1.7 |
|
26-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Make all messages sent between the client and server fixed size.
This is the first of two changes to make the protocol more resilient and less sensitive to other changes in the code, particularly with commands. The client now packs argv into a buffer and sends it to the server for parsing, rather than doing it itself and sending the parsed command data.
As a side-effect this also removes a lot of now-unused command marshalling code.
Mixing a server without this change and a client with or vice versa will cause tmux to hang or crash, please ensure that tmux is entirely killed before upgrading.
|
#
1.6 |
|
22-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
window_add_pane cannot fail, so remove the unused cause argument and don't bother to check for a NULL return.
|
#
1.5 |
|
19-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Improved layout code.
Each window now has a tree of layout cells associated with it. In this tree, each node is either a horizontal or vertical cell containing a list of other cells running from left-to-right or top-to-bottom, or a leaf cell which is associated with a pane.
The major functional changes are:
- panes may now be split arbitrarily both horizontally (splitw -h, C-b %) and vertically (splitw -v, C-b "); - panes may be resized both horizontally and vertically (resizep -L/-R/-U/-D, bound to C-b left/right/up/down and C-b M-left/right/up/down); - layouts are now applied and then may be modified by resizing or splitting panes, rather than being fixed and reapplied when the window is resized or panes are added; - manual-vertical layout is no longer necessary, and active-only layout is gone (but may return in future); - the main-pane layouts now reduce the size of the main pane to fit all panes if possible.
Thanks to all who tested.
|
#
1.4 |
|
13-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
Having fixed flags for single-character getopt options is a bit hard to maintain and is only going to get worse as more are used. So instead, add a new uint64_t member to cmd_entry which is a bitmask of upper and lowercase options accepted by the command.
This means new single character options can be used without the need to add it explicitly to the list.
|
#
1.3 |
|
07-Jul-2009 |
nicm |
The fix for default-path (use target session options instead of global options) is required here as well, doh.
|
Revision tags: OPENBSD_4_6_BASE
|
#
1.2 |
|
25-Jun-2009 |
nicm |
lines variable can be -1 (to be ignored), so should be signed. Found by lint.
|
#
1.1 |
|
01-Jun-2009 |
nicm |
Import tmux, a terminal multiplexor allowing (among other things) a single terminal to be switched between several different windows and programs displayed on one terminal be detached from one terminal and moved to another.
ok deraadt pirofti
|